OWNER’S
MANUAL
Mii
1SL012720BF
Inglés
1SL012720BF (08.16)
Mii Inglés (08.16)
SEAT recommends
SEAT GENUINE OIL
SEAT recommends
Castrol EDGE Professional
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under-
stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason
no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error
or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
❀
This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.08.16
About this manual
This manual contains a description of the
equipment supplied with the vehicle at the
time this manual was published. Some of the
units described herein will not be available
until a later date or are only available in cer-
tain markets.
Because this is a general manual for the Mii,
some of the equipment and functions that are
described in this manual are not included in
all types or variants of the model; they may
vary or be modified depending on the techni-
cal requirements and on the market; this is in
no way deceptive advertising.
The illustrations are intended as a general
guide and may vary from the equipment fitted
in your vehicle in some details.
The steering indications (left, right, forward,
reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the
normal driving movements of the vehicle ex-
cept when otherwise indicated.
The equipment marked with an aster-
isk* is fitted as standard only in certain
versions, and is only supplied as op-
tional extras for some versions, or are
only offered in certain countries.
® All registered marks are indicated with
®. Although the copyright symbol does
not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.
>> The section is continued on the follow-
ing page.
Important warnings on a given page
Detailed contents on a given page
General information on a given page
Emergency information on a given page
WARNING
Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor-
mation on safety. They warn you about possi-
ble dangers of accident or injury.
CAUTION
Texts with this symbol draw your attention to
potential sources of damage to your vehicle.
For the sake of the environment
Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele-
vant information concerning environmental
protection.
Note
Texts preceded by this symbol contain additio-
nal information.
This manual is divided into six large parts,
which are:
1. The essentials
2. Safety
3. Emergencies
4. Operation
5. Tips
6. Technical data
At the end of this manual, there is a detailed
alphabetical index that will help you quickly
find the information you require.
Foreword
Thi
s
In
struction Manual and its correspond-
ing supplements should be read carefully to
familiarise yourself with your vehicle.
Besides the regular care and maintenance of
the vehicle, its correct handling will help pre-
serve its value.
For safety reasons, always note the informa-
tion concerning accessories, modifications
and part replacements.
If selling the vehicle, give all of the on-board
documentation to the new owner, as it
should be kept with the vehicle.
You can access the information in this man-
ual using:
●
Thematic table of contents that follows the
manual’s general chapter structure.
●
Visual table of contents that uses graphics
to indicate the pages containing “essential”
information, which is detailed in the corre-
sponding chapters.
●
Alphabetical index with many terms and
synonyms to help you find information.
WARNING
Read and always observe safety informa-
tion concernin
g the passenger's front air-
bag ››› page 65, Important information
regarding the front passenger's airbag.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
The e
s
senti
als . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Interior view (left guide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
How it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Gearbox lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fluid Level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Action in the event of a puncture . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Emergency towing of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 42
How to jump start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Changing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Safety first! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Correct position of the vehicle occupants . . . . 48
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Why wear a seat belt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
How to properly adjust your seatbelt . . . . . . . . 56
Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Airbag safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Deactivating airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Transporting children safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Safety for children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Self-help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Vehicle tool kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Tyre repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Changing the windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . 75
Tow-starting and towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fuses and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
General instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Central locking* and locking system . . . . . . . . 94
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . . 102
Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Windscreen wiper and window wiper sys-
tems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Seats and head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Adjusting the seat and head restraints . . . . . . 112
Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Transport and practical equipment . . . . . . . . . 114
Transporting objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Practical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Heating, ventilation and cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Stopping and starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Braking and parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Run-in and economical driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Engine management and exhaust gas purifica-
tion system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Driver assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Parking distance warning system* . . . . . . . . . . 153
Cruise control* (Cruise control system -
CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Safety Assist* (City Safety Assist function) . . . . 156
Hill driving assistant* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Start-Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Towing bracket device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
3
Table of Contents
Advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Accessories, replacement of parts and modifi-
c
ation
s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior . . . 170
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior . . . 176
Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Checking and refilling levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Technical features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Engine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
4
The essentials
How it works
Un
loc
k
ing and locking
Doors
Fig. 1 Remote control key: buttons.
Fig. 2 In the driver door: central locking but-
t
on
Locking and unlocking the vehicle using the
k
ey
●
L
oc
king: press the ››› Fig. 1 button.
●
Unlocking: press the ››› Fig. 1 button.
●
Unlocking the rear lid: hold down the
››› Fig. 1 button for at least 1 second.
Locking and unlocking with the central lock-
ing switch
●
Locking: press the ››› Fig. 2 button. None
of the doors can be opened from the outside.
The doors can be opened from the inside by
pulling the inside door handle.
●
Unlocking: press the ››› Fig. 2 button.
››› in Introduction on page 94
››› page 94
››› page 9
Locking and unlocking the driver door
m
anua
l
ly
Fig. 3 Driver door release lever with lock cyl-
inder
.
As a general rule, when the driver door is
loc
k
ed al
l other doors are locked. Unlocking
manually only opens the driver door.
●
Unfold the key shaft if necessary
›››
page 92.
●
Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder to
unlock or lock the vehicle ››› Fig. 3.
8
The essentials
Locking the passenger door manually
Fig. 4 To the front of the passenger side door:
Emer
g
ency
lock, hidden by a rubber cap.
Fig. 5 Emergency locking of the vehicle using
the
v
ehic
le key
The passenger door can be manually locked.
●
Open the door.
●
Remove the rubber cap to the front of the
door
.
The rubber c
ap is marked with a lock
symbol
››› Fig. 4.
●
Unfold the key shaft if necessary
›››
page 92.
●
Insert the key shaft horizontally into the
opening and moved the coloured lever for-
ward ››› Fig. 5.
●
Replace the rubber cap and close the door.
●
Check if the door is locked.
●
Have the vehicle checked by a specialised
workshop.
Note
The doors can be opened and unlocked indi-
vidual
ly from the inside by pulling the inside
door handle. If necessary, pull the inner door
release lever twice ›››
page 94.
Rear lid
Fig. 6 Rear lid open: hand grip
Opening
●
Press the button
on the vehicle key
›
›
›
Fig. 1 for about one second to unlock the
boot hatch.
●
Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder
of the driver door and turn the key in an anti-
clockwise direction ›››
page 94.
Closing
●
Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid
››› Fig. 6 (arrow).
●
Push the rear lid downwards until it locks
into place in the lock.
●
Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling
on it firmly.
››› in Introduction on page 99
››› page 99
››› page 10
9
The essentials
Emergency unlocking the boot hatch
Fig. 7 From the luggage compartment: Emer-
g
ency
u
nlocking of the booth hatch.
●
If necessary, fold the rear seat bench back-
r
e
s
t forward ››› page 12.
●
Remove equipment to access the inside of
the rear lid.
●
Unfold the key shaft ›››
page 92.
●
Insert the key shaft into the rear lid open-
ing ››› Fig. 7 and press the release lever in the
direction of the arrow to unlock the rear lid.
Bonnet
Fig. 8 A: Release lever in the footwell on the
driv
er s
ide B: R
elease lever on the bonnet
Fig. 9 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet.
D: Bonnet
s
up
ported by the bonnet securing
rod
Opening the bonnet
●
Before opening the bonnet, make sure that
the w
ind
s
creen wiper arms are in place
against the windscreen
›››
in Working in
the en
gine c
omp
artment on page 188.
10
The essentials
●
P
u
l
l the release lever
1
in the direction of
the arr
o
w ›
›› Fig. 8 A. The bonnet is released
from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism
›››
in Working in the engine compartment
on p
ag
e 188
.
●
Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing
the release lever
2
B in the dir
ection of the
arr
o
w to completely open the bonnet.
●
Take out the bonnet support rod from its
clip in the direction of the arrow
3
C and
p
l
ac
e it in the corresponding open position
4
D (arr
ow).
C
lo
sing the bonnet
●
Slightly lift the bonnet ›››
in Working in
the en
gine c
omp
artment on page 188.
●
Take out the bonnet support rod from the
opening catch
4
D and in
sert it into its clip
3
C in the openin
g c
at
ch.
●
Let the bonnet fall from a height of 30 cm
into its clip; Do not apply pressure!
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, open it
once again and close it correctly.
The bonnet is correctly closed when it is flush
with the corresponding parts on the body-
work.
››› in Working in the engine compart-
ment on page 186
››› page 186
Electric windows*
Fig. 10 In the driver door: buttons for the
fr
ont
el
ectric windows
●
Opening the window: Press the b
utt
on.
●
C
losing the window: Pull the button.
Window on the front left door
Window on the front right door
››› in Opening and closing the electric
windows on page 101
1
2
Panoramic sunroof*
Fig. 11 In the interior roof: turn the knob to
open and c
lo
se
Fig. 12 In the interior roof: press or pull the
kno
b t
o r
aise the sunroof and close it.
To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knob
mu
s
t
be in the basic position
1
.
●
Opening: Turn the switch to position
›
›
›
Fig. 11
3
.
»
11
The essentials
●
C
on
v
enience position: Turn the switch to
position ››› Fig. 11
2
.
●
Closing: Turn the switch to position
›
›
›
Fig. 11
1
.
●
To tilt open: Push the switch to position
›
›
›
Fig. 12
4
. For an intermediate position,
ho
l
d do
wn the switch until you reach the de-
sired position.
●
Lowering: Pull the switch to position
››› Fig. 12
5
. For an intermediate position,
ho
l
d do
wn the switch until you reach the de-
sired position.
››› in Opening and closing the panor-
amic sunroof on page 102
››› page 102
Before driving
M
anua
l
ly adjusting the seats
Fig. 13 Front left seat controls
The front seat head restraints are integrated
in the b
ac
k
rests and adjusting them is not
possible.
Forward/back: pull the lever and move
the seat forwards. The front seat must be
engaged when the lever is released!
Raising/lowering: pull the lever up or
push down (several times if necessary)
from its home position.
Tilting the backrest: pull the lever and
adjust the backrest seat angle until you
reach the desired position. The seat back-
rest must be engaged.
Folding/Raising (Easy Entry only in 3-
door vehicles): to fold, pull the lever and
at the same time move the seat forward.
1
2
3
3
To raise it, move the seat back until the
c
at
c
h engages. Pull the lever and tilt
open the backrest. The backrest must en-
gage in the upright position.
››› in Manual front seat adjustment on
page 112
12
The essentials
Adjust the seat belt
Fig. 14 Positioning and removing the seat
belt
b
uc
kle.
Fig. 15 Correct seat belt and head restraint
position
s, viewed from front and the side.
To adjust the seat belt around your should-
er
s, a
dju
st the height of the seats.
The shoulder part of the seat belt should be
well centred over it, never over the neck. The
seat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the
upper part of the body.
The lap part of the seat belt lies across the
pelvis, never across the stomach. The seat
belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the pel-
vis.
››› in Introduction on page 52
››› page 56
Seat belt tensioners
During a frontal collision, the seat belts on
the front se
ats retract automatically.
The tensioner can be triggered only once.
››› in Service and disposal of belt ten-
sion devices on page 58
››› page 58
Adjusting the exterior mirrors
Fig. 16 In the driver door: rotary control for
the e
xt
erior el
ectric mirrors
Adjusting the exterior mirrors: Turn the knob
t
o the c
orr
esponding position:
Turning the knob to the desired posi-
tion, adjust the mirrors on the driver
»
L/R
13
The essentials
side (L, left) and the passenger side (R,
right) t
o the dir
ection de
sired.
Depending on the equipment fitted on
the vehicle, the mirrors may be heated
according to the outside temperature.
››› in Exterior mirrors on page 111
››› page 111
Adjusting the steering wheel
Fig. 17 Mechanical steering wheel adjust-
ment
●
Push the lever ›
›
›
Fig. 17
1
downwards.
●
Adjust the steering wheel so that you can
ho
ld ont
o the steering wheel with both hands
on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and
3 o'clock positions and your arms slightly
bent.
●
Pu
sh the lever firmly upwards until it is
flush to the steering column ›››
in Adjust-
in
g the s
t
eering wheel position on
page 49.
››› in Adjusting the steering wheel po-
sition on page 49
››› page 49
Airbags
Fr
ont
airb
ags
Fig. 18 Location and deployment area of the
fr
ont
airb
ag for the driver.
14
The essentials
Fig. 19 Location and deployment area of the
fr
ont
airb
ag for the passenger.
In conjunction with the seat belts, the front
airb
ag sy
s
tem gives the driver and the front
passenger additional protection for the head
and chest in the event of a severe frontal col-
lision. Always remain as far away as possible
from the front airbag ›››
page 48. This
way, in the event of an accident, the front air-
bags can deploy fully when triggered, provid-
ing maximum protection.
The front airbag for the driver is located in
the steering wheel ››› Fig. 18 and the airbag
for the front passenger is located in the dash
panel ››› Fig. 19. Airbags are identified by the
word “AIRBAG”.
When the front airbags are triggered they fill
the zones marked in red ››› Fig. 18 and
››› Fig. 19 (radius of action). Therefore, ob-
jects should never be placed or mounted in
these areas ›››
in Front airbags on
p
ag
e 62
, Factory-fitted accessories are out-
side the range of the front airbag for the driv-
er and the front passenger, e.g. the base-
plate for the mobile phone support.
The airbag covers fold out of the steering
wheel ››› Fig. 18 and the dash panel
››› Fig. 19 when the driver and front passen-
ger airbags, respectively, are triggered.
››› in Front airbags on page 62
Disabling the front passenger front
airb
ag
Fig. 20 On front passenger side: Key switch
f
or en
ab
ling and disabling the front passen-
ger front airbag.
The front passenger front airbag must be dis-
ab
l
ed when a r
ear-facing child seat is moun-
ted.
Disabling the front passenger front airbag
●
Switch the ignition off.
●
Open the door on the front passenger side.
●
Unfold the vehicle key blade
›››
page 92.
●
Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to
OFF ››› Fig. 20.
●
Close the door on the front passenger side.
●
The control lamp on
the dash panel will remain lit while the igni-
tion is switched on ›››
page 63.
»
15
The essentials
››› in Manual disabling and enabling of
the front passenger front airbag with the
key switch on page 64
››› page 63
Side airbags
Fig. 21 On the side of the front seat: location
of
the s
ide airb
ag
Fig. 22 On the left side of the vehicle: deploy-
ment are
a of side airbag
The side airbags are located in the outer
c
u
shion of
the driver and front passenger
seat backrests ››› Fig. 21. Their position is in-
dicated by the word “AIRBAG”. The area
marked in red ››› Fig. 22 indicates the side
airbag deployment zone.
In the event of a side-on collision, the side
airbag will deploy in the side of the vehicle
affected ››› Fig. 22, thus reducing the risk of
injuries to passengers on the side of the
body and the head facing the accident side.
››› in Side airbags* on page 62
Child seats
Impor
t
ant
information regarding the
front passenger's airbag
Fig. 23 Passenger's side sun visor: airbag
s
tic
k
er.
Fig. 24 On the rear frame of the passenger
s
ide door: airb
ag s
ticker.
16
The essentials
A sticker with important information about
the p
a
s
senger airbag is located on the pas-
senger's sun visor and/or on the passenger
side door frame.
››› in Important information regarding
the front passenger's airbag on page 65
››› page 64
Mounting systems
Fig. 25 On the rear seats: Possible installations
for the chi
ld seat.
Always secure child seats properly and safely
in the
v
ehic
le according to the child seat
manufacturer's installation instructions.
Mounted child seats must rest correctly on
the vehicle's seat and must not move or rock
more than 2.5 cm.
Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap
must also be secured using the Top Tether re-
taining strap in the vehicle ››› page 19. At-
tach the retaining strap to the corresponding
retaining rings only. Not all rings can be used
with the Top Tether system. Always tighten
the Top Tether retaining strap so that the
child seat fits snugly against the correspond-
ing seat in the vehicle.
Specific mounting systems for each country
Attachment variants ››› Fig. 25:
Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper
retaining strap ››› page 18 and
››› page 19.
Three-point seat belt and upper retaining
strap ››› page 18.
»
A
B
17
The essentials
The systems include the child restraint sys-
t
em mou
ntin
g with an upper retaining strap
(Top Tether) and lower anchoring points on
the seat.
Securing child seats with the seat belt
The seat belt may be used to secure child
seats w
ith the universal marking (on the or-
ange label) to the vehicle seats marked with
a u in the table below.
Category
Front passen-
ger
a)
Rear seats
Group 0
Up to 10 kg
u u
Category 0+
Up to 13 kg
u u
Group 1
9 to 18 kg
u u
Group 2
15 to 25 kg
u u
Group 3
22 to 36 kg
u u
a)
Compliance with current national legislation and the manu-
facturer's instructions is required when using or installing child
seats.
Securing the child seat using the seat belt
●
Please read and observe the child seat
manufacturer's handling instructions.
●
Move the front passenger seat, or the rear
seat bench back as far as possible and, in
the case of an adjustable backrest, set it in
the upright position ›››
page 48.
●
Positioning the child seat on the seat ac-
cording to the manufacturer's instructions.
●
Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the
child seat structure in the manner described
in the manufacturer's instructions.
●
Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
●
Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the
appropriate seat and push it down until it is
securely locked with an audible click.
●
Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly
on the child seat.
●
Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible
to pull the lower belt webbing out).
Removing the child seat
The seat belt must not be unfastened until
the vehicle has come to a standstill.
●
Press the red button on the buckle. The
latch plate is released from the buckle.
●
Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls
up easily and the trim will not be damaged.
●
Remove the child seat from the vehicle.
››› in Safety instructions on page 66
Setting up a child seat with the ISO-
FIX system
Fig. 26 On the vehicle seat: identification var-
i
ants
of
the anchor points for the child seats
Each seat of the rear seat bench has tw
o
r
e-
tainers named lower anchor points.
Synoptic display for the ISOFIX system in-
stallation
Installation options of the ISOFIX or i-Size
child seats on the ISOFIX anchor points of the
various vehicle seats.
18
The essentials
Age group
Class
based on
size
Front pas-
senger
seat
Places for
rear seat
Group 0: up
to 10 kg
E X IL-SU
Group 0+:
up to 13 kg
E X
IL-SU
D X
C X
Group 1:
from 9 to
18 kg
D X
IL-SU
IUF
C X
B X
B1 X
A X
Group 2:
from 15 to
25 kg
– X IL-SU
Group 3:
from 22 to
36 kg
– X IL-SU
i-Size child
restraint
system
– X X
●
Class based on size: indic
ation of
the c
lass
based on the size corresponds to the author-
ized body weight for child seats. The class
based on the size is indicated on child seats
with universal or semi-universal certification
on the ECE certification label. Indication of
the class based on size appears on the corre-
sponding child seat.
●
X: seat not suitable for installation of an
ISOFIX or i-Size child seat from this group.
●
IL-SU: suitable seat for installation of an
ISOFIX child seat with a semi-universal certifi-
cate. Please note the list of vehicles from the
child seat manufacturer.
●
IUF: suitable seat for installation of an ISO-
FIX child seat with a universal certificate.
Child seats with rigid mounting
For the installation of a child seat with rigid
mounting auxiliary introduction elements can
be used. These elements facilitate fitting and
protect the upholstery. They form part of the
supply volume of the child seat or can be ac-
quired at a SEAT dealership. If necessary,
these elements are inserted in both anchor
points of the vehicle ›››
in Safety instruc-
tion
s on p
ag
e 66.
●
Observe the manufacturer's instructions
when installing and removing the child seat
›››
in Safety instructions on page 66.
●
Press the child seat onto the retaining rings
›
›
›
Fig. 26 in the direction of the arrow. The
child seat must be safely engaged and click
audibly into place.
●
Pull on both sides of the child seat to en-
sure that it is secure.
Child seat with adjustable retaining straps
●
Observe the manufacturer's instructions
when installing and removing the child seat
›››
in Safety instructions on page 66.
●
Place the child seat on the seat cushion
and att
ac
h the r
etaining strap hooks to the
retaining rings ››› Fig. 26.
●
Tighten the straps evenly using the corre-
sponding adjustment device. The child seat
must sit flush against the vehicle seat.
●
Pull on both sides of the child seat to en-
sure that it is secure.
››› in Safety instructions on page 66
Securing a child seat with the Top
T
ether r
et
aining strap
Fig. 27 Example of an upper retaining strap
c
onnect
ed.
»
19
The essentials
●
O
b
ser
ve the manufacturer's instructions
when installing and removing the child seat
›››
in Safety instructions on page 66.
●
Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gently
f
or
w
ard ››› page 12.
●
Remove the head restraints situated be-
hind the child seat and store them safely in
the vehicle ›››
page 48.
●
Guide the upper retaining strap from of the
child seat back to the luggage compartment,
feeding it through the seat backrest and the
rear shelf.
●
Fold back the seat backrest and push it
firmly into the lock.
●
Secure the child seat to the lower anchor
points ››› page 18
●
Hook the upper retaining strap in the lug-
gage compartment, to the corresponding re-
taining ring ››› Fig. 27.
●
Tighten the strap so that the top of the
child seat rests on the seat backrest.
››› in Safety instructions on page 66
Starting the vehicle
Ignition loc
k
Fig. 28 Ignition key positions.
Switch ignition on: Place the key in the igni-
tion and s
t
ar
t the engine.
Locking and unlocking the steering wheel
●
Engaging the steering wheel lock: Remove
the key from the ignition and turn the wheel
until it locks. In vehicles with an automatic
gearbox, the gear lever must be in N position
in order to remove the key. If necessary,
press the locking key on the selector lever
and release it again.
●
Unlocking the steering wheel: Put the key
into the ignition and turn it at the same time
as the steering wheel in the direction indica-
ted by the arrow. If it is not possible to turn
the steering wheel, it may be because it is
locked.
Turning on/switching off the ignition, glow
plugs reheating
●
Switch ignition on: Turn the key to the
2
position.
●
Switch ignition off. Turn the key to the
1
position.
●
Diesel vehicles :
The glo
w p
lugs reheat
when the ignition is switched on
Starting the engine
●
Manual gearbox: press the clutch pedal all
the way down and move the gearbox lever in-
to neutral.
●
Automatic gearbox: step on the brake ped-
al and put the selector lever in N.
●
Turn the key to the
3
position. The key au-
t
om
atic
ally returns to the
2
position. Do not
pr
e
s
s the accelerator.
Start-Stop System*
When you stop and release the clutch pedal,
the Start-Stop system* turns off the engine.
The ignition remains switched on.
››› in Switching on the ignition and
starting the engine on page 135
››› page 135
20
The essentials
Lights and visibility
Light
sw
it
ch
Fig. 29 Dash panel: light control.
Turn the switch to the required position
›
›
›
Fig. 29.
Sym-
bol
Ignition switched
off
Ignition is
switched on
Fog lights, dipped
beam and side lights
off.
Light off or daytime
driving light on.
The “Coming Home”
and “Leaving Home”
guide lights may be
switched on.
Automatic control of
dipped beam and
daytime running
light.
Side light on.
Dipped beam head-
light off
Dipped beam
switched on.
Fr
ont fog lights: mo
v
e the switch to the
first position, from positions , or .
Rear fog light: move the switch completely
from positions , or .
Switching off fog lights: Push the switch or
turn it to the position.
››› in Switching lights on and off on
page 104
››› page 103
Turn signal and main beam lever
Fig. 30 Turn signal and main beam lever in
their initi
al
po
sition
More the lever to the required position:
Right
t
urn s
ignal: Right-hand parking
light (ignition switched off).
1
Left turn signal: Left-hand parking light
(ignition sw
it
c
hed off).
Main beam switched on: Control lamp
lit up on the instrument panel.
Headlight flasher: lit up when the lever is
pushed. Control lamp lit up.
Lever all the way down to switch it off.
››› in Turn signal and main beam lever
on page 105
››› page 105
Hazard warning lights
Fig. 31 Dash panel: switch for hazard warn-
in
g lights.
Switched on, for example:
●
When approaching a traffic jam
»
2
3
4
21
The essentials
●
In an emer
g
ency
●
The
vehicle has broken down
●
When towing or being towed
››› in Hazard warning lights on
page 106
››› page 106
Interior lights
Side lights: Function
Switching off the reading light.
Switching on the reading light.
Switches door contact control on (central po-
sition).
The reading light comes on automatically
when the vehicle is unlocked, a door is
opened or the key is removed from the igni-
tion.
The light goes off a few seconds after all the
doors are closed, the vehicle is locked or the
ignition is switched on.
Note
The reading lights go out when the vehicle is
locked, or a f
ew minutes after the key is re-
moved from the ignition. This prevents the
vehicle's battery from discharging.
Windscreen wipers and window wiper
b
l
a
de
Fig. 32 Operating the windscreen wiper and
r
e
ar w
iper
More the lever to the required position:
0
Windscreen wiper off.
1
Windscreen interval wipe.
2
Slow wipe.
3
Continuous wipe.
4
Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever
down for more time to increase the wipe
frequency.
5
Automatic wipe for cleaning wind-
screens with the lever up.
6
Interval wipe for rear window. The wiper
will wipe the window approximately ev-
ery six seconds.
More the lever to the required position:
7
Automatic wipe for cleaning rear win-
dows with the lever pressed.
››› page 108
››› page 45
SEAT information system
Intr
oduction
With the ignition switched on it is possible to
ac
c
e
ss different messages via the display on
the instrument panel display.
The number of messages displayed on the in-
strument panel display will vary according to
the vehicle electronics and equipment.
A specialised workshop will be able to pro-
gramme or modify additional functions, ac-
cording to the vehicle equipment. SEAT rec-
ommends taking your car in for technical
service.
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with
the risk of
injury.
22
The essentials
●
Do not con
sult the messages on the instru-
ment panel screen when driving.
Management of indications on the
disp
lay
Fig. 33 Windscreen wiper lever: control but-
t
on
s.
Calling up options
●
Switch the ignition on.
●
If a message or vehicle symbol is dis-
p
l
a
yed, press
OK/RESET
(›
›
› Fig. 33
A
).
●
Press the top or bottom part of the rocker
sw
it
c
h ››› Fig. 33
B
until the desired option
ap
pe
ar
s.
Multifunction display (MFI)
The multifunction display (MFD) has two au-
tomatic
memories: 1 - Partial memory and 2 -
Total memory. The selected memory will be
shown in the lower right-hand corner of the
display.
With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or
2 displayed, briefly press
OK
to change from
one memory to another.
1
Trip memo-
ry (for a
single jour-
ney).
The memory stores the values for the
journey and the consumption from
the moment the ignition is switched
on until it is switched off again.
If the journey is broken for more than
2 hours, the memory is automatically
erased. If the journey is continued in
less than 2 hours after the ignition is
switched off, the new data is added to
the data already stored in the memo-
ry.
2
Total mem-
ory (for all
journeys).
The memory stores the values of any
number of journeys, until it counts a
total of 19 hours and 59 minutes of
driving, or 1999.9 km or miles of driv-
ing, depending on the type of instru-
ment panel fitted. On reaching either
of these limits, the memory is auto-
matically erased and starts to count
from 0 again.
Possible displays
Menu Function
Time Current time in hours (h) and minutes
(min).
Travelling
time
This indicates the hours (h) and mi-
nutes (min) since the ignition was
switched on.
Current
fuel con-
sumption
The current fuel consumption display
operates throughout the journey, in
l/100 km; with the engine running
and the vehicle stopped, in l/hour.
Average
fuel con-
sumption
After turning on the ignition, average
fuel consumption in litres/100 km will
be displayed after travelling about
100 metres. Otherwise horizontal
lines are displayed. The value shown
is updated approximately every 5 sec-
onds.
Operating
range
Approximate distance in km that can
still be travelled with the fuel remain-
ing in the tank, assuming the same
style of driving is maintained. This is
calculated using the current fuel con-
sumption.
Distance
covered
Distance travelled, after ignition is
switched on, in km.
Average
speed
The average speed will be shown after
a distance of about 100 metres has
been travelled. Otherwise horizontal
lines are displayed. The value shown
is updated approximately every 5 sec-
onds.
»
23
The essentials
Menu Function
Digital
display of
speed
Current speed displayed digitally.
Liquid
coolant
temperature
digital
display
Digital display of the current tempera-
ture of the engine liquid coolant.
Warning at
--- km/h
If the stored speed is exceeded (be-
tween 30 - 250 km/h, or 18 -
155 mph), an audible warning is giv-
en together with a visual warning.
Changing between display modes
●
Press the rocker switch in the windscreen
w
iper l
ev
er.
Storing a speed for the speed warning
●
Select the display Speed warning at
--- km/h.
●
Press
OK
on the windscreen wiper lever to
s
t
or
e the current speed and switch off the
warning.
●
In addition, set the required speed by
pressing the rocker switch on the windscreen
wiper lever or
or
buttons on the multi-
f
u
nction s
teering wheel for 5 seconds. Next,
press
OK
again or wait a few seconds. The
s
peed i
s
stored and the warning activated.
●
To switch off, press
OK
. The stored speed is
del
et
ed.
M
anually erasing memory 1 or 2
●
Select the memory to be erased.
●
Press and hold the eject button
OK
for ap-
pr
o
x
imately 2 seconds.
Cruise control
Operating the cruise control system
(CCS)*
Fig. 34 Switches and controls for operating
the C
C
S
●
Switching on the CCS: Move switch
›
›
›
Fig. 34
1
to .
The system is on. If no
s
peed h
as been programmed, the system will
not control it.
●
Activating the CCS: Press button ››› Fig. 34
2
in the ar
e
a.
The current speed is
memorised and controlled.
●
Temporarily switching off the CCS: Move
switch ››› Fig. 34
1
to
or push the
br
ak
e. The cruise control system is switched
off temporarily.
●
Reactivating the CCS: Press button
››› Fig. 34
2
in
. The memorised speed
i
s
saved and controlled again.
●
Increasing stored speed during CCS regula-
tion: press button
2
in
. The vehicle ac-
c
el
erates until the new stored speed.
●
Reducing stored speed during CCS regula-
tion: press button
2
in t
o lower the
s
peed b
y 1 km/h (1 mph). Speed is reduced
until reaching the new stored speed.
●
Switching off the CCS: Move switch
››› Fig. 34
1
to .
The system is disconnec-
t
ed and the memori
sed speed is deleted.
››› in Cruise control operation on
page 156
››› page 155
Warning lamps
On the in
s
trument
panel
The control and warning lamps are indicators
of
w
arnin
gs, ›››
, faults ›
›
› or certain func-
tion
s.
Some c
ontrol and warning lamps come
on when the ignition is switched on, and
24
The essentials
switch off when the engine starts running, or
whi
l
e driv
ing.
When certain control and warning lamps are
lit, an audible warning is also heard.
Handbrake applied.
››› page
137
Do not continue driving!
The brake fluid level is too low or
there is a fault in the brake system.
it lights up:
Do not continue
driving!
The liquid coolant level is too low,
the engine liquid coolant tempera-
ture is too high or
there is a fault in the liquid coolant
system.
››› page
191
flashes: engine coolant system
faulty.
››› page
191
Do not continue driving!
Engine oil pressure too low.
››› page
188
lights up or flashes:
Do not con-
tinue driving!
Fault in the steering.
››› page
133
On the instrument panel: driver or
passenger has not fastened seat
belt.
››› page
52
Faulty generator.
››› page
196
Vehicles with the Start-Stop sys-
tem: it is necessary to start the en-
gine manually.
››› page
161
it lights up: ESC* faulty or switched
off by the system. ALTERNATIVELY:
flashes: ESC* or ASR regulating.
››› page
137
it lights up: Traction Control* faulty
or switched off by the system. AL-
TERNATIVELY:
flashes: Traction Control* regulator
operating.
ABS faulty or does not work.
Rear fog light switched on.
››› page
103
lights up or flashes: fault in the
emission control system.
››› page
151
Fault in engine management.
lights up or flashes: fault in the
steering system.
››› page
133
Fuel tank almost empty.
››› page
182
The natural gas tank is almost
empty.
››› page
182
Fault in airbag system and seat
belt tensioners.
››› page
59
Tyre pressure* too low
››› page
205
Left or right turn signal.
››› page
103
Hazard warning lights on.
››› page
70
Cruise control operating.
››› page
155
Main beam on or flasher on.
››› page
103
The natural gas engine coolant
temperature is too low.
››› page
192
Lamps on the instrument panel display
A passenger in the rear seats
has fastened their seatbelt.
››› page
52
A passenger in the rear seats
has not fastened their seat
belt.
››› page
52
flashes quickly: the City Safety
Assist system function* brakes
automatically or has braked au-
tomatically. Or:
flashes slowly: City Safety As-
sist function is not currently
available.
››› page
156
The City Safety Assist* function
has been connected manually.
It switches off after 5 seconds.
››› page
156
flashes: The City Safety Assist*
function has been manually
disconnected.
››› page
156
after the ignition is switched
on: indication that the end of
the period for an inspection to
be performed is approaching.
››› page
88
»
25
The essentials
it lights up: the Start-Stop sys-
tem is enabled. ALTERNATIVE-
LY:
flashes: the Start-Stop system
is not available.
››› page
161
The Start-Stop system is ena-
bled but the engine cannot be
automatically stopped.
flashes in addition to the rest
of the segments of the fuel
gauge: Fuel tank almost empty.
››› page
182
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle
may
stall in traffic, or may cause accidents
and severe injuries.
●
Never ignore the warning lamps.
●
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
●
Park the vehicle away from traffic and en-
sure that there are no highly flammable ma-
terials under the vehicle that could come into
contact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry
grass, fuel).
●
A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci-
dent for the driver and for other road users. If
necessary, switch on the hazard warning
lamps and put out the warning triangle to ad-
vise other drivers.
●
Before opening the bonnet, switch off the
engine and allow it to cool.
●
In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a
hazardous area and could cause severe inju-
ries ›››
page 186.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they
appear m
ay result in faults in the vehicle.
Gearbox lever
Manual
gearbox
Fig. 35 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man-
ual
g
e
arbox
The position of each of the gears is shown on
the g
e
ar s
tick ››› Fig. 35.
●
Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way
down.
●
Move the gearbox lever to the required po-
sition ›››
in Manual gear change on
p
ag
e 145
.
●
Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.
Selecting reverse gear
●
Engage reverse gear only when the vehicle
is stopped.
●
Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way
down ›››
in Manual gear change on
p
ag
e 145
.
●
Place the gearbox lever into neutral and
push the lever downwards.
●
Slide the gearbox lever to the right, and
then backward as shown on the lever.
●
Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.
››› in Manual gear change on page 145
››› page 145
Automatic gearbox
Fig. 36 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears
26
The essentials
Reverse gear
Neutr
al
(idlin
g)
Drive (forward)
R
N
D
Tiptronic mode: pull the lever forwards
(+) to go up a gear or backwards (–) to
go down a gear.
M
››› in Automatic gear change on
page 146
››› page 145
Air conditioning
Ho
w doe
s
Climatronic work*?
Fig. 37 At the top of the centre console: Clima-
tronic c
ontrols
Switching off
The system disconnects by pushing the lower button several times
››› Fig. 37
Cooling mode
The cooling mode is connected and disconnected with the
button.
Automatic mode
The automatic mode is connected and disconnected with the
button. The automatic mode is initiated by maintaining a constant temperature in
the passenger compartment. Air temperature, amount and distribution is automatically regulated. The automatic mode is disconnected, if the venti-
lation is manually changed.
Temperature
Buttons
1
and
2
››› Fig. 37 regulate the temperature. The set temperature is shown on the screen.
»
27
The essentials
Blower
The speed of the blower is set with the button
››› Fig. 37.
Air distribution
The air distribution
,
or
››› Fig. 37 is set with the buttons
Air distribution towards the upper part of the body through the air vents on the dash panels
Air distribution to footwells
Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell
Air distribution towards the windscreen
Removing ice from the windscreen
The ice is removed from the windscreen
››› Fig. 37 the fastest possible way and it is also cleaned with the button (defrosting/demisting
function). When the temperature is above +3 °C (+38 °F), the air is dehumidified and increases the blower speed.
Air recirculation
The air recirculation
››› Fig. 37 is connected and disconnected with the button ››› page 130.
Rear window defroster
The rear
window defroster located on the top of the centre console, is connected and disconnected while the engine is in gear. The rear window
defroster is automatically disconnected after a maximum of 10 minutes have lapsed.
››› in Introduction on page 130
››› page 130
28
The essentials
How does the manual air conditioning and heating and fresh air system work?
Fig. 38 At the top of the centre console: manual
air conditioning and he
ating and fresh air system
controls.
Switching off
it is disconnected by turning the main control
2
to position
››› Fig. 38.
Cooling mode
a)
The cooling mode is connected and disconnected with the
button.
Temperature
The temperature is set with left rotary control
1
››› Fig. 38.
Blower
The speed of the blower is set with main rotary control
2
››› Fig. 38.
Air distribution
With right rotary control
3
››› Fig. 38 the air distribution is set
Air distribution towards the upper part of the body through the air vents on the dash panels
Air distribution to footwells
Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell
Air distribution towards the windscreen
»
29
The essentials
Removing the ice from the windscreen
The ice is removed
››› Fig. 38 from the windscreen and cleans the windscreen the quickest possible way with the right rotary control (defrost-
ing/demisting function).
Air recirculation
With scrollable control
4
››› Fig. 38 the air distribution is connected and disconnected ››› page 130.
Rear window defroster
The rear
window defroster located on the top of the centre console, is connected and disconnected while the engine is in gear. The rear window
defroster is automatically disconnected after a maximum of 10 minutes have lapsed.
a)
Valid for vehicles with manual air conditioning.
››› in Introduction on page 130
››› page 130
30
The essentials
Fluid Level control
Fi
l
lin
g the fuel tank
Fuel tank capacity
Petrol engines
Around 35.0 l,
of which approximately 4.0 are the
reserve.
Natural gas en-
gine
Natural gas: approx. 11 kg; of which
max. 1.5 kg reserve
Petrol: approx. 10 l; of which approx.
5 l reserve
Windscreen washer tank capacity
The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 litres.
Fuel
Fig. 39 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in
the ho
l
der
Opening the fuel tank cap
The t
ank
fl
ap is at the rear of the vehicle on
the right.
●
Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap to
open.
●
Unfold the key shaft if necessary
›››
page 92.
●
Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder
of the fuel tank plug and turn the key in an
anticlockwise direction.
●
Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in
an anticlockwise direction and rest it on the
upper part of the fuel tank flap ››› Fig. 39.
Closing the fuel tank cap
●
Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clock-
wise direction until it is fully inserted with a
click.
●
Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder
of the fuel tank plug, turn the key in a clock-
wise direction and remove the key.
●
Press the tank flap until you hear it click in-
to place. The tank flap must be flush with the
body contour.
››› in Introduction on page 183
››› page 185
Oil
Fig. 40 Engine oil dipstick.
Fig. 41 In the engine compartment: Engine
oi
l
fi
ller cap.
The level is measured using the dipstick loca-
t
ed in the en
gine c
ompartment.
The oil should leave a mark between zones
A
and
C
. It should never exceed zone
A
.
●
Zone
A
: Do not add oil.
»
31
The essentials
●
Z
one
B
: You can add oil but keep the level
in th
at
zone.
●
Zone
C
: Add oil up to zone
B
.
T
op
pin
g up engine oil
●
Unscrew cap from oil filler opening.
●
Add oil slowly.
●
At the same time, check the level to ensure
you do not add too much.
●
When the oil level reaches at least zone
B
,
u
n
s
crew the engine oil filler cap carefully.
Specifications of engine oil with a service de-
pendent on time/distance travelled
44 kW - 55 kW Petrol en-
gines
VW 504 00, VW 502 00
Natural gas engine VW 502 00
››› in Topping up engine oil on
page 191
››› page 188
Coolant
Fig. 42 Engine compartment: coolant expan-
s
ion t
ank
cap.
The coolant tank is located in the engine
c
omp
ar
tment.
When the engine is cold, replace the coolant
when the level is below .
Coolant specifications
The engine cooling system is supplied from
the factory with a specially treated mixture of
water and at least 40 % of the additive G13
(TL-VW 774 J), purple. This mixture gives the
necessary frost protection down to -25 °C
(-13 °F) and protects the light alloy parts of
the engine cooling system against corrosion.
It also prevents scaling and considerably rai-
ses the boiling point of the coolant.
To protect the cooling system, the percentage
of additive must always be at least 40 %,
even in warm climates where anti-freeze pro-
tection is not required.
If for weather reasons further protection is
necessary, the proportion of additive may be
increased, but only up to 60 %; otherwise an-
tifreeze protection will diminish and this will
worsen cooling.
When the coolant is topped up, use a mixture
of distilled water and at least 40 % of the
G13 or G12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) additive
(both are purple) to obtain an optimum anti-
corrosion protection ›››
in Checking the
c
oo
l
ant level and topping up on page 194.
The mixture of G13 with G12 plus (TL-VW 774
F), G12 (red) or G11 (green-blue) engine cool-
ants will significantly reduce anti-corrosion
protection and should therefore be avoided
›››
in Checking the coolant level and top-
pin
g up on p
ag
e 194.
››› in Checking the coolant level and
topping up on page 193
››› page 191
32
The essentials
Brake fluid
Fig. 43 Engine compartment: brake fluid res-
er
v
oir c
ap
The brake fluid reservoir is located in the en-
gine c
omp
ar
tment.
The level should be between the and
marks. If it is below , please visit a Techni-
cal Service.
››› in Checking the brake fluid level on
page 194
››› page 194
Windscreen washer
Fig. 44 In the engine compartment: wind-
s
c
r
een washer reservoir top.
The windscreen washer reservoir is located in
the en
gine c
omp
artment.
To top up, mix water with a product recom-
mended by SEAT.
In cold temperatures, add anti-freeze for the
windshield cleaner.
››› in Checking and topping up the
windscreen washer reservoir with water
on page 195
››› page 195
Battery
The battery is located in the engine compart-
ment. It doe
s not require maintenance. It is
checked as part of the Inspection Service.
››› in Introduction on page 196
››› page 196
33
The essentials
Emergencies
F
u
se
s
Fuse location
Fig. 45 On the driver-side dash panel: fuse
bo
x
c
over
Fig. 46 In the engine compartment: fuse box
c
o
v
er
Underneath the instrument panel
The f
u
se bo
x is located underneath the dash
panel on the driver side ››› Fig. 45.
In the engine compartment
Press the locking tabs to release the fuse box
cover ››› Fig. 46.
Identifying fuses situated below the dash
panel by colours
Colour Amp rating
Purple 3
Light brown 5
Brown 7.5
Red 10
Blue 15
Yellow 20
White or transparent 25
Green 30
Orange 40
››› in Introduction on page 78
››› page 78
Replacing a blown fuse
Fig. 47 Image of a blown fuse
Preparation
●
Switch off the ignition, lights and all elec-
tric
al
equipment
.
●
Open the corresponding fuse box
›››
page 79.
Identifying a blown fuse
A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured
››› Fig. 47.
Point a lamp at the fuse to see if the fuse has
blown.
To replace a fuse
●
Remove the fuse.
●
Replace the blown fuse by one with an
identical amperage rating (same colour and
markings) and identical size.
34
The essentials
●
R
ep
l
ace the cover again or close the fuse
box lid.
Bulbs
Bulbs (12 V)
Light source used for each function
Halogen headlights Type
Daytime running light/side
light
W21/5W
Dipped beam headlights H4 LL
Main beam headlights H4 LL
Turn signal PY21W NA
Front fog light Type
Fog/cornering lights* HB4
Rear bulb light Type
Brake/side lights P21/5W LL
Side lights P21/5W LL
Turn signal PY21W NA LL
Retro fog light P21W
Reverse lights R10W
Action in the event of a punc-
t
ur
e
Wh
at to do first
●
Park the vehicle on a horizontal surface
and in a safe p
lace as far away from traffic as
possible.
●
Apply the handbrake.
●
Switch on the hazard warning lights.
●
Manual gearbox: select the 1st gear.
●
Automatic gearbox: position the sel
ector
lever to D or R.
●
If you are towing a trailer, unhitch it from
your vehicle.
●
Have the vehicle tool kit
›››
page 71
and the spare wheel* ready
›››
page 206.
●
Observe the applicable legislation for each
country (reflective vest, warning triangles,
etc.).
●
All occupants should leave the vehicle and
wait in a safe place (for instance behind the
roadside crash barrier).
WARNING
●
Alwa
ys observe the above steps and pro-
tect yourself and other road users.
●
If you change the wheel on a slope, block
the wheel on the opposite side of the car with
a stone or similar to prevent the vehicle from
movin
g.
Repairing a tyre with the anti-punc-
ture k
it
Fig. 48 Standard representation: contents of
the anti-p
u
nct
ure kit.
The anti-puncture kit is located under the
floor p
anel
in the lug
gage compartment.
Sealing the tyre
●
Unscrew the tyre valve cap and insert. Use
the
›››
Fig. 48
1
tool to remove the insert.
Pl
ac
e it
on a clean surface.
●
Shake the tyre sealant bottle vigorously
›››
Fig. 48
10
.
»
35
The essentials
●
Sc
r
ew the infl
ator tube ››› Fig. 48
3
into
the se
al
ant
bottle. The bottle's seal will break
automatically.
●
Remove the lid from the filling tube
››› Fig. 48
3
and screw the open end of the
t
ube int
o the ty
re valve.
●
With the tyre sealant bottle upside down,
fill the tyre with the contents of the sealant
bottle.
●
Remove the bottle from the valve.
●
Place the insert back into the tyre valve us-
ing the tool ››› Fig. 48
1
.
Infl
atin
g the ty
re
●
Screw the compressor tyre inflator tube
››› Fig. 48
5
into the tyre valve.
●
Check that the air bleed screw is closed
›
›
›
Fig. 48
7
.
●
Start the engine and leave it running.
●
Insert the connector ›
›
›
Fig. 48
9
into the
v
ehic
l
e's 12-volt socket ›››
page 121.
●
Turn the air compressor on with the ON/OFF
switch ››› Fig. 48
8
.
●
Keep the air compressor running until it
r
e
ac
hes 2.0 to 2.5 bar
(29-36 psi/200-250 kPa). A maximum of 8
minutes.
●
Disconnect the air compressor.
●
If it does not reach the pressure indicated,
unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the valve.
●
Move the vehicle 10m so that the sealant is
distributed throughout the tyre.
●
Screw the compressor tyre inflator into the
valve.
●
Repeat the inflation process.
●
If the indicated pressure still cannot be
reached, the tyre is too badly damaged. Stop
and request assistance from an authorised
technician.
●
Disconnect the air compressor. Unscrew
the tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve.
●
When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and
2.0 bars, continue driving without exceeding
80 km/h (50 mph).
●
Check the pressure again after 10 minutes
›››
page 74.
››› in TMS (Tyre Mobility System)* on
page 73
››› page 72
Changing a wheel
V
ehic
l
e tool kit
Fig. 49 Components of the vehicle tool kit
Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the
h
andl
e
Ad
apter for anti-theft bolt.
Towline anchorage, removable.
Wire hook for removing the hub caps.
Jack.
Wheel spanner.
Wheel bolt cap clips.
››› in What to do first on page 35
››› page 70
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
36
The essentials
Hubcaps
Fig. 50 Remove the hubcap of the steel wheel
trim
In order to access the wheel bolts, first re-
mo
v
e the hubc
ap.
Removing and fitting the hubcap
●
To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wire
hook and attach it to the edge of the wheel
trim ››› Fig. 50.
●
Remove the trim by pulling it in the direc-
tion of the arrow.
●
To replace the hubcap, press the hubcap
against the trim until it clicks into place.
The caps protect the wheel bolts and should
be remounted after changing the tyre.
Full hubcaps
Fig. 51 Removing the full hubcap
Removing the full hubcap
●
Take the wheel brace and the wire hook
fr
om the
v
ehicle tool kit ›››
page 70.
●
Hook the wire through one of the grooves
on the hubcap.
●
Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook
››› Fig. 51 and pull the hub cap in the direc-
tion shown by the arrow.
Fitting hubcaps
●
It is necessary to press the hubcap against
the wheel so that the space for the valve fits
over the tyre valve.
●
Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fit-
ted all the way around the wheel. If you are
using an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the
opposite position to the valve.
Wheel bolt caps
Fig. 52 Removing the wheel bolt caps
Removal
●
Fit the plastic clip (vehicle tools
›
›
›
page 70) over the cap until it clicks
into place ››› Fig. 52.
●
Remove the cap with the plastic clip.
The caps protect the wheel bolts and should
be remounted after changing the tyre.
The anti-theft wheel bolt has a special cap
which is only compatible with anti-theft bolts
and cannot be used for conventional bolts.
37
The essentials
Loosening the wheel bolts
Fig. 53 Changing a wheel: Slacken the wheel
bo
lts.
Fig. 54 Changing a wheel: Tyre valve
1
and
po
s
ition of
anti-theft wheel locking bolt
2
.
●
Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle
t
o loo
sen the wheel
bolts.
●
Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn
before raising the vehicle with the jack.
●
If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be
able to loosen it by pushing down on the end
of the wheel brace carefully with your foot.
Hold on to the vehicle for support and take
care not to slip.
Loosening wheel bolts
●
Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over
the wheel bolt ››› Fig. 53.
●
Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate
the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise
›››
.
L
oo
senin
g anti-theft wheel bolts
For wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theft
wheel lock must be threaded into position
››› Fig. 54
2
before mounting the hubcap.
Other
w
i
se it will not be possible to mount the
entire hubcap.
●
Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts
out of the vehicle tool kit.
●
Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt
››› Fig. 54. Push it on as far as it will go.
●
Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far
as possible.
●
Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate
the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise
›››
.
Important information about wheel bolts
The wheel
rims
and bo
lts have been de-
signed to be fitted to factory options. If differ-
ent rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts
with the right length and correctly shaped
bolt heads must be used. This ensures that
wheels are fitted securely and that the brake
system functions correctly.
In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the
same model vehicle should not be used.
Wheel bolt tightening torque
The prescribed tightening torque for wheel
bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 110 Nm.
Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts
checked as soon as possible with a reliable
torque wrench.
If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to
tighten them, the threads should be replaced
and cleaned before checking the tightening
torque.
Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the
wheel hub threads. Although they have been
tightened to the prescribed torque, they
could come loose while driving.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly they
coul
d be released while driving leading to
loss of vehicle control and serious damage.
38
The essentials
●
Only u
se wheel bolts which correspond to
the wheel rims in question.
●
Never use different wheel bolts.
●
The bolts and threads should be clean, free
of oil and grease and easy to thread.
●
To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, al-
ways use the wheel brace supplied with the
vehicle.
●
Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn
before raising the vehicle with the jack.
●
Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the
wheel hub threads. Although they have been
tightened to the prescribed torque, they
could come loose while driving.
●
Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel
rims with bolted ring trims.
●
If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the
correct torque, they may come loose while
driving, and the bolts and rims may come
out. If the tightening torque is too high, the
wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.
Raising the vehicle with the jack
Fig. 55 Jack position points
Fig. 56 Jack mounted on the left rear part of
the
v
ehic
le
The jack may be applied only at the jacking
points
sho
wn (m
arks on chassis) ››› Fig. 55.
Always the relevant jacking point for the
wheel to be changed ›››
.
R
ai
se the
vehicle using only the designated
jacking points.
»
39
The essentials
WARNING
If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could
fal
l off the jack causing serious injury. Please
observe the following rules to minimise the
risk of injury:
●
You should only use a jack approved by
SEAT for your vehicle. Other jacks, even those
approved for other SEAT models, might slip
out of place.
●
The ground should be firm and flat. If the
ground is sloped or soft then the vehicle
could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary,
support the jack on a wide solid base.
●
If the ground is slippery, such as tiles,
place a non-slip surface (a floor mat, for in-
stance) beneath the jack to avoid slipping.
●
Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking
points. The claw of the jack should grip the
reinforcement nerve on the underbody
››› Fig. 56.
●
You should never place a body limb such as
an arm or leg under a raised vehicle that is
solely supported by the jack.
●
If you have to work underneath the vehicle,
you must use suitable stands additionally to
support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci-
dent!.
●
Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one
side or the engine is running.
●
Never start the engine when the vehicle is
raised. The vehicle may come loose from the
jack due to the engine vibrations.
Removing and fitting a wheel
Fig. 57 Changing a wheel: loosen wheel bolts
w
ith the soc
k
et at the end of the wheel brace
Change the wheel after loosening the wheel
bo
lts
and r
aising the vehicle with the jack.
Removing the wheel
●
Slacken the wheel bolts ››› page 38.
●
Raise the vehicle ››› page 39.
●
Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel
brace ››› Fig. 57, unscrew the slackened
wheel bolts and place them on a clean sur-
face.
●
Take off the wheel.
How to use the spare wheel or temporary
spare wheel
Check the direction of rotation of the tyre
›››
page 207, Tyre code.
●
Place the spare wheel or temporary spare
wheel into position.
●
Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slight-
ly using the hexagonal socket on the end of
the wheel brace.
●
To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel bolts
use the corresponding adaptor.
●
Lower the car with the jack.
●
Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise
›››
. Tighten the bolts in diagonal pairs (not
in a c
ir
c
le).
●
Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on
››› page 37.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or
not tightened t
o the correct torque then this
could lead to loss of vehicle control and to a
serious accident.
●
All the wheel bolts and hub threads should
be clean and free of oil and grease. The wheel
bolts should be easily tightened to the cor-
rect torque.
●
The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace
should be used for turning wheel bolts only.
Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel
bolts.
40
The essentials
Tyres with compulsory direction of ro-
t
ation
A directional tread pattern can be identified
by the arr
ows on the sidewall that point in
the direction of rotation. Always observe the
direction of rotation indicated when fitting
the wheel to guarantee optimum properties
of this type of tyres with regard to grip,
noises, wear and aquaplaning.
If it is absolutely necessary to fit the spare
tyre* against the direction of rotation, drive
with care as this means the tyre does not of-
fer optimum driving properties. This is of par-
ticular importance when the road surface is
wet.
To return to directional tread tires, replace
the punctured tyre as soon as possible and
restore the obligatory direction of rotation of
all tyres.
After the wheel change
●
Clean the vehicle tools, if necessary and
p
ut
them a
way in the luggage compartment
foam holder
›››
page 70.
●
Store the spare wheel, the temporary spare
wheel or the changed wheel securely in the
luggage compartment.
●
Have the tightening torque of the wheel
bolts checked as soon as possible with a tor-
que wrench ››› page 38.
●
Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as
possible.
Snow chains
Use
When using snow chains, applicable local
l
e
gi
slation and maximum permitted speed
limits must be observed.
In winter weather, snow chains not only help
to improve grip but also improve the braking
capacity.
The fitting of chains is permitted only on
front wheels and with the following combi-
nations of wheel trims and tyres:
Tyre size Wheel rim
165/70 R14
5 J x 14 offset of 35
175/65 R14
SEAT recommends you ask a technical serv-
ic
e f
or f
urther information on wheel, tyre and
chain sizes.
Wherever possible use fine-link chains meas-
uring less than 15 mm including the lock.
Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings be-
fore fitting snow chains ›››
. The wheel bolts
shou
l
d be c
overed with caps for safety rea-
sons. These are available from technical serv-
ices.
Temporary spare wheel
For technical reasons, snow chains must not
be used on the compact temporary spare
wheel ›››
page 206.
If it is necessary to fit chains with the tempo-
rary spare wheel in use, install the wheel on
the rear axle in the event of a fault in a front
wheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, in-
stead of the damaged front wheel. In this sit-
uation, observe the rotating direction of the
wheels. SEAT recommends attaching the
snow chains before fitting the wheel.
WARNING
The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted
chain
s could lead to serious accidents and
damage.
●
Always the appropriate snow chains.
●
Observe the fitting instructions provided by
the snow chain manufacturer.
●
Never exceed the maximum permitted
speeds when driving with snow chains.
»
41
The essentials
CAUTION
●
Remov
e the snow chains to drive on roads
without snow. Otherwise they will impair
vehicle handling, damage the tyres and wear
out very quickly.
●
Wheel rims may be damaged or scratched if
the chains come into direct contact with
them. SEAT recommends the use of covered
snow chains.
Note
Snow chains are available in different sizes
accor
ding to the vehicle type.
Emergency towing of the vehi-
c
l
e
T
owing
Fig. 58 Right side of the front bumper: tow-
line anc
hor
ag
e screwed in.
Towline anchorages
Att
ac
h the b
ar or rope to the towline ancho-
rages.
It is located with the vehicle's tools
›››
page 70.
Screw the front towline anchorage into the
screw connection ››› Fig. 58 and tighten it
with the wheel brace.
Tow rope or tow bar
When towing, the tow bar is the safest and
vehicle friendly way. You should only use a
tow rope if you do not have a tow bar.
A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoid
damage to both vehicles. It is advisable to
use a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or sim-
ilarly elastic material.
●
Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the
towline anchorage or specially designed fit-
ting.
Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle
●
Keep the ignition running to prevent the
steering wheel from locking and also to allow
the use of the turn signals, horn, windscreen
wipers and washers.
●
As the power assisted steering does not
work if the engine is not running, you will
need more strength to steer than normally.
●
The brake must be depressed much harder
as the brake servo does not operate. Avoid
hitting the towing vehicle.
●
Note the instructions and information con-
tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi-
cle to be towed.
Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle
●
Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sud-
den manoeuvres.
●
Brake well in advance than usual and brake
gently.
●
Note the instructions and information con-
tained in the Ins
truction Manual for the vehi-
cle to be towed.
42
The essentials
Driving style
T
o
w
ing requires some experience, especially
when using a tow rope. Both drivers should
realise how difficult it is to tow a vehicle. In-
experienced drivers should not attempt to
tow.
Do not pull too hard with the towing vehicle
and take care to avoid jerking the tow rope.
When towing on an unpaved road, there is al-
ways a risk of overloading and damaging the
anchorage points.
Switch on the ignition so that the turn sig-
nals, windscreen wipers and windscreen
washer can work. Ensure that the steering
wheel is unlocked and moves freely.
Place the gear lever in neutral on vehicles
with a manual gearbox. With an automatic
gearbox, place the lever in N.
To brake, press the brake pedal firmly. The
brake servo does not work when the engine
is switched off.
The power steering only works when the igni-
tion is switched on and the vehicle is moving,
provided that the battery is sufficiently charg-
ed. Otherwise, it will need more force.
Ensure that the tow rope remains taut at all
times.
››› in Instructions for tow-starting on
page 76
››› page 75
Tow-starting
In general, the vehicle should not be started
by t
owing. Jump-starting is much more pref-
erable ››› page 43.
For technical reasons, the following vehicles
can not be tow started:
●
Vehicles with an automatic gearbox.
●
If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible
that the en
gine control unit does not operate
correctly.
However, if your vehicle must absolutely be
tow-started (manual gearbox):
●
Put it into second or third gear.
●
Keep the clutch pressed down.
●
Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn-
ing lights.
●
Release the clutch when both vehicles are
moving.
●
As soon as the engine starts, press the
clutch and move the gear lever into neutral.
This helps to prevent a collision with the tow-
ing vehicle.
How to jump start
Jump leads
If the engine fails to start because of a dis-
char
ged battery, the battery of another vehi-
cle can be used to start the engine. Before
starting, check the magic eye on the battery
›››
page 196.
For starting assistance, jump lead cables con-
forming to the standard DIN 72553 are re-
quired (see the cable manufacturer instruc-
tions). The cable section in vehicles with pet-
rol engine must be at least 25 mm
2
.
WARNING
Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly
jump star
ting could cause the battery to ex-
plode resulting in serious injury. Please ob-
serve the following rules to minimise the risk
of a battery explosion:
●
The battery providing current must have
the same voltage (12V) and approximately
the same capacity (see markings on battery)
as the flat battery.
●
Never charge a frozen or recently thawed
battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem-
peratures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
●
If a battery is frozen and/or has been frozen
then it must be replaced.
●
A highly explosive mixture of gases is re-
leased when the battery is being charged. Al-
ways keep lit cigarettes, flames, sparks and
»
43
The essentials
fire far from the battery. Never use a mobile
telephone when c
onnecting and removing the
jump leads.
●
Charge the battery only in well ventilated
areas given that when the battery is charged
by outside assistance, it creates a mix of
highly explosive gases.
●
Jump leads should never enter into contact
with moving parts in the engine compart-
ment.
●
Never switch the positive and negative
poles or connect the jump leads incorrectly.
●
Note the instruction manual provided by
the manufacturer of the jump leads.
CAUTION
To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle
electrica
l system, note the following careful-
ly:
●
If the jump leads are incorrectly connected,
this could result in a short circuit.
●
The vehicles must not touch each other,
otherwise electricity could flow as soon as
the positive terminals are connected.
How to jump start: description
Fig. 59 Diagram of connections for vehicles
w
ithout
Start Stop system
Fig. 60 Diagram of connections for vehicles
w
ith
St
art Stop system
Jump lead terminal connections
1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles
›
›
›
.
2. Connect one end of the r
e
d
jump lead to
the positive
+
terminal of the vehicle
w
ith the fl
at
battery
A
›
›› Fig. 59
.
3.
Connect the other end of the red jump
lead to the positive terminal
+
in the ve-
hic
l
e pr
oviding assistance
B
.
4. For vehicles without Start-Stop system:
c
onnect
one end of
the black jump lead to
the negative terminal
–
of the vehicle
pr
o
v
iding the current
B
›
›› Fig. 59
.
–
F
or vehicles with Start-Stop system: con-
nect one end of the black jump lead
X
to a
s
uit
ab
le ground terminal, to a solid piece of
metal in the engine block, or to the engine
block itself ››› Fig. 60.
5. Connect the other end of the black jump
lead
X
to a solid metal component bolted
t
o the en
gine b
lock or to the engine block
itself of the vehicle with the flat battery.
Do not connect it to a point near the bat-
tery
A
.
6. Position the leads in such a way that they
c
annot
c
ome into contact with any moving
parts in the engine compartment.
Starting
7. Start the engine of the vehicle with the
boosting battery and let it run at idling
speed.
44
The essentials
8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat
b
att
er
y and wait for 2 or 3 minutes until
the engine is running.
Removing the jump leads
9. Before you remove the jump leads, switch
off the dipped beam headlights (if they
are switched on).
10.Turn on the heater blower and heated rear
window in the vehicle with the flat battery.
This helps minimise voltage peaks which
are generated when the leads are discon-
nected.
11.When the engine is running, disconnect
the leads in reverse order to the details
given above.
Make sure the battery clamps have sufficient
metal-to-metal contact with the battery termi-
nals.
If the engine fails to start, switch off the start-
er after about 10 seconds and try again after
about 1 minute.
WARNING
●
Plea
se note the safety warnings referring to
working in the engine compartment
›››
page 186.
●
The battery providing assistance must have
the same voltage as the flat battery (12V) and
approximately the same capacity (see imprint
on battery). Failure to comply could result in
an explo
sion.
●
Never use jump leads when one of the bat-
teries is frozen. Danger of explosion! Even af-
ter the battery has thawed, battery acid could
leak and cause chemical burns. If a battery
freezes, it should be replaced.
●
Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes
away from batteries, danger of explosion.
Failure to comply could result in an explo-
sion.
●
Observe the instructions provided by the
manufacturer of the jump leads.
●
Do not connect the negative cable from the
other vehicle directly to the negative terminal
of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the
battery could be ignited by sparks. Danger of
explosion.
●
Do not attach the negative cable from the
other vehicle to parts of the fuel system or to
the brake line.
●
The non-insulated parts of the battery
clamps must not be allowed to touch. The
jump lead attached to the positive battery
terminal must not touch metal parts of the ve-
hicle, this can cause a short circuit.
●
Position the leads in such a way that they
cannot come into contact with any moving
parts in the engine compartment.
●
Do not lean on the batteries. This could re-
sult in chemical burns.
Note
The vehicles must not touch each other, oth-
erwi
se electricity could flow as soon as the
positive terminals are connected.
Changing the wiper blades
Winds
creen wipers service position
Fig. 61 Wipers in service position
The wiper arms can be raised when the wip-
er
s
ar
e in service position
›››
Fig. 61.
●
Close the bonnet
›››
page 186.
●
Switch the ignition on and off.
●
Press the windscreen wiper lever down-
wards briefly
›››
Fig. 32
4
.
»
45
The essentials
Before driving, always lower the wiper arms.
When the ignition i
s
sw
itched on, the wind-
screen wiper arms return to their initial posi-
tion upon activating the windscreen wiper
lever.
››› page 75
Changing the front wiper blades
Fig. 62 Changing the front wiper blades
Fig. 63 Changing the rear wiper blade
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms
The w
iper arm m
a
y only be lifted at the point
where it is fastened to the blade.
The wiper should be in service position be-
fore unfolding it ›››
page 108.
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades
●
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
●
Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt
from the windscreen wiper blades.
●
If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or
damp cloth may be used ›››
in Changing
the w
ind
s
creen and rear window wiper
blades on page 75.
Changing the windscreen wiper blades
●
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
●
Hold down the release button ››› Fig. 62
1
while gently pulling the blade in the direction
of
the arr
o
w.
●
Fit a new wiper blade of the same length
and design on to the wiper arm and hook it
into place.
●
Rest the wiper arms back onto the wind-
screen.
Changing the rear wiper blade
●
Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it at
an angle of approximately 60° ››› Fig. 63.
●
Press and hold the release button
1
.
●
Fold the wiper blade towards the wind-
s
c
r
een wiper arm ››› Fig. 63 (arrow
A
) while
p
u
l
ling in the direction of arrow
B
. This may
r
equir
e some s
trength.
●
Insert a new blade of the same length and
type in the windscreen wiper arm in the op-
posite direction to the arrow
B
and hook in-
t
o p
l
ace. This feature is operational when the
knob is in position (arrow
A
).
●
Return the windscreen wiper arm to the
w
ind
s
creen. Do not let it simply drop down!
››› in Changing the windscreen and
rear window wiper blades on page 75
››› page 75
46
Safe driving
Safety
Saf
e driv
in
g
Safety first!
WARNING
●
This m
anual contains important informa-
tion about the operation of the vehicle, both
for the driver and the passengers. The other
sections of the on-board documentation also
contain further information that you should
be aware of for your own safety and for the
safety of your passengers.
●
Ensure that the on-board documentation is
kept in the vehicle at all times. This is espe-
cially important when lending or selling the
vehicle to another person.
WARNING
Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs,
medication or nar
cotics may result in severe
accidents and even loss of life.
●
Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics
may significantly alter perception, affect re-
action times and safety while driving, which
could result in the loss of control of the vehi-
cle.
Driving advice
B
ef
or
e driving
For your own safety and the safety of your
pas
sengers, always note the following points
before every trip:
–
Make sure that the vehicle's lights and turn
signals are working properly.
–
Check tyre pressure.
–
Ensure that all windows provide a clear and
good view of the surroundings.
–
Make sure all luggage is secured
›››
page 114.
–
Make sure that no objects can interfere
with the pedals.
–
Adjust front seat, head restraint and mir-
rors properly according to your size.
–
Ensure that the passengers in the rear
seats always have the head restraints in
the in-use position
›››
page 51.
–
Instruct passengers to adjust the head re-
straints according to their height.
–
Protect children with appropriate child
seats and properly applied seat belts
›››
page 64.
–
Assume the correct sitting position. Instruct
your passengers also to assume a proper
sitting position.
›››
page 48.
–
Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct your
passengers also to fasten their seat belts
properly. ››› page 52.
What affects driving safety?
As a driver, you are responsible for yourself
and your p
assengers. When your concentra-
tion or driving safety is affected by any cir-
cumstance, you endanger yourself as well as
others on the road ›››
, for this reason:
–
Always pay attention to traffic and do not
g
et
di
stracted by passengers or telephone
calls.
–
Never drive when your driving ability is im-
paired (e.g. by medication, alcohol, drugs).
–
Observe traffic laws and speed limits.
–
Always reduce your speed as appropriate
for road, traffic and weather conditions.
–
When travelling long distances, take
breaks regularly - at least every two hours.
–
If possible, avoid driving when you are tired
or stressed.
WARNING
When driving safety is impaired during a trip,
the risk of
injury and accidents increases.
47
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
Safety equipment
Never put your safety or the safety of your
pas
sengers in danger. In the event of an acci-
dent, the safety equipment may reduce the
risk of injury. The following list includes most
of the safety equipment in your SEAT:
●
Three-point seat belts
●
belt tension limiters for the front and rear
side seats,
●
Belt tensioners for the front seats
●
Belt height adjustment for the front seats
●
Front airbags
●
Side airbags in the front seat backrests
●
Side airbags in the rear seat backrests*
●
Head-protection airbags
●
Active front head restraints*
●
“ISOFIX” anchor points for child seats in
the rear s
ide seats with the “ISOFIX” system,
●
Height-adjustable front head restraints
●
Rear head restraints with in-use position
and non-use position
●
adjustable steering column
The safety equipment mentioned above
works together to provide you and your pas-
sengers with the best possible protection in
the event of an accident. However, these
safety systems can only be effective if you
and your passengers are sitting in a correct
position and use this equipment properly.
Safety is everyone's business!
Correct position of the vehicle
occupants
Correct sitting position
Fig. 64 The proper distance between driver
and s
t
eerin
g wheel
Fig. 65 Correct belt web and head restraint
position
s
The correct sitting positions for the driver and
p
a
s
sengers are shown below.
If your physical constitution prevents you
from maintaining the correct sitting position,
contact a specialised workshop for help with
any special devices. The seat belt and airbag
can only provide optimum protection if a cor-
rect sitting position is adopted. SEAT recom-
mends taking your car in for technical serv-
ice.
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of
injury in the event of an accident or sudden
braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the
following positions:
Valid for the driver:
●
Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi-
tion so that your back rests completely
against it.
48
Safe driving
●
Adju
s
t
the seat so that there is a distance
of at least 25 cm between the steering wheel
and your chest ››› Fig. 64 and so that you can
hold the steering wheel with both hands on
the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions with your arms slightly
bent.
●
The adjusted steering wheel must face your
chest and not your face.
●
Adjust the driver seat forwards or back-
wards so that you are able to press the accel-
erator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor
with your knees slightly angled and the dis-
tance between your knees and the dash pan-
el is at least 10 cm ››› Fig. 64.
●
Adjust the height of the driver seat so that
you can easily reach the top of the steering
wheel.
●
Keep both feet in the footwell so that you
have the vehicle under control at all times.
●
Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly
››› page 52.
Valid for the passenger:
●
Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi-
tion so that your back rests completely
against it.
●
Move the front passenger seat back as far
as possible for optimum protection should
the airbag deploy.
●
Always keep your feet in the footwell while
the vehicle is in motion.
●
Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly
››› page 52.
Valid for the passengers in the rear section:
●
Adjust the head restraint so that its upper
edge is at the same level as the top of your
head, or as close as possible to the same lev-
el as the top of your head and under no cir-
cumstances below eye level. Keep the back
of your neck as close as possible to the head
restraint ››› Fig. 64 and ››› Fig. 65.
●
Short people must lower the head restraint
to the first anchorage position, even if your
head is below its upper edge.
●
Tall people must raise the head restraint
completely.
●
Always keep your feet in the footwell while
the vehicle is in motion.
●
Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly
››› page 52.
Adjusting the steering wheel position
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 14.
Adjust the steering wheel before your trip
and only when the vehicle is stationary.
Adjust the correct distance between the driv-
er and the steering wheel
›››
Fig. 64 using the
controls on the driver seat ›››
page 12.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjust-
ment fu
nction and an incorrect adjustment of
the steering wheel can result in severe or fa-
tal injury.
●
After adjusting the steering column, push
the lever firmly upwards to ensure the steer-
ing wheel does not accidentally change posi-
tion while driving.
●
Never adjust the steering wheel while the
vehicle is in motion. If you need to adjust the
steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion,
stop safely and make the proper adjustment.
●
The adjusted steering wheel should be fac-
ing your chest and not your face so as not to
hinder the driver's front airbag protection in
the event of an accident.
●
When driving, always hold the steering
wheel with both hands on the outside of the
ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions
to reduce injuries when the driver's front air-
bag deploys.
●
Never hold the steering wheel at the 12
o'clock position or in any other manner (e.g.
in the centre of the steering wheel). In such
cases, if the driver's airbag deploys, you may
sustain injuries to your arms, hands and
head.
49
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
Danger of injuries due to an incorrect
s
ittin
g po
sition
Number of seats
The vehic
le has a total of 4 seats: 2 front
seats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is equipped
with a seat belt.
If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at
all, the risk of severe injuries increases. Seat
belts can provide optimal protection only if
the belt web is properly worn. Being seated
in an incorrect position means the seat belt
cannot offer its full protection. This could re-
sult in severe and even fatal injuries. The risk
of severe or fatal injuries is especially height-
ened when a deploying airbag strikes a vehi-
cle occupant who has assumed an incorrect
sitting position. The driver is responsible for
all passengers in the vehicle, particularly
children.
The following list shows just some examples
of incorrect sitting positions which can be
dangerous to all vehicle occupants.
When the vehicle is in motion:
●
Never stand in the vehicle.
●
Never stand on the seats.
●
Never kneel on the seats.
●
Never tilt your seat backrest too far to the
rear
.
●
Never lean against the dash panel.
●
Never lie on the rear seats.
●
Never sit on the front edge of a seat.
●
Never sit sideways.
●
Never lean out of a window.
●
Never put your feet out of a window.
●
Never put your feet on the dash panel.
●
Never put your feet on the surface of a seat
or seat backrest.
●
Never travel in a footwell.
●
Never travel on a seat without wearing the
seat belt.
●
Never carry any person in the luggage com-
partment.
WARNING
An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle
can le
ad to severe injuries or death in the
event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, colli-
sion or accidents or if the airbag deploys.
●
Before the vehicle moves, assume the prop-
er sitting position and maintain it throughout
the trip. This also includes fastening the seat
belt.
●
Never transport more people than there are
seats with a seat belt available in the vehicle.
●
Children must always be protected with an
approved child restraint system suited to
their height and weight ››› page 64,
››› page 59.
●
Always keep your feet in the footwell while
the vehicle is in motion. Never, for example,
put your feet on the surface of a seat or on
the dash p
anel and never put them out of a
window. Otherwise the airbag and seat belt
offer insufficient protection and the risk of in-
jury in the event of an accident is increased.
WARNING
Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat
belt
and the hea
d restraints and instruct your
passengers to fasten their seat belts proper-
ly.
●
Move the front passenger seat back as far
as possible.
●
Adjust the driver seat so that there is at
least 25 cm distance between your chest and
the hub of the steering wheel. Adjust the
driver seat so that you are able to press the
accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the
floor with your knees slightly angled and that
the distance between your knees and the
dash panel is at least 10 cm. If your physical
constitution prevents you from meeting these
requirements, contact a specialised work-
shop to make any modifications required.
●
Never drive with the seat backrest tilted far
back. The further the seat backrests are tilted
to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due
to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to
the incorrect sitting position!
●
Never drive with the seat backrest tilted
forwards. Should a front airbag deploy, it
could throw the seat backrest backwards and
injure the passengers of the rear seats.
50
Safe driving
●
Sit as
far away as possible from the steer-
ing wheel and the dash panel.
●
Keep your back straight and resting com-
pletely against the seat backrest and the
front seats correctly adjusted. Never place
any part of your body in the area of the airbag
or very close to it.
●
If passengers on the rear seats are not sit-
ting in an upright position, the risk of severe
injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt
web increases.
WARNING
Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to acci-
dents and sev
ere injuries.
●
Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is
stationary, as the seats could move unex-
pectedly while the vehicle is in motion and
you could lose control of the vehicle. Further-
more, an incorrect position is adopted when
adjusting the seat.
●
Only adjust the height, seat backrest and
forwards or backwards position of the seat
when there is nobody in the seat adjustment
area.
●
There must be no objects blocking the front
seat adjustment area.
Adjusting the rear head restraints
Fig. 66 Adjusting the rear head restraints
All seats are equipped with a head restraint.
The fr
ont
se
at head restraints are integrated
in the backrests and adjusting them is not
possible.
Adjusting height
●
Push the head restraint up or down in the
direction of the arrow with the button press-
ed ››› Fig. 66
1
›
›
› .
●
The head restraint must engage securely in
po
s
ition.
C
orrect adjustment of head restraints
Adjust the head restraint so that its upper
edge is at the same level as the top of your
head, or as close as possible to the same lev-
el as the top of your head and under no cir-
cumstances below eye level. Keep the back
of your neck as close as possible to the head
restraint.
Adjusting the head restraint for short people
Set the head restraint in the first anchorage
position, even if your head is below its upper
edge. When the head restraint is at its low-
est, it is possible that a small gap remains
between it and the seat backrest.
Adjusting the head restraint for tall people
Raise the head restraint completely.
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed
or improperly a
djusted increases the risk of
severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci-
dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.
●
Always fit and adjust the head restraint
properly whenever a person is occupying a
seat.
●
All vehicle occupants must correctly adjust
the head restraint according to their height to
reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of
an accident. The upper edge of the head re-
straint must be as close as possible to the
same level as the top of your head and under
no circumstances below eye level. Keep the
back of your neck as close as possible to the
head restraint.
●
Never adjust the head restraint while the
vehicle is in motion.
51
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
Pedal area
P
ed
a
ls
Do not allow floor mats or other objects to
obs
truct the free passage of the pedals.
Floor mats should leave the pedal area free
and unobstructed and be correctly secured in
the footwell zone.
In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the
brake pedal must be pressed harder than
normal to brake the vehicle.
WARNING
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could
prevent
use of the pedals. This could lead the
driver to lose control of the vehicle, increas-
ing the risk of a serious accident.
●
Make sure the pedals can be used at all
times, with no objects rolling underneath
them.
●
Always secure the mat in the footwell.
●
Never place other mats or rugs on top of
the original mat supplied by the factory.
●
Ensure that no objects can fall into the driv-
er's footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
The pedals must always have free and unob-
structed p
assage to the floor. For example, in
case of a fault in the brake circuit, the brake
pedal will need to be pressed further to stop
the vehic
le. To press the brake pedal down
further will require more force than usual.
Seat belts
Wh
y
w
ear a seat belt?
Introduction
Check the condition of all the seat belts at
regu
lar intervals. If you notice that the belt
webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or
buckle of any of the belts is damaged, the
belt must be replaced immediately by a spe-
cialised workshop ›››
. The specialised
w
ork
shop mu
st use the appropriate spare
parts corresponding to the vehicle, the
equipment and the model year. SEAT recom-
mends taking your car in for technical serv-
ice.
WARNING
Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts in-
cre
ase the risk of severe or even fatal inju-
ries. The seat belt cannot offer its full protec-
tion if it is not fastened and used correctly.
●
Seat belts are the most effective way of re-
ducing the risk of sustaining severe or fatal
injuries in the event of an accident. Seat belts
must be correctly fastened when the vehicle
is in motion to protect the driver and all vehi-
cle occupants.
●
Before each trip, every occupant in the ve-
hicle occupants must sit properly, correctly
fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her
seat and keep it fastened throughout the trip.
52
Seat belts
This also applies to other vehicle occupants
when driving in t
own.
●
When travelling, children must be secured
in the vehicle with a child restraint system
suitable for their weight and height and with
the seat belts correctly fastened
››› page 64.
●
Instruct your passengers to fasten their
seat belts properly before driving off.
●
Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the
appropriate seat and ensure it is engaged.
Using the latch plate in the buckle of another
seat will not protect you properly and may
cause severe injuries.
●
Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en-
ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage
the buckles and seat belts.
●
Never unbuckle your seat belt when the ve-
hicle is moving.
●
Never allow more than one passenger to
share the same seat belt.
●
Never hold children or babies on your lap
sharing the same seat belt.
●
Loose, bulky clothing (such as a jacket) im-
pairs the proper fit and function of the seat
belt.
WARNING
It is extremely dangerous to drive using dam-
aged seat
belts and could result in serious in-
jury or loss of life.
●
Avoid d
amaging the seat belt by jamming it
in the door or the seat mechanism.
●
If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt
are damaged, the seat belts could break in
the event of an accident or sudden braking.
●
Always have damaged seatbelts replaced
immediately by seat belts approved for the
vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which
have been worn in an accident and stretched
must be replaced by a specialised workshop.
Renewal may be necessary even if there is no
apparent damage. The belt anchorage should
also be checked.
●
Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a
seat belt yourself. All repairs to seat belts, re-
tractors and buckles must be carried out by a
specialised workshop.
Warning lamp
Fig. 67 Warning lamp on the instrument pan-
el
Fig. 68 Indication of seat belt status in the
rear se
ats on the instrument panel display
It lights up or flashes on
the instrument panel
Driver's seat belt not
fastened or front
passenger seat belt
not fastened if the
front passenger seat
is occupied.
Fasten seat belts!
Objects on the front
passenger seat.
Remove any objects from the
front passenger seat and store
them safely.
On the instrument panel
display
A passenger in the
rear seats has not
fastened their seat
belt, if the seat is oc-
cupied.*
Fasten seat belts!
»
53
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
On the instrument panel
display
A passenger in the rear seats has fastened their seat
belt, if the seat is occupied.*
Several warning and control lamps light up
for a few sec
onds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
An audible warning will be heard if the seat
belts are not fastened as the vehicle drives
off and reaches a speed of more than
25 km/h (15 mph) or if the seat belts are un-
fastened while the vehicle is in motion. The
seat belt warning lamp will also flash.
The warning lamp does not switch off until
the driver and front passenger fasten their
seat belts while the ignition is switched on.
Seat belt status display for rear seats
The seat belt status display on the instru-
ment panel informs the driver, when the igni-
tion is switched on, whether any passengers
in the rear seats have fastened their seat
belts. The symbol indicates that the pas-
senger in this seat has fastened “his or her”
seat belt
›››
Fig. 68.
The seat belt status is displayed for around
30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats
is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off
this display by pressing the
0.0 / SET
button.
The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of
30 sec
ond
s
when a seat belt in the rear seats
is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion.
An audible warning will also be heard if the
vehicle is travelling at over 25 km/h
(15 mph).
The protective function of seat belts
Fig. 69 Drivers with properly worn seat belts
w
i
l
l not be thrown forward in the event of sud-
den braking
Properly worn seat belts hold the occupants
in the pr
oper po
s
ition. They also help prevent
uncontrolled movements that may result in
serious injury and reduce the risk of being
thrown out of the vehicle in case of an acci-
dent.
Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts
correctly benefit greatly from the ability of the
belts to absorb kinetic energy. In addition,
the front part of your vehicle and other pas-
sive safety features (such as the airbag sys-
tem) are designed to absorb the kinetic ener-
gy released in a collision. Taken together, all
these features reduce the releasing kinetic
energy and consequently, the risk of injury.
This is why it is so important to fasten seat
belts before every trip, even when "just driv-
ing around the corner".
Ensure that your passengers wear their seat
belts as well. Accident statistics have shown
that wearing seat belts is an effective means
of substantially reducing the risk of injury
and improving the chances of survival when
involved in a serious accident. Furthermore,
properly worn seat belts improve the protec-
tion provided by airbags in the event of an
accident. For this reason, wearing a seat belt
is required by law in most countries.
Although your vehicle is equipped with air-
bags, the seat belts must be fastened and
worn. The front airbags, for example, are only
triggered in some cases of head-on collision.
The front airbags will not be triggered during
minor frontal or side collisions, rear-end colli-
sions, rollovers or accidents in which the air-
bag trigger threshold value in the control unit
is not exceeded.
Therefore, you should always wear your seat
belt and ensure that all vehicle occupants
have fastened their seat belts properly before
you drive off!
54
Seat belts
Using seat belts
Twisted seat belt
If it i
s difficult removing the seat belt from
the guide, the seat belt may have become
twisted inside the side trim after being
wound too quickly on unfastening:
●
Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully
pulling on the latch plate.
●
Untwist the belt and guide it back, assist-
ing it by hand.
The seat belt must be fastened even if it is
impossible to untwist it. In this case, the
twisted area must not be in an area in direct
contact with your body. Have the seat belt
untwisted urgently by a specialised work-
shop.
WARNING
An improperly handled seat belt increases
the risk of
sustaining severe or fatal injuries.
●
Regularly check that the seat belts and
their components are in perfect condition.
●
Always keep your seat belt clean.
●
Do not jam or damage the seat belt or rub it
with sharp edges.
●
Make sure there are no liquids or foreign
bodies on the latch plate and in the buckle.
Head-on collisions and the laws of
ph
y
s
ics
Fig. 70 A driver not wearing a seat belt is
thr
o
wn f
orward violently
Fig. 71 The unbelted passenger in the rear
se
at
i
s thrown forward violently, hitting the
driver who is wearing a seat belt.
It is easy to explain how the laws of physics
w
ork
in the c
ase of a head-on collision: when
a vehicle starts moving, a type of energy
called “kinetic energy” is created both in the
passengers and inside the vehicle.
The amount of “kinetic energy” depends on
the speed of the vehicle and the weight of
the vehicle and its passengers. The higher
the speed and the greater the weight, the
more energy there is to be “absorbed” in an
accident.
The most significant factor, however, is the
speed of the vehicle. If the speed doubles
from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h
(30 mph), for example, the corresponding ki-
netic energy is multiplied by four.
Because the vehicle occupants in our exam-
ple are not restrained by seat belts, in the
event of crashing against a wall, all of the oc-
cupants' kinetic energy will be absorbed
solely by said impact.
Even at speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) to
50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on bod-
ies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne
(1000 kg). At greater speed these forces are
even higher.
Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are
not “attached” to the vehicle. In a head-on
collision, they will move forward at the same
speed their vehicle was travelling just before
the impact. This example applies not only to
head-on collisions, but to all accidents and
collisions.
»
55
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
Even at low speeds the forces acting on the
body
in a c
o
llision are so great that it is not
possible to brace oneself with one's hands.
In a frontal collision, unbelted passengers
are thrown forward and will make violent con-
tact with the steering wheel, dash panel,
windscreen or whatever else is in the way
››› Fig. 70.
It is also important for rear passengers to
wear seat belts properly, as they could other-
wise be thrown forward violently through the
vehicle interior in an accident. Passengers in
the rear seats who do not use seat belts en-
danger not only themselves but also the front
occupants ››› Fig. 71.
How to properly adjust your
seatbelt
Fastening and unfastening seat belt
Fig. 72 Positioning and removing the seat
belt
b
uc
kle.
Fig. 73 Position of seat belt during pregnan-
cy
.
Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle oc-
c
up
ants
in the position that most protects
them in the event of an accident or sudden
braking
›››
.
F
a
s
tening the seat belt
Fasten your seat belt before each trip.
●
Correctly adjust the front seat
›››
page 48.
●
Engage the seat backrest in the upright po-
sition and correctly adjust the hear restraint
›››
.
●
Pull the latch plate and place the belt web-
b
in
g ev
enly across your chest and lap. Do not
twist the seat belt when doing so
›››
.
●
Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the
c
orr
e
sponding seat
›››
Fig. 72 A.
56
Seat belts
●
P
u
l
l the belt to ensure that the latch plate is
securely engaged in the buckle.
Unfastening the seat belt
The seat belt must not be unfastened until
the vehicle has come to a standstill ›››
.
●
Press the red button on the buckle
›
›
›
Fig. 72 B. The latch plate is released from
the buckle.
●
Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls
up easily and the trim will not be damaged.
Correct seat belt position
Seat belts offer their maximum protection in
the event of an accident and reduce the risk
of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only
when they are properly positioned. Further-
more, if the webbing is correctly positioned,
the seat belt will hold the vehicle occupants
in the optimum position to ensure the airbag
provides the maximum protection. The seat
belt must therefore always be worn and the
webbing correctly positioned.
Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe
or even fatal injuries ››› page 48, Correct po-
sition of the vehicle occupants.
●
The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie
on the centre of the shoulder, never across
the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind
the shoulder.
●
The lap part of the seat belt must lie across
the pelvis, never across the stomach.
●
The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta-
bly. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up
any slack.
In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt
must lie evenly across the chest and as low
as possible over the pelvis, never across the
stomach and must be worn properly at all
times during the pregnancy ››› Fig. 73.
Adapting the position of the belt webbing to
your size
The seat belt can be adapted using the fol-
lowing equipment:
●
Front seat height adjustment.
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause
severe or f
atal injuries in the event of an acci-
dent.
●
The seat belt cannot offer its full protection
unless the seat backrest is in an upright posi-
tion and the seat belt is worn correctly, ac-
cording to your size.
●
Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle
is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries
in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
●
The seat belt itself or a loose seat belt can
cause severe injuries if the belt moves from
hard areas of the body to soft areas (e.g. the
stom
ach).
●
The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie
on the centre of the shoulder, never across
the neck or the arm.
●
The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta-
bly on the torso
●
The lap part of the seat belt must lie across
the pelvis, never across the stomach. The
seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on
the pelvis Pull the belt tight if necessary to
take up any slack.
●
For pregnant women, the lap part of the
seat belt must lie as low as possible over the
pelvis and always lie flat, “surrounding” the
stomach.
●
Do not twist the seat belt while it is fas-
tened.
●
Never pull the seat belt away from your
body using your hand.
●
Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or frag-
ile objects, e.g. glasses, pens or keys.
●
Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or
similar instruments to alter the position of
the belt webbing.
Note
If your physical constitution prevents you
from maint
aining the correct position of the
belt webbing, contact a specialised workshop
for help with any special devices to ensure
the optimum protection of the seat belt and
»
57
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
airbag. SEAT recommends taking your car in
for tec
hnical service.
Seat belt tensioners
Automatic
belt retractor, belt tension-
er, belt tension limiter
Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety con-
cept ›
›› page 59 and consist of the follow-
ing important functions:
Automatic belt retainer
Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic
belt retainer on the shoulder belt. If the belt
is pulled slowly or during normal driving, the
system allows for total freedom of movement
on the shoulder belt. However, during sud-
den braking, during travel in mountains or
bends and during acceleration, the automat-
ic belt retainer on the seat belt is locked is
pulled quickly.
Belt tensioners
The seat belts for the occupants in the front
seats are equipped with belt tensioners.
Sensors trigger the belt tensioners during se-
vere head-on, lateral and rear collisions and
retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat
belt is loose, it is retracted to reduce the for-
wards movement of occupants or movement
in the direction of the collision. The belt ten-
sioner work
s in combination with the airbag
system. The belt tensioner will not be trig-
gered in the event of the vehicle overturning
if the side airbags are not deployed.
If the belt tensioner is triggered, a fine dust is
produced. This is normal and it is not an indi-
cation of fire in the vehicle.
Belt tension limiter
The belt tension limiter reduces the force of
the seat belt on the body in the event of an
accident.
Note
The relevant safety requirements must be ob-
served when the
vehicle is dismantled or sys-
tem components are removed. These require-
ments are known to specialised workshops
››› page 58.
Service and disposal of belt tension
dev
ic
e
s
If you work on the belt tensioners or remove
and in
s
t
all other parts of the vehicle when
performing other repair work, the seat belt
may be damaged. The consequence may be
that, in the event of an accident, the belt ten-
sioners function incorrectly or not at all.
So that the effectiveness of the belt tensioner
is not reduced and that removed parts do not
cause any injuries or environmental pollu-
tion, regulations must be observed. These re-
quirements are known to specialised work-
shops.
WARNING
●
Improper use or r
epairs not carried out by
qualified mechanics increase the risk of se-
vere or fatal injuries. The belt tensioners may
fail to trigger or may trigger in the wrong cir-
cumstances.
●
Never attempt to repair, adjust, remove or
install parts of the belt tensioners or seat
belts.
●
The seat belt tensioner, seat belt and auto-
matic retractor cannot be repaired.
●
Any work on the belt tensioners and seat
belts, including the removal and refitting of
system parts in conjunction with other repair
work, must be performed by a specialised
workshop only.
●
The belt tensioners will only provide pro-
tection for one accident and must be changed
if they have been activated.
For the sake of the environment
Airbag modules and belt tensioners may con-
tain perc
hlorate. Observe the legal require-
ments for their disposal.
58
Airbag system
Airbag system
Brief
intr
oduction
Intr
oduction
Front airbags have been installed for both
driver and pa
ssenger. The front airbags can
also protect the chest and head of driver and
passenger if the seats, seat belts head re-
straints and, for the driver, the steering
wheel are correctly adjusted and used. Air-
bags are considered as additional safety
equipment. An airbag cannot replace the
seat belt, which must be worn at all times,
even in front seats where front airbags have
been installed.
The airbag can protect vehicle occupants in
the event of an accidents, cushioning the
movement of the occupants in the direction
of the collision in frontal and side accidents.
Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas.
This causes the airbag covers to break and
the airbags to deploy extremely quickly in
their entire deployment space within frac-
tions of a second. When an occupant with the
seat belt properly fastened puts pressure on
the inflated airbag, the propellant gas es-
capes to absorb the force of the impact and
slow the movement. This reduces the risk of
severe or fatal injuries. Airbag deployment
does not mean that other types of injury such
as swelling, bruising and skin injuries can be
ruled out
. Upon deployment of the airbag,
friction can cause the generation of heat.
Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower
part of the body.
The most important factors for triggering the
airbag are the type of accident, the angle of
impact, the vehicle speed and the character-
istics of the object the vehicle hits. Therefore,
airbags are not triggered every time the vehi-
cle is visibly damaged.
The activation of the airbag system depends
on the magnitude of the deceleration of the
vehicle caused by a collision, which registers
through an electronic control unit. If the de-
celeration magnitude value is below the ref-
erence value programmed in the control unit,
the airbags will not deploy even though seri-
ous damage might be caused to the vehicle
as the result of an accident. Damage suffered
by the vehicle, reparation costs or absence of
damage suffered from the accident are not
indications of whether an airbag should have
been deployed. Due to the varying nature of
collision situations, it is impossible to define
a speed range of the vehicle and reference
values. For this reason, it is not possible to
cover all types of collisions and collision an-
gles resulting in the deployment of the air-
bag. Factors necessary for the airbag to be
deployed can be, the characteristics of the
object (hard or soft) against which the vehi-
cle collides, the collision angle and the vehi-
cle speed.
Airbags act in conjunction with the three-
point seat belts in certain accident situa-
tions, when the vehicle deceleration rate is
severe enough to trigger the airbags. Airbags
only deploy once and only under certain cir-
cumstances. Seat belts remain present to of-
fer protection in situations where airbags are
not triggered or where they have already de-
ployed. For example, when a vehicle hits an-
other after an initial collision or is hit by an-
other vehicle.
The airbag system is an integral part of the
car's passive safety system. The airbag sys-
tem can only work effectively when the vehi-
cle occupants are wearing their seat belts
correctly and have adjusted the head re-
straints properly ››› page 48.
WARNING
Never exclusively trust the airbag system as a
means
of protection.
●
Even when triggered, airbag protection is
only auxiliary.
●
The airbags provide the best protection
when the seat belts are properly fastened,
thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries
››› page 52, Why wear a seat belt?.
»
59
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
●
Befor
e each trip, every occupant must sit
properly, correctly fasten the seat belt be-
longing to his or her seat and keeping it fas-
tened throughout the trip. This rule is valid
for all vehicle occupants.
WARNING
Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle
mu
st
never carry any objects in the deploy-
ment space between them and the airbags,
as this increases the risk of sustaining inju-
ries if the airbag is triggered. This modifies
the airbag deployment space or the objects
may fly uncontrollably and hit your body.
●
Never carry objects in your hand or on your
lap while the vehicle is in motion.
●
Never transport objects on the front pas-
senger seat. In the event of sudden braking
and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in
the airbag deployment space and fly uncon-
trollably around the interior if the airbag is
activated.
●
Occupants of the front and rear seats must
never carry any other people, pets or objects
in the deployment space between them and
the airbags. Make sure children and other
passengers also respect this recommenda-
tion.
WARNING
The airbag system provides protection for
one accident
only. If they have been de-
ployed, they must be replaced.
●
Ensur
e deployed airbags and the system
components involved are immediately re-
placed with new, SEAT-approved components
for the vehicle.
●
Have any repairs or modifications carried
out at a specialised workshop. Specialised
workshops have the necessary tools, diag-
nostics equipment, repair information and
qualified personnel.
●
Never fit recycled or reused airbag compo-
nents in your vehicle.
●
Never modify the airbag system compo-
nents.
WARNING
If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is pro-
duced. Thi
s is normal and it is not an indica-
tion of fire in the vehicle.
●
This fine dust may irritate the skin and eyes
and cause breathing difficulties, particularly
in people suffering from or who have suffered
from asthma or other illnesses of the respira-
tory tract. To reduce breathing difficulties,
get out of the vehicle and open and doors and
windows to breath in fresh air.
●
Should you touch the dust, wash your
hands and face using a mild soap and water
before you eat.
●
Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes or
open wounds.
●
Rinse your eyes with water if you have dust
in them.
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag
module
s to become porous. If an airbag is ac-
cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas-
tic parts could cause serious injury.
●
Never clean the dash panel and the surfa-
ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con-
taining solvents.
Description of airbag system
Vehicle safety components
The f
o
l
lowing safety equipment makes up the
vehicle safety design to reduce the risk of se-
vere and fatal injuries. Depending on the ve-
hicle equipment, some equipment may not
be fitted in the vehicle or may not be availa-
ble in some markets.
●
Optimised seat belts for all seats.
●
Seat belt tension devices for driver and
passenger.
●
Seat belt force limiters for driver and pas-
senger.
●
Seat belt warning lamp
●
Front airbags for driver and passenger.
●
Side airbags for driver and passenger.
●
Airbag control lamp .
●
Control units and sensors.
60
Airbag system
●
He
a
d r
estraints optimised for rear-end colli-
sion.
●
Adjustable steering column.
●
If necessary, anchor points for child seats
for the rear seats.
●
Where applicable, mountings for the child
seat upper retaining strap.
Situations in which the front and side air-
bags do not deploy:
●
If the ignition is switched off during the col-
lision.
●
In frontal collisions, when the deceleration
measured by the control unit is too low.
●
In minor side collisions.
●
In rear collisions.
●
In the event of the vehicle overturning.
●
When the impact speed is lower than the
reference value set in the control unit.
There is a fault in the system if the control
lamp :
●
does not light up when the ignition is
switched on,
●
turns off after 4 seconds after the ignition
is switched on
●
turns off and then lights up again after the
ignition is switched on
●
illuminates or flashes while the vehicle is
moving.
WARNING
●
The seat belt
s and airbags can only provide
maximum protection if the occupants are
seated correctly ››› page 48.
●
If a fault has occurred in the airbag system,
have the system checked immediately by a
specialised workshop. Otherwise, during a
frontal collision the system might not trigger
correctly or may fail to trigger at all.
Airbag activation
The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, within
thou
s
andths
of a second, to provide addi-
tional protection in the event of an accident.
A fine dust may develop when the airbag de-
ploys. This is normal and it is not an indica-
tion of fire in the vehicle.
The airbag system is only ready to function
when the ignition is on.
In special accidents instances, several air-
bags may activate at the same time.
In the event of minor head-on and side colli-
sions, rear-end collisions, overturning or roll-
over of the vehicle, airbags do not activate.
Activation factors
The conditions that lead to the airbag system
activating in each situation cannot be gener-
alised. Some factors play an important role,
such as the properties of the object the vehi-
cle hits (hard/soft), angle of impact, vehicle
speed, etc.
Deceleration trajectory is key for airbag acti-
vation.
The control unit analyses the collision trajec-
tory and activates the respective restraint
system.
If the deceleration rate is below the prede-
fined reference value in the control unit the
airbags will not be triggered, even though
the accident may cause extensive damage to
the car.
The following airbags are triggered in seri-
ous head-on collisions
●
Driver airbag.
●
Front passenger front airbag
The following airbags are triggered in seri-
ous side-on collisions
●
Front side airbag on the side of the acci-
dent.
●
Rear side airbag on the side of the acci-
dent.
In an accident with airbag activation:
●
the interior lights switch on (if the interior
light switch is in the courtesy light position);
●
the hazard warning lights switch on;
●
all doors are unlocked;
»
61
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
●
the f
uel
s
upply to the engine is cut.
Airbag safety instructions
Front airbags
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 14.
WARNING
The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac-
tions of
a second.
●
Always keep the deployment areas of the
front airbags vacant.
●
Never secure objects to the covers or in the
deployment area of the airbag modules, e.g.
drink holders or phone supports.
●
The deployment space between the front
passengers and the airbags must not in any
case be occupied by other passenger, pets
and objects.
●
Never fix any object to the windscreen
above the front airbag on the front passenger
side.
●
Do not alter, cover or stick anything to the
steering wheel hub or the surface of the air-
bag module on the passenger side of the
dash panel.
WARNING
Front airbags are deployed in front of the
steerin
g wheel and the instrument panel.
●
When driving, always hold the steering
wheel on the outer edge of the ring with both
hands: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock position.
●
Adjust the driver seat so that there is a dis-
tance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) between
the centre of your chest and the hub of the
steering wheel. If your physical constitution
prevents you from meeting these require-
ments, make sure you contact a specialised
workshop.
●
Adjust the front passenger seat so there is
as much distance as possible between the
front passenger and the dash panel.
Side airbags*
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 16.
WARNING
The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac-
tions of
a second.
●
Always keep the deployment areas of the
side airbags vacant.
●
The deployment space between the front
passengers and the airbags must not in any
case be occupied by other passenger, pets
and objects.
●
Do not mount
accessories on the doors.
●
Only used protective covers for the seats
that are approved for the vehicle. Otherwise,
the side airbag would be obstructed when de-
ployed.
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the driver's and front
p
as
senger seat could prevent the side airbag
from deploying properly and cause severe in-
juries.
●
Never remove the front seats of the vehicle
or modify any of their components.
●
Great forces must not be exerted on the
seat backrest bolsters because the side air-
bags might not deploy correctly, might not
deploy at all or might deploy unexpectedly.
●
Any damage to the original seat upholstery
or around the seams of the side airbag units
must be repaired immediately by a special-
ised workshop.
62
Airbag system
Deactivating airbags
C
ontr
o
l lamps
Fig. 74 Control lamp for disabling the front
p
a
s
senger front airbag on the dash panel
It lights up on the combi-in-
strument
Fault in airbag sys-
tem and seat belt
tensioners.
Have the system checked immedi-
ately by a specialised workshop.
It lights up on the dash panel
Fault in the airbag
system.
Have the system checked immedi-
ately by a specialised workshop.
Front passenger
front airbag disa-
bled.
Check whether the airbag should
remain disabled.
Several warning and control lamps light up
f
or a f
ew sec
onds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
If the front passenger airbag is deactivated,
the lamp does not re-
main lit, or if it is lit together with the control
lamp on the dash panel, there may be a
fault in the airbag system ›››
.
WARNING
In the event of a fault in the airbag system,
the airbag ma
y not trigger correctly, may fail
to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly,
leading to severe or fatal injuries.
●
Have the airbag system checked immedi-
ately by a specialised workshop.
●
Never mount a child seat in the front pas-
senger seat or remove the mounted child
seat! The front passenger front airbag may
deploy during an accident in spite of the
fault.
CAUTION
Always pay attention to any lit control lamps
and to the corr
esponding descriptions and in-
structions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Manual disabling and enabling of the
fr
ont
p
assenger front airbag with the
key switch
Fig. 75 On front passenger side: Key switch
f
or en
ab
ling and disabling the front passen-
ger front airbag.
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 15
Activating the front passenger front airbag
●
Switch the ignition off.
●
Open the door on the front passenger side.
●
Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92.
●
Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to
ON ››› Fig. 75.
●
Close the door on the front passenger side.
●
Check that, with the ignition switched on,
the control lamp on the
dash panel is not lit ››› page 63.
»
63
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
How to know whether the front passenger
fr
ont
airb
ag is disabled
The only indication of the front passenger air-
bag being disabled is that the
control lamp on the dash panel re-
mains lit ( stays yellow) ››› page 63.
If the control lamp on the dash panel
does not remain lit or is lit in combination
with the control lamp on the instrument
panel, a child restraint system cannot be
mounted on the front passenger seat for
safety reasons. The front passenger front air-
bag may deploy during an accident.
WARNING
The front passenger front airbag must only be
disab
led in special cases.
●
Disable and activate the front passenger
front airbag when the ignition is switched off
to avoid damage to the airbag system.
●
It is the driver's responsibility to ensure
that the key operated switch is set to the cor-
rect position.
●
Only disable the front passenger front air-
bag when a child seat is to be mounted under
exceptional circumstances.
●
As soon as the child seat is no longer nee-
ded on the front passenger seat, reconnect
the front passenger front airbag.
Transporting children safely
Saf
ety
f
or children
Introduction
Before transporting babies and children in a
chil
d seat placed in the front passenger seat,
first completely read the information regard-
ing the airbag system.
This information is extremely important for
driver and passenger safety, particularly that
of babies and children.
SEAT recommends the use of child seats from
the SEAT accessory programme. These child
seats have been designed and tested for use
in SEAT vehicles. You can purchase child
seats with different mountings from a SEAT
dealership.
WARNING
Make sure children are properly belted in and
correctly
secured to avoid severe or fatal inju-
ries while the vehicle is in motion.
●
Never use a rear-facing child seat in the
front passenger seat if the front passenger
front airbag is enabled.
●
Children up to 12 years old should always
travel on the rear seat.
●
Childr
en must always be protected with an
approved child restraint system suited to
their height and weight.
●
Children must assume the proper sitting
position and be properly belted in while trav-
elling.
●
Ensure the seat backrest is upright when a
child seat is being used on it.
●
Do not allow the child's head or other part
of his or her body to enter the deployment
area of the side airbags.
●
Make sure the belt webbing is correctly
positioned.
●
Never hold children or babies on your lap or
in your arms.
●
Only one child may occupy a child seat.
●
Please read and observe the child seat
manufacturer's handling instructions.
WARNING
An empty or loose child seat could fly uncon-
trol
lably around the vehicle interior and
cause injuries in the event of an accident or
sudden braking.
●
When not in use while the vehicle is in mo-
tion, always safely secure the child seat or
store it in the luggage compartment.
Note
Replace the child seat after an accident, as it
may
have invisible damage.
64
Transporting children safely
Important information regarding the
fr
ont
p
assenger's airbag
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 16.
Read and always observe the safety informa-
tion included in the following chapters:
●
Safety distance with respect to the passen-
ger airbag ›››
in Introduction on page 59.
●
Objects between the passenger and the
pas
senger side airbag ›››
in Front airbags
on p
ag
e 62
.
The passenger side front airbag, when ena-
bled, is a serious risk for a child that is facing
backward since the airbag can strike the seat
with such force that it can cause serious or
fatal injuries. Children up to 12 years old
should always travel on the rear seat.
Therefore we strongly recommend you to
transport children on the rear seats. This is
the safest location in the vehicle. Alternative-
ly, the front passenger airbag can be disa-
bled with a key-operated switch
›››
page 63.
When transporting children, use a child seat
suitable for the age and size of each child
›››
page 67.
WARNING
●
If a chi
ld seat is secured to the front pas-
senger seat, the risk to the child of sustain-
ing critical or fatal injuries in the event of an
accident
increases.
●
An inflating front passenger airbag can
strike the rear-facing child seat and project it
with great force against the door, the roof or
the backrest.
●
Never install a child seat facing backwards
on the front passenger seat unless the front
passenger front airbag has been disabled.
Risk of potentially fatal injuries to the child!
However, if it is necessary, in exceptional ca-
ses, to transport a child in the front passen-
ger seat, the front passenger front airbag
must always be disabled ››› page 63. If the
passenger seat has a height adjustment op-
tion, move it to the highest, most upright po-
sition. If you have a fixed seat, do not install
any child restraint system in this location.
●
For those vehicles that do not include a key
lock switch to deactivate the airbag, the vehi-
cle must be taken to a technical service.
●
All vehicle occupants, especially children,
must assume the proper sitting position and
be properly belted in while travelling.
●
Never hold children or babies on your lap,
this can result in potentially fatal injuries to
the child!
●
Never allow a child to be transported in a
vehicle without being properly secured, or to
stand up or kneel on a seat while travelling.
In an accident, the child could be flung
through the vehicle, causing possibly fatal in-
juries to themselves and to the other vehicle
occupants.
●
If chi
ldren assume an improper sitting posi-
tion when the vehicle is moving, they expose
themselves to greater risk of injury in the
event of a sudden braking manoeuvre or in an
accident. This is particularly important if the
child is travelling on the front passenger seat
and the airbag system is triggered in an acci-
dent; as this could cause serious injury or
even death.
●
A suitable child seat can protect your child!
●
Never leave a child alone in the child seat
or inside the vehicle because depending on
the season, very high temperatures may be
reached inside a parked vehicle, which could
be fatal.
●
Children who are less than 1.5 metres tall
must not wear a normal seat belt without a
child seat, as this could cause injuries to the
abdominal and neck areas during a sudden
braking manoeuvre or in an accident.
●
Do not allow the seat belt to become twis-
ted and the seat belt should be properly in
place ››› page 52.
●
Only one child may occupy a child seat
››› page 67.
●
When a child seat is mounted in the rear
seats, the door child-proof lock should be ac-
tivated ››› page 98.
65
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
Child seats
Saf
ety
in
structions
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 16.
WARNING
The lower anchor points for child seats do not
include ring
s. Only secure booster seats to
lower anchor points.
WARNING
Child seats with lower anchor points and with
an upper ret
aining strap must be installed in
line with the manufacturer's instructions.
Failure to comply could result in severe inju-
ries.
●
Always secure just one retaining strap to a
child seat with the luggage compartment re-
taining ring.
●
Always use the correct retaining rings for
the retaining strap.
●
Never secure the retaining strap to a retain-
er.
WARNING
In general, the rear seat is always the safest
plac
e for children, who are belted correctly, in
the event of an accident.
●
A suitable child seat that is correctly instal-
led and used on one of the rear seats offer
the most protection possible for babies and
chil
dren up to 12 years in most accidents.
WARNING
Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle is
in motion c
an cau
se severe or fatal injuries in
the event of an accident or sudden braking.
●
The seat belt must not be unfastened until
the vehicle has come to a standstill.
CAUTION
●
T
o av
oid m
aking permanent marks in the
padding, remove the auxiliary introduction
elements from the anchor points when the
child seat is not installed in the vehicle an-
chor points.
●
To prevent damage being done to the up-
holstery, the padding or the auxiliary intro-
duction elements, always remove the auxili-
ary introduction elements from the anchor
points before folding the rear seat bench.
66
Transporting children safely
General information on transporting
c
hi
l
dren in the vehicle
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 17.
Legal regulations and provisions will always
take priority over the descriptions of this in-
struction manual. There are different regula-
tions and provisions for the use of child seats
and their mountings (››› table on page 67).
In some countries, for example, the use of
child seats on certain seats in the vehicle
may be forbidden.
The physical principles and the forces acting
on the vehicle in the event of a collision or
other type of accidents also apply to children
›››
page 52. However, unlike adults and
youngsters, children do not have fully devel-
oped muscle and bone structures. In the
event of an accident, children are subject to a
greater risk than adults of sustaining severe
injuries.
Given that children's bodies are not yet fully
developed, child restraint systems must be
used that are especially adapted to their
height, weight and constitution. There are
laws in force in many countries that indicate
the use of approved seat systems for trans-
porting b
abies and children.
Only used authorised, approved child seats
that are suitable for the vehicle. Always con-
sult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialised
workshop should you have any doubts.
Specific child seat regulations for each coun-
try (selection)
Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 44
1)
regulation. You can get additional informa-
tion by consulting your SEAT dealership or at
the internet address www.seat.es.
Categorisation of child seats according to
ECE-R 44
Weight cat-
egory
Weight of
the child
Age
Group 0 up to 10 kg
up to approximately.
9 months
Group 0+ up to 13 kg
up to approximately.
18 months
Group 1 9 to 18 kg
approx. 8 months to 3
1
/
2
years
Group 2 15 to 25 kg approx. 3 to 7 years
Group 3 22 to 36 kg approx. 6 to 12 years
Not all children fit in the seat of their weight
gr
oup
. Nor do al
l seats adapt to the vehicle.
Therefore, always check whether the child fits
properly in the child seat and whether the
seat can be installed safely in the vehicle.
Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 reg-
ulation are fitted with the corresponding ap-
proval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E in
a circle with the identification number below
it.
1)
ECE-R: Economic Comi
ssion for Europe Regulation.
67
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Safety
Use of the child seat on the front pas-
sen
g
er se
at
1)
Transporting children on the front passenger
seat i
s not permitted in all countries. Further-
more, not all child seats are approved for use
on the front passenger seat. Your SEAT deal-
ership has an updated list of all approved
child seats. Only used child seats that are ap-
proved for each vehicle.
The front airbag on the front passenger side
is highly dangerous for a child. The front pas-
senger seat is life-threatening to a child if he
or she is transported in a rear-facing child
seat.
If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the
front passenger seat, an inflating front airbag
can strike it with such great force that severe
or fatal injuries may result
›››
. Therefore,
r
e
ar
-facing child seats must never be placed
on the front passenger seat when the front
passenger front airbag is enabled.
Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front
passenger seat if the front passenger front
airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the
yellow
›››
page 59 con-
trol lamp on the dash panel will be lit. If you
cannot disable the front passenger front air-
bag and it remains activated, it is forbidden
to transport children on the front passenger
seat ›››
.
Thin
g
s
to note if using a child seat on the
front passenger seat:
●
The front passenger front airbag must be
disabled when using a rear-facing child
seat ››› page 59.
●
The seat backrest of the front passenger
seat must be upright.
●
The front passenger seat must be moved as
far back as possible.
●
The seat backrest of the front passenger
seat must be upright.
Suitable child seats
The child seat must be authorised by the
manufacturer especially for use on a front
passenger seat with a front or side airbag.
Universal seats for children can be fitted in
the front passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1,
2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
WARNING
If a child seat is mounted on the front passen-
ger seat, the ri
sk of the child sustaining se-
vere or fatal injuries in the event of an acci-
dent incr
eases. Rear-facing child seats must
never be mounted on the front passenger
seat when the front passenger front airbag is
enabled. This is life-threatening to the child
should the front airbag deploy, as the child
seat would be struck by the inflated airbag
and thrown against the seat backrest.
WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, a child must
be tr
ans
ported in a rear-facing child seat on
the front passenger seat, strictly observe the
following:
●
Always disable the front passenger front
airbag and leave it disabled.
●
The child seat must be approved by the
manufacturer for use on a front passenger
seat with front and side airbag.
●
Follow the installation instructions of the
child seat manufacturer and observe the
warnings.
●
Move the front passenger seat as far back
as possible and adjust it to its highest posi-
tion to keep as far away as possible from the
front airbag.
●
Move the seat backrest to the upright posi-
tion.
1)
Compliance with current national legislation and
the manufact
urer's instructions is required when us-
ing or installing child seats.
68
Transporting children safely
●
Childr
en must always be protected with an
approved child restraint system suited to
their height and weight.
Use of the child seat on the rear seat
If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat,
adapt
the position of the front passenger
seat so that the child has enough space.
Therefore, adapt the front passenger seat to
the size of the child seat and the height of
the child. Ensure the passenger is in the cor-
rect position ››› page 48.
Suitable child seats
The manufacturer must authorise the child
seat for use in the rear seats with side air-
bags.
Universal seats for children can be fitted in
the passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3
according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
The rear seats are suitable for child seats
with the ISOFIX system specially designed
for this type of vehicle in accordance with
regulation ECE-R 44.
ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats
ISOFIX child seats are divided into the follow-
ing certified categories: “universal”, “semi-
universal” or “specific categories for the ve-
hicle”.
●
If the ISOFIX c
hild seat is certified “univer-
sal”, it must be supported by the lower an-
chor points and the Top Tether retaining
strap.
●
If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “semi-
universal” or “specific categories for the ve-
hicle”, check that the child seat is certified
for the vehicle before employing it. The child
seat manufacturer supplies, in addition to
the ISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for
which the corresponding ISOFIX child seat
has been certified. If necessary, contact the
child seat manufacturer for an updated list of
vehicles.
69
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Emergencies
Emergencies
Self
-help
In c
a
se of emergency
First aid kit, warning triangle and fire
extinguishers*
Fig. 76 In the luggage compartment: storage
c
omp
ar
tment for the warning triangle
Warning triangle
In some
v
ehic
le equipment it is possible to
store the warning triangle model shown in a
storage compartment of the luggage com-
partment ››› Fig. 76.
First-aid kit
The first aid kit must comply with legal re-
quirements. Check the expiry date of the con-
tents of the first aid kit.
Fire extinguisher
A fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder
in the passenger seat footwell.
The fire extinguisher must conform to legal
requirements, be ready for use and be
checked regularly. Check the certification
seal on the extinguisher.
WARNING
Loose objects in the vehicle interior can be vi-
olently
thrown in case of a sudden manoeu-
vre or braking and especially in accidents
causing serious injury.
●
Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aid
kit, reflective vests and warning triangle se-
curely in the vehicle.
Vehicle tool kit*
Intr
oduction
When securing the vehicle in case of a break-
do
wn, p
l
ease note the legal requirements for
each country.
Vehicle tool kit
For vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheel
or temporary spare wheel, in addition to win-
ter wheels, the luggage compartment may
contain additional vehicle tools ››› page 71.
WARNING
When the vehicle tool kit, tyre mobility set
and spar
e wheel are loose in the interior they
can be violently thrown in case of a sudden
manoeuvre or braking and especially in acci-
dents, causing serious injury.
●
Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tyre
mobility set and the spare wheel or tempora-
ry spare wheel are safely secured in the lug-
gage compartment.
WARNING
Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tools can
cause injur
y or accidents.
●
Never work with inappropriate or damaged
tools.
70
Self-help
Location
Fig. 77 In the luggage compartment: Raised
c
arpet
.
The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporary
s
p
ar
e wheel and the tyre mobility set are
stored in the luggage compartment under the
carpeted floor panel
›››
Fig. 77.
●
If necessary, remove the boot variable floor
›››
page 123.
●
Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow)
›››
Fig. 77.
Note
After use, return the jack to its initial position
usin
g the handle in order to securely store it
in the vehicle.
Accessing the vehicle tool kit and tyre
mo
b
i
lity system in vehicles fitted with
the SEAT SOUND 7 speaker system
(with subwoofer)*
●
Open the boot hatch and lift the shelf.
●
If necessary, remove the boot variable floor
›››
page 126.
●
Lift up the carpet from the recess and re-
move it from the luggage compartment.
●
Disconnect the subwoofer’s speaker cable.
●
Completely remove the hand-controlled
wheel from the c
entre of the subwoofer
speaker by turning it anti-clockwise.
●
Take out the subwoofer, which is on top of
the tools and tyre mobility system.
●
When finished, place the tools and system
back in the same way and place as before to
ensure the speaker sits properly in its hous-
ing.
●
Place the subwoofer in the direction of the
arrow and with the word “FRONT” facing for-
ward.
●
Reconnect the speaker cable and firmly ro-
tate the securing wheel clockwise so that the
subwoofer is firmly in place.
Components
Fig. 78 Components of the vehicle tool kit
The vehicle tool kit depends on the vehicle
equipment
.
The f
ollowing is a description for
a vehicle with all options.
The individual elements of the vehicle tool
kit ››› Fig. 78
Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the
handle for screwing and unscrewing the
wheel bolts. The screwdriver bit is inter-
changeable. The screwdriver may be
found underneath the wheel spanner.
Adapter for anti-theft bolt. SEAT recom-
mend you carry the wheel bolt adapter in
the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code
number of the anti-theft wheel bolt is
stamped on the front of the adapter. In
»
1
2
71
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Emergencies
case it is lost, another adapter can be or-
der
ed u
s
ing this number. Note the anti-
theft bolt code for the wheels and keep it
in a place other than the vehicle.
Towline anchorage, removable.
Wire hook for pulling off the wheel cover,
integral hubcaps and the wheel bolt
caps.
Jack. Before storing the jack in the tool
kit, fold its hook. The crank must then be
folded tight against the side of the jack in
order for it to be safely stored.
Wheel spanner.
Wheel bolt cap clips.
Note
The jack does not generally require any main-
tenanc
e. If required, it should be greased us-
ing universal type grease.
Changing a wheel
Intr
oduction
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 36
Some vehicle versions and models do not
have a factory-fitted jack or box spanner. In
this case, we recommend consulting a Speci-
alised workshop to change the wheel.
3
4
5
6
7
You should only change the wheels yourself if
the
v
ehic
le is parked in a safe place, you are
familiar with the procedure and safety stand-
ards and you have all the necessary tools!
Otherwise, you should seek professional as-
sistance.
WARNING
Changing a wheel can be dangerous, espe-
cia
lly on the hard shoulder. Please observe
the following rules to minimise the risk of in-
jury:
●
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
Park at a safe distance from surrounding traf-
fic to change a wheel.
●
When changing a wheel, keep all passen-
gers, and particularly children, a safe dis-
tance away from the work area.
●
Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn
other road users.
●
Ensure the ground on which you park is flat
and solid. If necessary, support the jack on a
wide solid base.
●
If you are changing a wheel yourself, you
should be familiar with the required proce-
dure. Otherwise, you should seek professio-
nal assistance.
●
Only use suitable tools that are not dam-
aged when changing a wheel.
●
Always stop the engine, apply the hand-
brake lever firmly and place the selector lever
in position N or the manual gearbox in gear-
to reduce the risk of the vehicle accidentally
movin
g.
●
Have the tightening torque of the wheel
bolts checked as soon as possible with a reli-
able torque wrench.
WARNING
If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not
fitt
ed corr
ectly, they could cause major acci-
dents or damage.
●
Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may come
off while driving and endanger other road
users.
●
Damaged trims must never be mounted on
the wheels.
●
Always ensure that the brake ventilation
and cooling is not cut off or blocked. This is
also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there
is not enough air, you may require signifi-
cantly longer braking distances.
CAUTION
Remove and remount wheel trims taking care
to avoid d
amage to the vehicle.
Tyre repair
TM
S
(T
yre Mobility System)*
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 35
72
Self-help
The Anti-puncture kit* (Tyre Mobility System)
w
i
l
l reliably seal punctures caused by the
penetration of a foreign body of up to about
4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign ob-
jects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.
After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre,
you must again check the tyre pressure about
10 minutes after starting the engine.
You should only use the tyre mobility set if
the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are
familiar with the procedure and you have the
necessary tyre mobility set! Otherwise, you
should seek professional assistance.
The tyre sealant must not be used in the fol-
lowing cases:
●
If the wheel rim has been damaged.
●
In outside temperatures below -20 °C
(-4 °F).
●
In the event of cuts or perforations in the
tyre greater than 4 mm.
●
If you have been driving with very low pres-
sure or a completely flat tyre.
●
If the sealant bottle has passed its use by
date.
WARNING
Using the tyre mobility system can be dan-
gerou
s, especially when filling the tyre at the
roadside. Please observe the following rules
to minimise the risk of injury:
●
Stop the v
ehicle safely as soon as possible.
Park it at a safe distance from surrounding
traffic to fill the tyre.
●
Ensure the ground on which you park is flat
and solid.
●
All passengers and particularly children
must keep a safe distance from the work area.
●
Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn
other road users.
●
Use the tyre mobility system only if you are
familiar with the necessary procedures. Oth-
erwise, you should seek professional assis-
tance.
●
The tyre mobility set is intended for tempo-
rary emergency use only until you can reach
the nearest specialised workshop.
●
Replace the repaired tyre with the tyre mo-
bility set as soon as possible.
●
The sealant is a health hazard and must be
cleaned immediately if it comes into contact
with the skin.
●
Always keep the tyre mobility set out of the
reach of small children.
●
Never use an equivalent jack, even if it has
been approved for your vehicle.
●
Always stop the engine, apply the hand-
brake lever firmly and engage gear if using a
manual gearbox, in order to reduce the risk of
vehicle involuntary movement.
WARNING
A tyre filled with sealant does not have the
same perf
ormance properties as a conven-
tional tyre.
●
Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
●
Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and
fast cornering.
●
Drive for only 10 minutes at a maximum
speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and then check
the tyre.
For the sake of the environment
Dispose of used or expired sealant observing
any l
egal requirements.
Note
●
A new bottle of se
alant can be purchased at
SEAT dealerships.
●
Take into account the separate instruction
manual of the tyre mobility set* manufactur-
er.
73
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Emergencies
Contents of the tyre mobility system*
Fig. 79 Standard representation: contents of
the anti-p
u
nct
ure kit.
The anti-puncture kit is located underneath
the floor c
o
v
ering in the luggage compart-
ment. It includes the following components
››› Fig. 79:
Tyre valve remover
Sticker indicating maximum speed “max.
80 km/h” or “max. 50 mph”
Filler tube with cap
Air compressor
Tube for inflating tyres
1
2
3
4
5
Warning provided by tyre pressure moni-
t
orin
g sy
stem
1)
Air bleed screw
2)
ON/OFF switch
12 volt connector
Bottle of sealant
Spare tyre valve
The valve insert remover
1
has a gap at the
lo
w
er end f
or a valve insert. The valve insert
can only be screwed or unscrewed in this
way. This also applies to its replacement part
11
.
WARNING
When inflating the wheel, the air compressor
and the inflator t
ube may become hot.
●
Protect hands and skin from hot parts.
●
Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube or
hot air compressor on flammable material.
●
Allow them to cool before storing the de-
vice.
●
If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at
least 2.0 bars (29 psi / 200 kPa), the tyre is
too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a
good condition to seal the tyre. Do not con-
tinue driving. Seek specialist assistance.
6
7
8
9
10
11
CAUTION
Switch off the air compressor after a maxi-
mum of 8 operation
al minutes to avoid over-
heating! Before switching on the air compres-
sor again, let it cool for several minutes.
Check after 10 minutes of driving
Screw in the inflator tube ›››
Fig. 79
5
again
and check
the pressure on the gauge
6
.
1.3 bar (19 ps
i / 130 kPa) and lower:
●
Stop the vehicle! The tyre c
annot be sealed
sufficiently with the tyre mobility set.
●
You should obtain professional assistance
›››
.
1.4 b
ar (20 p
s
i / 140 kPa) and higher:
●
Set the tyre pressure to the correct value
again
›››
page 199.
●
Carefully resume your journey until you
reach the nearest specialised workshop with-
out exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
●
Have the damaged tyre replaced.
1)
It can also be integrated in the compressor.
2)
In its place, the compressor may have a button.
74
Self-help
WARNING
Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous
and can cau
se accidents and serious injury.
●
Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure
is 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower.
●
Seek specialist assistance.
Changing the windscreen wiper
bla
des
Changing the windscreen and rear
window wiper blades
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 46.
The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as
standard with a layer of graphite. This layer is
responsible for ensuring that the wipe is si-
lent. If the graphite layer is damaged, the
noise of the water as it is wiped across the
windscreen will be louder.
Check the condition of the wiper blades regu-
larly. If the wipers scrape across the glass
they should be changed if they are damaged,
or cleaned if they are dirty
›››
.
Dam
ag
ed w
iper blades should be replaced
immediately. These are available from quali-
fied workshops.
WARNING
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility
and incre
ase the risk of accident and serious
injury.
●
Always replace damaged or worn blades or
blades which do not clean the windscreen
correctly.
CAUTION
●
Damaged or dir
ty windscreen wipers could
scratch the glass.
●
If products containing solvents, rough
sponges or sharp objects are used to clean
the blades, the graphite layer will be dam-
aged.
●
Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint
thinner or similar products to clean the win-
dows.
CAUTION
●
To prev
ent damage to the bonnet and the
wiper arms, only leave them in the service
position.
●
Before driving, always lower the wiper
arms.
Note
If wax deposits, other cleaning products from
the automatic
car wash, or other care prod-
ucts, are left on the windscreen and the rear
window, the blades can scratch the glass. Re-
move wax deposits with a special product or
cle
aning cloths.
Tow-starting and towing
Instruction
s for tow-starting
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 42.
When towing or tow starting, respect the le-
gal requirements.
For technical reasons, it is not possible to
tow a vehicle if the battery is flat.
In general, the vehicle should not be started
by towing. Jump-starting is much more pref-
erable ›››
page 43.
For technical reasons, the following vehicles
can not be tow started:
●
Vehicles with an automatic gearbox.
●
If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible
that the en
gine control unit does not operate
correctly.
However, if your vehicle must absolutely be
tow-started (manual gearbox):
●
Put it into second or third gear.
●
Keep the clutch pressed down.
»
75
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Emergencies
●
Sw
it
c
h on the ignition and the hazard warn-
ing lights.
●
Release the clutch when both vehicles are
moving.
●
As soon as the engine starts, press the
clutch and move the gear lever into neutral.
This helps to prevent a collision with the tow-
ing vehicle.
WARNING
A vehicle with a flat battery should never be
tow
ed.
●
Never remove the key from the ignition
lock. Otherwise, the steering wheel lock
could suddenly lock. The vehicle would not
be controlled and a serious accident could
ensue.
WARNING
When towing the vehicle, the handling and
brakin
g efficiency change considerably.
Please observe the following instructions to
minimise the risk of serious accidents and in-
jury:
●
As the driver of the vehicle being towed:
–
The brake must be depressed must hard-
er as the brake servo does not operate.
Always remain aware to avoid collision
with the towing vehicle.
–
More strength is required at the steering
wheel as the power steering does not op-
erate when the engine is switched off.
●
As the driver of
the towing vehicle:
–
Accelerate gently and carefully.
–
Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
–
Brake well in advance than usual and
brake gently.
CAUTION
●
When t
ow-
starting, fuel could enter the cat-
alytic converter and damage it.
●
Carefully fit and remove the towline anchor-
age and its cover to avoid damage to the ve-
hicle (e.g. paintwork).
●
When towing, fuel could enter the catalytic
converter and cause damage!
Note
Fitting a towline anchorage to the rear bump-
er is not
possible. The vehicle is not suitable
for towing other vehicles.
Advice for towing the vehicle
Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox
Not
e the f
o
llowing for a towed vehicle:
●
Make sure the gear selector lever is in the N
position.
●
Do not drive faster than 50 km/h (30 mph)
when towing a vehicle.
●
Do not tow further than 50 km (30 miles).
●
If a breakdown truck is used, the vehicle
must be towed with the front wheels raised.
Situations in which the vehicle should not be
towed
In the following cases, the vehicle should not
be towed but transported on a trailer or spe-
cial vehicle:
●
If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lu-
bricant due to a fault.
●
If the battery is flat and the steering cannot
be unlocked as a result, the electronic steer-
ing lock and electronic parking brake cannot
be disengaged.
●
If the vehicle to be towed has an automatic
gearbox and the distance to be covered is
greater than 50 km (30 miles).
Note
The vehicle can only be towed if the steering
lock el
ectronic gearbox lock is deactivated. If
the vehicle has no power supply or there is
an electric system fault, the engine must be
started using jump leads to deactivate the
steering column electronic gearbox lock.
76
Self-help
Fitting the front towline anchorage
Fig. 80 On the right-hand side of the front
b
umper: R
emo
ve the cover.
Fig. 81 On the right-hand side of the front
b
umper:
Sc
rew in the towline anchorage.
The location for the removable tow ring is on
the right
-h
and s
ide of the front bumper be-
hind a cover ››› Fig. 80.
The towline anchorage should always be kept
in the vehicle.
Note the instructions for towing ››› page 76.
Fitting the towline anchorage
●
Take the towline anchorage from the vehi-
cle tool kit in the luggage compartment
››› page 70.
●
Press the upper part of the cover ››› Fig. 80
(arrow) to disengage and release the cover.
●
Remove the cover and leave it hanging
from the vehicle.
●
Screw in the tow ring into its housing anti-
clockwise as far as it will go ››› Fig. 81 ›››
.
U
se a s
uit
able tool to firmly tighten the tow-
line anchorage in its location.
●
After towing, remove the tow ring by turn-
ing it clockwise.
●
Place the cover's upper tab on the opening
of the bumper and carefully guide the lower
tab on the edge of the opening. If necessary,
press the lower tab from below.
●
Press the lower area of the cover until the
lower tab engages in the bumper.
CAUTION
The towline anchorage must always be com-
plet
ely and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it
could be released while towing and tow-start-
ing.
Emergency locking and unlock-
in
g
Intr
oduction
The doors and rear lid can be locked manual-
ly and par
tially opened, for example if the key
or the central locking is damaged.
WARNING
Opening and closing doors carelessly can
cause seriou
s injury.
●
If the vehicle is locked from outside, the
doors and windows cannot be opened from
the inside.
●
Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the car. They could be trapped in the
car in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety.
●
Depending on the time of the year, temper-
atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting
in serious injuries and illness or even death,
particularly for young children.
WARNING
Getting in the way of the doors and the rear
lid is d
angerous and can lead to serious in-
jury.
●
Open and close the doors and the rear lid
only when there is nobody in the way.
»
77
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Emergencies
CAUTION
When opening and closing in an emergency,
caref
ully disassemble components and then
reassemble them carefully to avoid damage
to the vehicle.
Fuses and bulbs
F
u
se
s
Introduction
Due to the constant updating of vehicles,
fuse a
ssignments based on equipment and
the use of the same fuse for various electrical
components, it is not possible to provide an
up-to-date summary of the fuse positions for
the electrical components at the time of
printing this manual. For detailed information
about the fuse positions, please consult a
technical service.
In general, a fuse can be assigned to various
electrical components. Likewise, an electrical
component can be protected by several
fuses.
Only replace fuses when the cause of the
problem has been solved. If a newly inserted
fuse blows after a short time, you must have
the electrical system checked by a special-
ised workshop as soon as possible.
WARNING
The high voltages in the electrical system can
give serious
electrical shocks, causing burns
and even death!
●
Never touch the electrical wiring of the igni-
tion system.
●
Take c
are not to cause short circuits in the
electrical system.
WARNING
Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or
bridgin
g a curr
ent circuit without fuses can
cause a fire and serious injury.
●
Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only
replace fuses with a fuse of the same amper-
age (same colour and markings) and size.
●
Never repair a fuse.
●
Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, staple
or similar.
CAUTION
●
To prev
ent damage to the vehicle's electric
system, before replacing a fuse always turn
off the ignition, the lights and all electrical
elements and remove the key from the igni-
tion.
●
If you replace a fuse with higher-rating
fuse, you could cause damage to another part
of the electrical system.
●
Protect the fuse boxes when open to pre-
vent the entry of dust or humidity as they can
damage the electrical system.
Note
●
One component m
ay have more than one
fuse.
78
Fuses and bulbs
●
Severa
l components may run on a single
fuse.
Vehicle fuses
Fig. 82 Below the driver side dash panel:
f
u
se bo
x cover
Fig. 83 In the engine compartment: fuse box
c
o
v
er
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 34
Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same
amperage (same colour and markings) and
size.
Opening and closing the fuse box situated
below the dash panel
●
Opening: Press the unlock button
››› Fig. 82
1
until it is possible to open the
c
o
v
er. Fold the cover down.
●
Closing: Fold the cover up in the opposite
direction to the arrow until it clicks into the
locking lever
1
.
T
o open the en
gine c
ompartment fuse box
●
Open the bonnet ››› page 186.
●
Press the attachment tabs in the direction
indicated by the arrow (thin arrows) to re-
lease the fuse box cover ››› Fig. 83.
●
Then lift the cover out.
●
To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box.
Push the attachment tabs down, in the oppo-
site direction indicated by the arrow until
they click audibly into place.
CAUTION
●
Alwa
ys carefully remove the fuse box cov-
ers and refit them correctly to avoid problems
with your vehicle.
●
Protect
the fuse boxes when open to avoid
the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt and humid-
ity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to
the electrical system.
Note
In the vehicle, there are more fuses than
tho
se indicat
ed in this chapter. These should
only be changed by a specialised workshop.
Changing bulbs
Intr
oduction
Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of
m
anual
sk
ill. If you are unsure, SEAT recom-
mends that you consult a technical service or
request assistance from a specialist. In gen-
eral a specialist is needed if, in addition to
the bulbs, other vehicle components require
removal.
You should store spare light bulbs in the ve-
hicle for safety-relevant lights. Spare bulbs
may be obtained from the technical services.
In some countries, it is a legal requirement to
carry spare bulbs in the vehicle.
Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the
vehicle exterior lighting is against the law.
»
79
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Emergencies
Additional bulb specifications
The s
pec
ific
ations of some headlamp bulbs
and bulbs for the rear lamps fitted at the fac-
tory may be different to those of conventional
bulbs. Bulb information is displayed on the
bulb socket or on the bulb itself.
WARNING
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is
not cl
early visible to other drivers, there is a
risk of accident.
WARNING
Failure to replace bulbs correctly may cause
serious ac
cidents.
●
Before carrying out any work in the engine
compartment please read and observe the
warnings ››› page 186. In any vehicle, the en-
gine compartment is a hazardous area and
could cause severe injury.
●
The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurised
and might explode on changing them.
●
Only replace the bulbs concerned when
they have cooled.
●
Never replace bulbs alone if you are not fa-
miliar with the operations necessary. If you
are not sure about procedures then visit a
specialised workshop to carry out the neces-
sary work.
●
Never touch the bulb glass directly. Finger-
prints will be evaporated by the heat of the
operating bulb thus “fogging” up the reflec-
tor.
●
The he
adlamp frameworks in the engine
compartment and the rear lamps contain
sharp elements. Always protect your hands
when changing bulbs.
CAUTION
●
Af
ter c
hanging a bulb, if the rubber covers
are not replaced correctly on the headlamp
framework, the electrical installation may be
damaged, especially if water is allowed to en-
ter.
●
Remove the ignition key before working on
the electric system. Otherwise, a short circuit
could occur.
●
Switch off the lights and the parking light
before changing a bulb.
●
Take good care to avoid damaging any com-
ponents.
Replacing the bulbs in the headlights
Fig. 84 In the engine compartment: Rear view
of
the fr
ont
left headlight with rubber cover:
A
dipped beam and main beam headlights,
B
side lights and daytime driving lights and
C
turn signal
Fig. 85 Left headlight
There is no need to remove the headlight to
r
ep
l
ace bulbs.
80
Fuses and bulbs
Complete operations only in the sequence
giv
en:
Dipped beam and main beam headlights Fig. 84
A
1. Open the bonnet
››› page 186.
2.
Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove the rub-
ber cover using the tabs.
Press the retaining clip ››› Fig. 85
D
downwards
in the direction of the arrow, unclip sideways, and
remove it.
3.
Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary,
press the lock on the bulb holder.
4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.
5.
Insert the bulb, return it to its position and insert
the retaining clip ››› Fig. 85
D
6.
Place the rubber cover and check that is in the
correct position. Insert the connector to the bulb
H4.
Side light and daytime lights Fig. 84
B
/
Front turn indicator Fig. 84
C
1. Open the bonnet
››› page 186.
2.
Turn the bulb holder in an anticlockwise direction
as far as it will go and remove it, along with the
bulb, pulling backwards.
3.
Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary,
press the lock on the bulb holder.
4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.
Side light and daytime lights Fig. 84
B
/
Front turn indicator Fig. 84
C
5.
Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it
clockwise as far as the stop.
Note
The images show the left hand headlight
from behind. The s
tructure of the right hand
side headlight is symmetric.
Replacing the front bumper bulbs
Fig. 86 In the front right wheel arch: Remove
the r
et
ainin
g screws (arrows) and take out the
expansive rivet
A
.
Fig. 87 Changing the bulbs in the headlights
Complete operations only in the sequence giv-
en:
1.
Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheel arch
trim ››› Fig. 86 (arrows) with the screwdriver from
the vehicle took kit ››› page 70.
2.
Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower front part
of the wheel arch trim
A
with the screwdriver
from the vehicle tool kit and completely remove it
››› page 70.
3. Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side.
4.
Release the connector ››› Fig. 87
1
and remove
it.
5.
Turn the bulb holder ››› Fig. 87 in the direction of
the arrow, in an anticlockwise direction as far as it
will go and remove it, along with the bulb, pulling
backwards.
6. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.
»
81
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Emergencies
Complete operations only in the sequence giv-
en:
7.
Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it
clockwise as far as the stop.
8.
Plug the connector
1
into the bulb holder. The
connector must audibly click into place.
9. Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.
10.
Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trim
and bumper and press it completely inwards
››› Fig. 86
A
.
11.
Securely screw the 2 retaining screws ››› Fig. 86
(arrows) with a screwdriver.
Changing the bulbs in the rear lights
Fig. 88 On the side of the luggage compart-
ment: A: R
emo
v
e the cover, B: Removing the
tail light units
Fig. 89 Tail light unit: C: Remove the bulb
ho
l
der
, D: Remove the bulbs.
Complete operations only in the sequence
giv
en.
R
emo
ving the rear light units
1. Open the rear lid ››› page 99.
2.
Carefully remove the cover
1
towards the lever
››› Fig. 88 A.
3.
Pull the release
3
in the connector
2
in the di-
rection of the arrow ››› Fig. 88 B. Use the screwdriv-
er in the vehicle tool kit.
4.
Press position
4
and remove the connector
2
››› Fig. 88 B.
82
Fuses and bulbs
5. Unscrew the wing nut
5
››› Fig. 88 B.
6.
Remove the tail light from the bodywork by careful-
ly pulling backwards.
7.
Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a
flat, clean surface.
To change the bulb
8.
Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow)
››› Fig. 89 C and remove the bulb holder from the
tail light.
9.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb
››› Fig. 89 D.
10.
Place the bulb holder in the tail light unit. The at-
tachment tabs (arrow) should audibly click into
place ››› Fig. 89 C.
Assembling the rear light units
11.
Carefully insert the tail light unit into the opening
in the bodywork.
12.
Support the tail light with one hand in the assem-
bly position and securely screw the wing nut with
the other
5
››› Fig. 88 B.
13.
Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly
fitted and is firmly secured.
14.
Insert the connector
2
into the bulb holder and
press the lock
3
on the connector in the oppo-
site direction to the arrow ››› Fig. 88 B.
15. Insert the cover. The cover should lock into place.
16. Close the rear lid ››› page 99.
Changing the number plate light
Fig. 90 On the rear bumper: Remove the
number p
l
at
e light.
Fig. 91 Number plate light: Remove the bulb
ho
l
der
.
Complete operations only in the sequence giv-
en:
1.
With one hand, press on the number plate light
from left to right and remove it from the bumper
››› Fig. 90.
Complete operations only in the sequence giv-
en:
2.
Detach the number plate light carefully from the
bumper.
3.
Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anticlockwise
and remove it in the direction of the arrow
››› Fig. 91.
4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.
5.
Place the bulb holder in the number plate light and
press in the opposite direction to the arrow as far
as possible ››› Fig. 91.
6.
Insert the number plate light carefully into the left
edge of the opening on the bumper. During this
process, check that the assembly direction of the
number plate light is correct, i.e. the spring must
be on the right.
7.
Insert the number plate light into the bumper until
it audibly clicks into place.
83
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Emergencies
Changing the side turn signal bulb
Fig. 92 Removing the side turn signal
Fig. 93 Side turn signal: Changing the bulbs.
Complete operations only in the sequence giv-
en:
1.
With one hand move the side turn signal back-
wards ››› Fig. 92
1
.
2.
Remove the side turn signal from the chassis by
leverage
2
.
Complete operations only in the sequence giv-
en:
3.
Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the direc-
tion of the arrow ››› Fig. 93
1
.
4.
Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direc-
tion.
5. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.
6. Install the bulb holder.
7.
Place the side turn signal on the chassis on the
side situated towards the rear of the vehicle until
the spring clicks into the other side of the side turn
signal.
84
Operation
Fig. 94 Dash panel
86
General instrument panel
Operation
Gener
a
l
instrument panel
Instrument panel
Key to Fig. 94:
Interior door rel
ease lever . . . . . . . . . 98
Turn switch for adjusting the exteri-
or mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
–
Exterior mirror a
djustment
–
Heated exterior mirrors
Air outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Lever for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
–
Turn signals and main beam
headlights
–
Cruise control system (CCS) –
– – /+ – /- . . . . . . . 155
Steering wheel with horn and
–
Driver airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Da
sh panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88, 24
Windscreen wiper/ windscreen
wash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
–
Winds
creen wipers
–
Rear window wiper
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
–
L
ev
er w
ith buttons for controlling
the SEAT information system - ,
/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Controls for:
–
Start-Stop system button . . . 161
–
Rear window heating button . . 130
–
Left seat heating controls . . . . . 113
Switches for:
–
Heating and ventilation system . 130
–
Manual air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 130
–
Climatr
onic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Radio (factory fitted) ›››
Booklet Ra-
dio
Controls for:
–
Hazard warning lights switch
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
–
Pas
senger front airbag off warn-
ing lamp . . 59
–
Right seat heating controls
or rear window heating button
(alternative position) . . . . . . . . . . .113, 130
Storage compartment with drink
holder in the c
entre console . . . . . . . 120
Handle of the storage compartment
or storage compartment open
1)
. . . 116
8
9
10
11
12
13
In the side of the dash panel: Key
sw
it
c
h for switching off the front
passenger airbag
1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Position of passenger front airbag
on the dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Ashtray* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
12 volt socket or cigarette light-
er* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121, 120
Lever for:
–
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
–
Automatic
gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Button for:
–
City
Safety Assist function
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Steering column adjustment lev-
er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Open bonnet lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . 103
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Central lock button . . . . . . . . . . 94
Knobs to operate the front electric
windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
1)
According to version
87
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Instruments
V
iew of
in
strument panel
Fig. 95 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 1 (A) and variant 2 (B).
Details of the instruments ›
›
›
Fig. 95:
Speedometer. Depending on the
vehicle in km/h or in mph.
Displays on the screen. . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Reset knob for trip recorder (trip).
–
Press the button
0.0/SET
bri
efly to
sw
it
ch the trip odometer and od-
ometer.
1
2
3
–
Pr
e
s
s the
0.0/SET
for
5 seconds t
o
r
eset the odometer to zero and,
where necessary, other indicators
on the multifunction display. . . . . 22
Fuel reserve display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Revolution counter (with the engine
running, in thousands of revolu-
tions per minute).
The beginning of the red zone of
the revolution counter indicates the
4
5
maximum speed in any gear after
ru
nnin
g
-in and with the engine hot.
However, it is advisable to change
up a gear or move the selector lever
to D (or lift your foot off the acceler-
ator) before the needle reaches the
red zone ›››
.
C
loc
k
set button.
–
If necessary, change the time dis-
play by pressing the top and
6
88
General instrument panel
bottom buttons of the rocker
sw
it
c
h ›››
Fig. 33
B
.
–
Pr
e
s
s the button
to change
the hour
, so th
at
it is flashing.
–
To continue setting the time,
press button
0.0/SET
. Hold button
do
wn t
o s
croll through the num-
bers quickly.
–
Press the
button again to
c
h
an
ge the minutes, so that it
flashes.
–
To continue setting the time,
press button
0.0/SET
. Hold button
do
wn t
o s
croll through the num-
bers quickly.
–
Press button
again to end the
c
loc
k
setting.
CAUTION
●
When the engine is
cold, avoid high revs
and heavy acceleration and do not make the
engine work hard.
●
To prevent damage to the engine, the revo-
lution counter needle should only remain in
the red zone for a short period of time.
For the sake of the environment
Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel con-
sumption and noise.
Indications on the display
A variety of information can be viewed on the
instrument
panel display ››› Fig. 95
2
, de-
pending on the v
ehicle equipment:
●
Warning and information messages.
●
Odometer.
●
Time.
●
Outside temperature.
●
Selector lever positions ››› page 143.
●
Recommended gear (manual gearbox)
›››
page 143.
●
Multifunction display (MFI)
›››
page 22
●
Service interval display
›››
page 90.
●
Start-Stop system status display
›››
page 161.
●
Fuel gauge
›››
page 182.
●
Seat belt status display for rear seats
›››
page 52.
Warning and information messages
The system runs a check on certain compo-
nents and functions when the ignition is
switched on and while the vehicle is moving.
Faults in the operation are displayed on the
screen using red and yellow symbols on the
instrument panel display (
›››
page 24)
and, in some cases, with audible warnings.
The display may vary according to the type of
instrument panel fitted.
Priority 1 warning (red symbols)
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible
warnings.
Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ››› !
Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If necessa-
ry, request assistance from specialised personnel.
Priority 2 warning (yellow symbols)
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible
warnings.
A faulty function, or fluids which are below the correct
levels may cause damage to the vehicle! ›››
Check the faulty function as soon as possible. If neces-
sary, request assistance from specialised personnel.
Odometer
The odomet
er
r
egisters the total distance
travelled by the car.
The odometer (trip) shows the distance
travelled since the last odometer reset. The
last figure indicates 100 m.
Outside temperature indicator!
When the outside temperature is below +4 °C
(+39 °F), the symbol “ice crystal” (warning of
risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the
temperature. At first this symbol flashes and
then it remains lit until the outside tempera-
ture rises above +6 °C (+43 °F)
›››
.
When the
v
ehic
le is stationary or travelling at
very low speeds, the temperature displayed
may be slightly higher than the actual
»
89
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
outside temperature as a result of heat com-
in
g fr
om the en
gine.
The temperatures measured range from
-40 °C to +50 °C (-40 °F to +122 °F).
Selector lever position
The range of engaged gears of the selector
lever is shown on the side of the lever, and
on the instrument panel display. In positions
D and M, and with the Tiptronic, the corre-
sponding gear is also indicated on the dis-
play.
Recommended gear* (manual gearbox)
The recommended gear to save fuel can be
displayed on the instrument panel display
while you are driving ››› page 143.
Seat belt status display for the rear seats*
The seat belt status display on the instru-
ment panel display informs the driver, when
the ignition is switched on, whether any pas-
sengers in the rear seats have fastened their
seat belts ››› page 52.
Start-Stop system status display
The instrument panel display shows informa-
tion on the current status ››› page 161.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle
may
stall in traffic, or may cause accidents
and severe injuries.
●
Never ignore the warning lamps.
●
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
●
A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci-
dent for the driver and for other road users. If
necessary, switch on the hazard warning
lamps and put out the warning triangle to ad-
vise other drivers.
●
Park the vehicle away from traffic and en-
sure that no highly flammable materials are
under the vehicle that could come into con-
tact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass,
fuel).
WARNING
Even though outside temperatures are above
freezin
g, some roads and bridges may be icy.
●
At outside temperatures above +4°C
(+39°F), even when the “ice crystal symbol”
is not visible, there may still be patches of ice
on the road.
●
Do not rely on the outside temperature in-
dicator!
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they
appear m
ay result in faults in the vehicle.
Note
●
Different
versions of the instrument panel
are available and therefore the versions and
instructions on the display may vary.
●
When several warnings are active at the
same time, the symbols are shown succes-
sively for a few seconds and will stay on until
the fault is rectified.
Service interval display
The inspection message appears on the in-
s
trument
p
anel display
›››
Fig. 95
2
.
S
EA
T di
stinguishes between services with en-
gine oil change (Oil change Service) and
services without engine oil change (Inspec-
tion Service). The service interval display only
gives information for service dates which in-
volve an engine oil change. The dates of the
remaining services (e.g. the next Inspection
Service or change of brake fluid) are listed on
the label attached to the door strut, or in the
Maintenance Programme.
The set service intervals have been specified
with the service dependent on time/distance
travelled.
Inspection reminder
If the inspection period is due to expire
shortly, Inspection reminder appears when
starting the ignition abbreviated to
and a
90
General instrument panel
warning in km.
The number of
k
ilometres
shown is the maximum number that may be
driven until the next service.
Service due
After the service date, an audible warning is
given when the ignition is switched on and
the abbreviation displayed on the screen
flashes for a few seconds.
Note
The service message disappears after a few
seconds, when the en
gine is started or when
OK
is pressed on the windscreen wiper lever.
Note
In vehicles whose batteries have been dis-
connected f
or a long period of time, it will not
be possible to calculate the next service date.
Therefore the service interval display may not
be correct. In this case, bear in mind the max-
imum service intervals permitted in the
››› Booklet Maintenance Programme.
91
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Opening and closing
V
ehic
l
e key set
Remote control vehicle key*
Fig. 96 Remote control key
Remote control key
W
ith the
v
ehicle key the vehicle may be
locked or unlocked remotely ››› page 94.
The vehicle key includes an emitter and bat-
tery. The receiver is in the interior of the vehi-
cle. The range of the vehicle key with remote
control and new battery is several metres
around the vehicle.
If it is not possible to open or close the vehi-
cle using the remote control key, this should
be re-synchronised ››› page 94 or the bat-
tery changed ››› page 93.
Different keys belonging to the vehicle may
be used.
Folding the key shaft in and out
When the button is pressed ››› Fig. 96
A
, the
k
ey
sh
aft is released and unfolds.
To fold it press the button and fold the key
shaft in until it locks in place.
Spare key
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys,
the vehicle chassis number is required.
Each new key must contain a microchip and
be coded with the data from the vehicle elec-
tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work
if it does not contain a microchip or the mi-
crochip has not been encoded. This is also
true for keys cut for the vehicle.
The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be
obtained from a SEAT dealership, a Special-
ised workshop or approved key service quali-
fied to create this kind of key.
New keys or spare keys must be synchron-
ised before use ››› page 94.
WARNING
Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys may
res
ult in severe injury and accident.
●
Always take all the keys with you whenever
you leave the vehicle. Children and unauthor-
ised individuals could lock the doors or the
boot hatch, start the engine or turn on the ig-
nition, activating el
ectrical systems, the elec-
tric windows, for example.
●
Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the car. They could be trapped in the
car in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety. For example, de-
pending on the time of the year, tempera-
tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting
in serious injuries and illness or even death,
particularly for young children.
●
Never remove the key from the ignition if
the vehicle is in motion. The steering may
lock and it will not be possible to turn the
steering wheel.
CAUTION
The remote control key contains electronic
components. Pr
otect them from damage, im-
pacts and humidity.
Note
●
Only u
se the key button when you require
the corresponding function. Pushing the but-
ton unnecessarily could accidentally unlock
the vehicle or trigger the alarm. It is also pos-
sible even when you are outside the radius of
action.
●
Remote control key operation can be great-
ly influenced by overlapping radio signals
around the vehicle working in the same range
92
Opening and closing
of frequencies (for example, radio
transmitt
ers, mobile telephones).
●
Obstacles between the remote control and
the vehicle, bad weather conditions and
draining batteries can considerably reduce
the range of the remote control.
●
If the buttons of the vehicle key are press-
ed ››› Fig. 96 or one of the central locking but-
tons ››› page 94 is pressed repeatedly in
quick succession, the central locking briefly
disconnects as protection against overload-
ing. The vehicle is then unlocked. Lock it if
necessary.
Mechanical vehicle key
Fig. 97 Vehicle mechanical key
The vehicle key set may include a mechanical
k
ey
›
›› Fig. 97.
Duplicate keys
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys,
the vehicle chassis number is required.
Each new key must contain a microchip and
be coded with the data from the vehicle elec-
tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work
if it does not contain a microchip or the mi-
crochip has not been encoded. This is also
true for keys cut for the vehicle.
The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be
obtained from a SEAT dealership, a special-
ised workshop or an approved locksmith
qualified to create them.
Control lamp on the vehicle key
Fig. 98 Control lamp on the vehicle key
When a button on the vehicle key is pressed,
the c
ontr
o
l lamp flashes ››› Fig. 98 (arrow)
once briefly. If the button is pressed and
held, the indicator blinks several times, for
example: for the convenience opening func-
tion.
When the control lamp does not light upon
pushing a button, the vehicle key batteries
must be changed ››› page 93.
Replacing the battery
Fig. 99 Vehicle key: battery compartment cov-
er
Fig. 100 Vehicle key: removing the battery
»
93
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
SEAT recommend having the batteries
c
h
an
ged in a specialised workshop.
The battery is located to the rear of the vehi-
cle key, under a cover.
Changing the battery
●
Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92.
●
Remove the cover from the back of the ve-
hicle key ››› Fig. 99 in the direction of the ar-
row ›››
.
●
Extract the battery from the compartment
u
s
in
g a suitable thin object ››› Fig. 100.
●
Place the new battery in the compartment,
pressing in the direction of the arrow as
shown ››› Fig. 100 ›››
.
●
Fit the battery compartment cover, pressing
in the dir
ection of
the arr
ow as shown
››› Fig. 99 until it clicks into place.
CAUTION
●
If the batt
ery is not changed correctly, the
vehicle key may be damaged.
●
Use of unsuitable batteries may damage
the vehicle key. For this reason, always re-
place the dead battery with another of the
same voltage, size and specifications.
●
When fitting the battery, check that the po-
larity is correct.
For the sake of the environment
Please dispose of your used batteries correct-
ly and with r
espect for the environment.
Synchronising the vehicle key
If the button
is pressed frequently outside
of the v
ehicle range, it is possible that the ve-
hicle can no longer be locked or unlocked us-
ing the key. In this case, the vehicle key must
be synchronised once more as follows:
●
Unfold the vehicle key blade
›››
page 92.
●
Press the button
on the vehicle key. For
thi
s, it
mu
st remain with the vehicle.
●
Open the vehicle within one minute using
the key shaft.
●
Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key.
The key has been synchronised.
●
If necessary, fit the cap.
Central locking* and locking
system
Introduction
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 8
Central locking functions correctly when all
the doors and the rear lid are correctly shut.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot
be locked with the key.
The battery of an unlocked vehicle parked for
a long period (e.g. in a private garage) may
run down and fail to start the motor.
WARNING
The incorrect use of the central locking sys-
tem ma
y cause serious injuries.
●
The central locking system will lock all
doors. A vehicle locked from the inside can
prevent any non-authorised individual from
opening the doors and accessing the vehicle.
Nevertheless, in case of emergency or acci-
dent, locked doors will complicate access to
the vehicle interior to help the passengers.
●
Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the vehicle. The central locking but-
ton can be used to lock all the doors from
within. Therefore, passengers will be locked
inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the
vehicle can be exposed to very high or very
low temperatures.
●
Depending on the time of the year, temper-
atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting
in serious injuries and illness or even death,
particularly for young children.
●
Never leave individuals locked in a closed
and locked vehicle. In case of emergency,
they may not be able to exit the vehicle by
themselves or get help.
94
Opening and closing
Description of the central locking sys-
t
em
The central locking system allows all doors
and the rear lid t
o be locked and unlocked
centrally.
●
From outside, using the vehicle key.
●
From inside, by pushing the central locking
button ››› page 97.
The central locking system can be activated
or deactivated at a specialised workshop.
In case of a vehicle key fault or central lock-
ing system fault, all doors can be locked or
unlocked manually.
Locking the vehicle after the airbags have
been deployed
If the airbags are deployed due to an acci-
dent, the vehicle will be automatically and
completely unlocked. Depending on the
amount of damage, it can be locked follow-
ing an accident in the following ways:
Function Necessary operations
Lock the vehicle,
by pushing the
central locking
button:
– Turn off the ignition and turn it on
again.
– Push the central locking button
.
Function Necessary operations
Use the key to
lock the vehicle:
– Turn off the ignition and turn it on
again.
OR: Remove the key from the igni-
tion.
– Open any door just once.
– Lock the vehicle with the key.
Note
If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed
›››
page 92 or one of the central locking but-
tons ››› Fig. 103 is pressed repeatedly in
short succession, the central locking briefly
disconnects as protection against overload-
ing. In this case, the vehicle remains un-
locked for about 30 seconds. If neither the
door or the boot is opened during this time,
the vehicle will then automatically lock.
Unlocking and locking the vehicle
fr
om out
s
ide
Fig. 101 Buttons on the vehicle key
Fig. 102 Vehicle mechanical key
Central locking
Function Handling the buttons on the
vehicle ››› Fig. 101
Unlocking the
vehicle.
Press button
.
»
95
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Function Handling the buttons on the
vehicle ››› Fig. 101
Lock the vehi-
cle.
Press button
.
Unlocking the
rear lid.
Press button
.
Locking the rear
lid.
Press button
.
Function Handling the vehicle key
››› Fig. 101 in the lock cylinder
or with the vehicle mechanical
key ››› Fig. 102.
Unlocking the
vehicle.
Insert the vehicle key into the lock
cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in an anticlockwise direc-
tion.
Lock the vehicle. Insert the vehicle key into the lock
cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in a clockwise direction.
Unlocking the
rear lid.
Insert the vehicle key into the lock
cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in an anticlockwise direc-
tion.
Locking the rear
lid.
Insert the vehicle key into the lock
cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in a clockwise direction.
Please note: dependin
g on the oper
ation of
the c
entral locking feature set by a special-
ised workshop, in order to unlock all the
doors and the rear lid, press the button
twice.
The
v
ehic
le key only locks and unlocks the
vehicle if it is within range of the vehicle and
if the battery has enough power.
●
Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals
will flash once in confirmation.
●
Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signals
will flash twice in confirmation.
If the turn signals do not flash in confirma-
tion, at least one of the doors or the rear lid
has been left unlocked.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot
be locked with the key. If you unlock the vehi-
cle without opening any doors or the rear lid,
it will lock again automatically after a few
seconds. This function prevents the vehicle
from remaining unlocked if the unlocking
button is pressed by mistake.
Mechanical locking
Function
Using the vehicle's mechani-
cal key ››› Fig. 102 in the lock
cylinder
Locking the driv-
er door manually.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key in-
to the lock cylinder of the driver
door and turn the key in an anti-
clockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into
the lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in a clockwise di-
rection.
Locking and un-
locking the rear
lid.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key in-
to the lock cylinder of the driver
door and turn the key in an anti-
clockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into
the lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in a clockwise di-
rection.
If the driver's door is open, it cannot be
loc
k
ed w
ith the vehicle key.
96
Opening and closing
Locking or unlocking the vehicle from
the in
s
ide
Fig. 103 In the driver door: central locking
b
utt
on
Fig. 104 In the passenger door: door handle
f
or mec
h
anical locking.
Central locking
Push the button ››› Fig. 103:
Unlocking the vehicle.
Locking the vehicle.
The central locking button is still operative
when the ignition is sw
itched off.
If the vehicle has been locked with the vehi-
cle key, the central locking button does not
operate.
Please note the following when you use the
central locking button to lock your vehicle:
●
The "Safe" security system wil
l not activate
›››
page 97.
●
It will not be possible to open the doors or
the rear lid from the outside. This may offer
extra safety, for example when stopped at
traffic lights.
●
The doors can be opened and unlocked in-
dividually from the inside by pulling the in-
side door handle. If necessary, pull the door
release lever twice.
●
The driver door cannot be locked when
open. This avoids locking the vehicle key in-
side the vehicle when there is nobody inside.
Mechanical locking
The doors are locked by pressing the door
lever, so that the red mark becomes visible
››› Fig. 104
1
.
T
o u
n
lock a door, pull its corresponding door
lever.
If the vehicle becomes locked, take note of
the following:
●
The "Safe" security system will not activate
››› page 97.
●
It will not be possible to open the doors
from the outside, when stopped at traffic
lights for example.
●
The doors can be opened and unlocked in-
dividually from the inside by pulling the in-
side door handle.
●
The driver door cannot be locked using the
central locking system when it is still open.
This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the
vehicle when there is nobody inside.
“Safe” security system*
Function Necessary operations
Locks the vehicle with
the "Safe" security sys-
tem.
Press the
button once on
the vehicle key.
»
97
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Function Necessary operations
Locks the vehicle with-
out the "Safe" security
system.
Press the
button twice on
the vehicle key.
Press the central locking but-
ton
on the driver door
once.
When the vehicle is locked, the "Safe" securi-
ty sys
tem deactivates the door handles, mak-
ing the vehicle difficult to open. The doors
cannot be opened from inside ›››
.
Upon swit
ching off the ignition, the instru-
ment panel display will show that the “dead-
lock” is activated or (SAFELOCK or SAFE-
LOCK).
When the deadlock is switched off:
●
The vehicle can be opened and unlocked
from the ins
ide using an inside door handle.
Control lamp on the driver door
When the vehicle is
locked:
Meaning
The red LED flashes for ap-
proximately 2 seconds at
short intervals and then more
slowly.
The "Safe" security
system is switched on.
The red LED flashes for about
two seconds then turns off. Af-
ter 30 seconds, the LED flash-
es again.
The "Safe" security
system is switched off.
When the vehicle is
locked:
Meaning
The red LED flashes for about
two seconds at short inter-
vals. Subsequently, the light
will remain switched on for
about. 30 seconds.
There is a fault in the
locking system. Con-
tact a specialised
workshop.
WARNING
Careless use of the "Safe" security system
can cau
se serious injury.
●
Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if it
has been locked using the key. When the
"Safe" security system is activated, doors
cannot be opened from the inside!
●
When the doors are locked, it is difficult to
get to passengers in the vehicle interior in
case of an emergency. Passengers could re-
main trapped inside and unable to unlock the
doors in case of an emergency.
Doors
Intr
oduction
WARNING
If a door is not correctly closed, it could open
unexpect
edly when driving and cause serious
injuries.
●
Alwa
ys stop immediately and close the
door.
●
When closing, ensure that the door has
closed correctly. A closed door should be
flush with the corresponding parts of the
bodywork.
●
Open and close doors only when nobody is
in the way of the door.
WARNING
A door held open by its retainer could be
b
lown c
losed by the wind or close if the vehi-
cle is on a hill, causing injury.
●
When opening and closing doors, always
use the door handle.
Childproof lock
Fig. 105 Childproof lock on the left hand side
door
98
Opening and closing
The childproof lock prevents the rear doors
fr
om bein
g opened fr
om the inside. This sys-
tem prevents minors from opening a door ac-
cidentally while the vehicle is running.
This function is independent of the vehicle
electronic opening and locking systems. It
only affects rear doors. It can only be activa-
ted and deactivated manually, as described
below:
Activating the childproof lock
–
Unlock the vehicle and open the door in
which you wish to activate the childproof
lock.
–
With the door open, rotate the groove in
the door using the ignition key, anti-clock-
wise for the left-hand side doors ››› Fig. 105
and clockwise for the right-hand side
doors.
Deactivating the childproof lock
–
Unlock the vehicle and open the door
whose childproof lock you want to deacti-
vate.
–
With the door open, rotate the groove in
the door using the ignition key, anti-clock-
wise for the right-hand side doors, and
clockwise for the left-hand side doors
›››
Fig. 105.
Once the childproof lock is activated, the
door can only be opened from the outside.
The childproof lock can be activated or deac-
tivated by inserting the key in the groove
when the door is open, as described above.
Rear lid
Introduction
WARNING
Careless and unsuitable locking, opening and
clos
ing of the rear lid can cause accidents
and serious injury.
●
Open and close the rear lid only when no-
body is in the way.
●
Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down
with your hand on the rear window. This
could break and cause injury.
●
Ensure the rear lid is locked after closing,
otherwise, it may open unexpectedly while
driving. A closed rear lid should be flush with
the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
●
Always keep the rear lid closed while driv-
ing to avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle
interior.
●
Do not open the rear lid when there is a
load installed, for example a carrier system.
Likewise, the boot hatch cannot be opened
when a load is attached to it, for example bi-
cycles. An open rear lid could close itself if
there is an additional weight on it. If necessa-
ry, press down on the rear lid and remove the
load.
●
C
lose and lock both the rear lid and all the
other doors when you are not using the vehi-
cle. Ensure that nobody remains inside the
vehicle.
●
Never allow children to play inside or
around the vehicle without supervision, espe-
cially if the rear lid is open. Children could
enter the luggage compartment, close the
rear lid and become trapped. Depending on
the time of the year, temperatures inside a
locked and closed vehicle can be extremely
high or extremely low resulting in serious in-
juries and illness or even death, particularly
for young children.
●
Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the vehicle. If the vehicle key or the
central locking button is used, they may be
locked in the vehicle.
CAUTION
Before opening the rear lid, ensure that there
is s
ufficient free space to open and close it,
for example if you are in a garage.
99
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Opening the rear lid
Fig. 106 On the vehicle key: button to unlock
and open the boot
h
at
ch.
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 9
If bicycles are attached to a rack on the boot
hatch, for example, in some cases, it may not
open automatically ›››
. Remove the load
fr
om the c
arrier and s
upport the open rear
lid.
Opening with central locking
●
Press the button
on the vehicle key
›
›
›
Fig. 106 for about one second to unlock
the boot hatch.
●
OR: Press the button
on the vehicle key
u
nti
l
the rear lid opens automatically several
centimetres.
●
Opening the rear lid with the button.
Opening with the vehicle mechanical key
●
Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder
of the driver door and turn the key in an anti-
clockwise direction ››› page 94.
●
Opening the rear lid with the button.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening
of the re
ar lid could cause serious injuries.
●
If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the
rear lid, it could be unlocked or open but not
recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear
lid could open unexpectedly while driving.
Note
At outside temperatures of less than 0 °C
(+32 °F), the pres
surised gas struts cannot
always automatically lift the rear lid. In this
case, open the rear lid manually.
Closing the rear lid
Fig. 107 Rear lid open: hand grip
Closing the rear lid
●
Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid
›
›
›
Fig. 107 (arrow).
●
Push the rear lid downwards until it locks
into place in the lock.
●
Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling
on it firmly.
Locking the rear lid with central locking*
If you unlock the vehicle without opening any
doors or the rear lid, it will lock again auto-
matically after about 30 seconds. This func-
tion prevents the vehicle from remaining un-
locked if the unlocking button is pressed by
mistake.
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is
correctly and fully closed.
100
Opening and closing
●
The r
e
ar lid i
s also locked by a central lock-
ing.
●
If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked
using the
button, when it is closed once
mor
e it
w
ill lock automatically.
●
A closed but not locked rear lid will lock au-
tomatically at a speed above about 9 km/h
(6 mph).
Locking the rear lid with the vehicle mechan-
ical key
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is
correctly and fully closed.
●
Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder
of the driver door and turn the key in a clock-
wise direction ››› page 94.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of
the rear lid c
ould cause serious injuries.
●
Never leave the vehicle unattended, or al-
low children to play inside or around the vehi-
cle without supervision, especially if the rear
lid is open. Children could enter the luggage
compartment, close the rear lid and become
trapped. A locked vehicle can be subjected to
extremely high and low temperatures, de-
pending on the time of year, thus causing se-
rious injuries/illness and even death.
Note
Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the
key h
as not been left inside the luggage com-
partment.
Electric windows
Opening and clo
sing the electric win-
dows
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 11
WARNING
Careless use of the electric windows can
cause seriou
s injury.
●
Only operate the electric windows when
nobody is in the way.
●
Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be
locked. The windows cannot be opened in
case of an emergency.
●
Always take all the keys with you whenever
you leave the vehicle. After turning off the ig-
nition, the windows can be opened and
closed for a short time using the buttons on
the door as long as the driver door or passen-
ger side door is not open.
CAUTION
When the windows are open, rain can enter
the vehic
le, dampening the interior equip-
ment and causing damage to the vehicle.
Side-opening rear windows
Fig. 108 Lever to open and close the rear win-
do
w
Opening
P
u
l
l the release lever in the direction of arrow
A
and press outward until the lever engag-
e
s.
C
lo
sing
Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow
B
and then press the lever backward until it
en
g
ag
es.
101
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Sliding/tilting electric panor-
amic
s
u
nroof
Opening and closing the panoramic
sunroof
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 11
The sliding/tilting sunroof only works when
switched on. After switching off, it is still pos-
sible to open or close the sliding/tilting sun-
roof during a short space of time provided
that neither the driver nor passenger door is
opened.
All operations are interrupted when the rotary
knob is actuated.
If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilt-
ing sunroof electrically, it would need to be
closed manually. It is not possible to do an
emergency close of the sliding/tilting sun-
roof without removing components of the ve-
hicle. In such a case, obtain professional as-
sistance.
Sliding blind
With the roof grab handle situated in the rear
part of the roof opening, it is possible to
move the sliding blind to the required posi-
tion.
WARNING
If the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sun-
roof i
s used negligently or without paying
due attention, it can cause serious injury.
●
The sliding/tilting sunroof should only be
opened or closed when no one is blocking its
path.
●
After switching off, it is still possible to
open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof dur-
ing a short space of time provided that nei-
ther the driver nor passenger door is opened.
CAUTION
●
To prev
ent damage, when there are winter
temperatures any ice or snow that there may
be on the roof of the vehicle must be removed
before opening or raising the sliding/tilting
electric panoramic sunroof.
●
Before leaving the vehicle or in the case of
heavy rain, the sliding/tilting sunroof must
always be closed. With the sliding/tilting
sunroof open or raised, water can enter the
passenger compartment and can cause con-
siderable damage to the electrical system. As
a result, other damage can occur in the vehi-
cle.
●
In the case of heavy rain, if the sliding/tilt-
ing sunroof is open, the interior equipment of
the vehicle may get wet, destroying the seat
heating and damaging the electrical system
of the vehicle.
Note
●
Leav
es and other loose objects that land in
the guides of the sliding/tilting sunroof
should be removed periodically by hand or
using a vacuum cleaner.
●
If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not work
correctly, the anti-trap function will not work
either. In this case, you should take the vehi-
cle to a specialised workshop.
●
The convenience position permits sufficient
ventilation with a level of sound produced by
low wind.
Anti-trap function of the sliding/tilt-
in
g el
ectric
panoramic sunroof
The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of
injur
y
when c
losing the sliding/tilting electric
panoramic sunroof
›››
. If the sliding/tilting
s
u
nr
oof encounters resistance or an obstacle
when closing, it will immediately reopen.
●
Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof has
not closed.
●
Try to close it again.
●
If it is still not possible to close it due to an
obstacle or resistance, it will remain in the
corresponding position. Close it without the
anti-trap function.
102
Lights and visibility
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic
s
u
nr
oof without the anti-trap function
●
Within about 5 seconds of activating the
anti-trap function, pull knob ›››
Fig. 12
5
until the sliding/tilting sunroof is fully
c
lo
sed.
●
As
such, the sliding/tilting sunroof will
close without the anti-trap function!
●
If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit a
specialised workshop.
If the knob is released during the closing op-
eration, the sliding/tilting electric panoramic
sunroof opens automatically.
WARNING
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic
sunr
oof without the anti-trap function can re-
sult in serious injury.
●
The sliding/tilting sunroof should always
be closed carefully.
●
No person should ever remain in the way of
the sliding/tilting sunroof, especially when
closing without the anti-trap function.
●
The anti-trap function does not prevent fin-
gers or other parts of the body from becom-
ing trapped against the roof frame and inju-
ries occurring.
Lights and visibility
Light
s
C
ontr
ol lamps
It lights up
Rear fog light switched on ››› page 21.
It lights up
Front fog lights switched on ››› page 21.
It lights up
Left or right turn signal.
The control lamp flickers twice as fast when a vehicle
turn signal is intermittent. If necessary, check the vehi-
cle's lights.
It lights up
Main beam on or flasher on ››› page 105.
Several warning and control lamps light up
f
or a f
ew sec
onds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ›››
in On the
instrument
panel on page 26.
Switching lights on and off
Fig. 109 Next to the steering wheel: diagram
of
some of
the type
s of light switch
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 21
The legal requirements regarding the use of
vehicle lights in each country must be ob-
served.
The driver is personally responsible for the
correct use and adjustment of the lights in all
situations.
»
103
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Audible warnings to advise the driver that
the light
s
h
ave not been switched off
If the key is not in the ignition and the driver
door is open, an audible warning signal is
heard in the following cases: this is a remind-
er to turn off the lights.
●
When the light switch is in position .
●
When the light switch is in position .
WARNING
The side lights or daytime running lights are
not bright enough t
o illuminate the road
ahead and to ensure that other road users are
able to see you.
●
Always use your dipped beam head lights if
it is raining or if visibility is poor.
WARNING
If the headlights are set too high and not
used corr
ectly, there is a risk of dazzling or
distracting other road users. This could result
in a serious accident.
●
Always make sure that the headlights are
correctly adjusted.
Lights and visibility: functions
Parking light remains on both sides
If
when sw
it
ching off the ignition, the light
control remains in the position and the ve-
hicle is closed from outside, both headlights,
in addition to the side lights and the rear
lights will light up.
Daytime running lights
The daytime driving light consists of individu-
al lights in the front headlamps.
When the daytime driving light is switched
on, only the individual lights come on ›››
.
The d
a
ytime lights
are turned on each time
the ignition is connected if the light switch
is in position o. .
WARNING
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is
not cl
early visible to other drivers, an acci-
dent may occur.
●
Never use the daytime driving light if the
road is not well-lit as a result of the weather
conditions and poor visibility. The daytime
driving lights are not bright enough to illumi-
nate the road ahead and to ensure that other
road users are able to see you.
●
The rear lights do not come on with the
daytime driving light. A vehicle which does
not have the rear lights on may not be visible
to other drivers in the darkness, if it is rain-
ing or in conditions of poor visibility.
Note
The headlights, rear lights and turn signals
may
mist up temporarily on the inside in cool
or damp weather. This is normal and in no
way
effects the useful life of the vehicle light-
ing system.
Automatic dipped beam control
*
The automatic dipped beam control is merely
intended as
an aid and is not able to recog-
nise all driving situations.
When the light switch is in position , the
vehicle lights and the instrument panel and
switch lighting switch on and off automatical-
ly in the following situations ›››
in Lights
and
v
i
sibility: functions on page 104:
Automatic switching
on
Automatic switching
off
The photo sensor detects
darkness, for example,
when driving through a
tunnel.
When adequate lighting is
detected.
The rain sensor detects
rain and activates the
windscreen wipers.
When the windscreen wip-
ers have been inactive for
a few minutes.
WARNING
If the road is not well lit and other road users
cannot see the
vehicle well enough or at all,
accidents may occur.
●
The automatic dipped beam control ()
only switches on the dipped beam when
104
Lights and visibility
there are no changes in brightness, and not,
for ex
ample when it is foggy.
“Coming Home” and “Leaving Home”
function (e
xterior guidance lights)
“Coming Home” and “Leaving Home” Func-
tion lights up the clo
sest environment to the
vehicle when increasing and lowering the en-
vironment in case of darkness.
The “Coming Home” function should be con-
nected manually. The “Leaving Home” func-
tion is automatically controlled by a rain and
light sensor.
Activating the “Coming Home function”
●
Switch the ignition off.
●
Operate the headlight flashers for approxi-
mately
1 second ›››
page 21.
When the driver’s car door is opened, the
“Coming Home” lighting is connected. The
delay in disconnecting the headlights starts
when the last door or rear lid is closed.
Deactivating the “Coming Home function”
●
It is automatically disconnected once the
time set for the delay in disconnecting the
lights has lapsed.
●
OR: it is automatically disconnected if,
30 seconds after having activated the func-
tion, even if any vehicle door or the rear lid is
still open.
●
OR: turn the light switch to the position .
●
OR: connect the ignition.
Activating the “Leaving Home function”
●
Unlock the vehicle (the light switch has to
be in the position and the rain and light
sensor to detect darkness).
Deactivating the “Leaving Home function”
●
It is automatically disconnected once the
set time for the delay in disconnecting the
lights has lapsed.
●
OR: block the vehicle.
●
OR: turn the light switch to the position .
●
OR: connect the ignition.
Turn signal and main beam lever
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 21
Convenience turn signals
For the convenience turn signals, move the
lever as far as possible upwards or down-
wards and release the lever. The turn signal
will flash 3 times.
The convenience indicators can be deactiva-
ted at a Specialised workshop.
WARNING
Improper or lack of use of the turn signals, or
forg
etting to deactivate them can confuse
other road users. This could result in a seri-
ous accident.
●
Always give warning when you are going to
change lane, overtake or when turning, acti-
vating the turn signal in good time.
●
As soon as you have finished changing
lane, overtaking or turning, switch the turn
signal off.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the headlights may cause ac-
cidents
and serious injury, as the main beam
may distract or dazzle other drivers.
Note
●
If the con
venience turn signals are operat-
ing (three flashes) and the other convenience
turn signals are switched on, the active part
stops flashing and only flashes once in the
new part selected.
●
The turn signal only works when the igni-
tion is switched on. The hazard warning
lights also work when the ignition is switch-
ed off ››› page 70.
●
If any of both turn signals fails, the warning
lamp will start flashing twice faster than nor-
mal.
»
105
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
●
The main beam headligh
ts can only be
switched on if the dipped beam headlights
are already on.
Hazard warning lights
Fig. 110 Dash panel: Button for switching the
h
az
ar
d lights warning system on and off.
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 21
Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a
broken down vehicle. In a number of coun-
tries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn
on the hazard warning lights and use a re-
flective safety vest ››› page 70.
If your vehicle breaks down:
Park the vehicle a safe distance from
traffic and on suitable ground ›››
.
T
urn on the h
az
ard warning lights with
the button
›
›
› Fig. 110
.
1.
2.
Apply the handbrake firmly
››› page 137.
Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the
selector lever in position N ››› page 143.
Switch off the engine and remove the
key from the ignition.
Have all occupants leave the vehicle and
move to safety, for example behind a
guard rail.
When leaving the vehicle, take all keys
with you.
Place an emergency warning triangle to
indicate the position of your vehicle to
other road users.
Allow the engine to cool and check if a
specialist is required.
When being towed with the hazard warning
lights on, a change in direction or traffic lane
can be indicated as usual using the turn sig-
nal lever. The hazard lights will be interrup-
ted temporarily.
If the hazard warning lights are not working,
you must use an alternative method of draw-
ing attention to your vehicle. This method
must comply with traffic legislation.
WARNING
A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk of
accident
for the driver and for other road
users.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
●
Stop the v
ehicle safely as soon as possible.
Park the vehicle a safe distance from sur-
rounding traffic to lock all the doors in case of
an emergency. Turn on the hazard warning
lights to warn other road users.
●
Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be
locked. In case of an emergency, passengers
will be trapped inside the vehicle. Individuals
locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very
high or very low temperatures.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach
very
high temperatures. This could cause a
fire and considerable damage.
●
Always park your vehicle so that no part of
the exhaust system can come in contact with
flammable materials (such as dried grass or
fuel).
Note
●
The vehic
le battery will discharge and run
down if the hazard warning lights remain on
for too long (even with the ignition turned
off).
●
In some vehicles, the brake lights will flash
when braking abruptly at speeds of approxi-
mately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warn vehicles
travelling behind. If braking continues, the
hazard warning lights system will automati-
cally be turned on at a speed of less than ap-
proximately 10 km/h (6 mph). The brake
106
Lights and visibility
lights remain lit. Upon accelerating, the haz-
ard warnin
g lights will be automatically
turned off.
Adjusting the headlights
In those countries where vehicles drive on
the other side of the r
oad to the home coun-
try, the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle
drivers of oncoming vehicles.
For this reason, stickers may be needed to
cover the headlights when driving abroad.
For further information, please refer to a spe-
cialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting
a technical service.
Note
The use of stickers to cover headlights is only
permitted ov
er a short period. To modify the
direction of the headlamps more permanent-
ly, please take the vehicle to a specialised
workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car
in for technical service.
Headlight range control, lighting of
the in
s
trument
panel and controls
Fig. 111 Next to the steering wheel: Head-
light
r
an
ge control
Headlamp height adjustment
The he
a
dlight
range control ››› Fig. 111 is
modified according to the value of the head-
light beam and the vehicle load status. This
offers the driver optimum visibility and the
headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers
›››
.
The he
a
dlights
can only be adjusted when
the dipped beam is switched on.
To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 111:
Value Vehicle load status
a)
–
Two front occupants, luggage compart-
ment empty
To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 111:
Value Vehicle load status
a)
1
All seats occupied, luggage compartment
empty
2
All seats occupied, luggage compartment
full
3 Driver only, luggage compartment full
a)
If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the
table, it is possible to select intermediary positions.
Instrument and switch lighting
When the side lights or dipped beam head-
lights are switched on, the lighting for instru-
ments and controls lights up at a constant
brightness.
WARNING
Heavy objects in the back of vehicle may
cause he
adlight dazzle and distract other
drivers. This could result in a serious acci-
dent.
●
Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load
status so that it does not blind other drivers.
Luggage compartment light
The light is activated when the rear lid is
open, ev
en when the ignition and lights
ar
e
turned off. For this reason, ensure that the
rear lid is always closed.
107
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Visibility
S
u
n
visors
Fig. 112 Sun visor
Options for adjusting driver and front pas-
sen
g
er s
un visors:
●
Lower the sun visor towards the wind-
screen.
●
The sun visor can be pulled out of its
mounting and turned towards the door.
●
Swing the sun visor towards the door, lon-
gitudinally backwards.
Vanity mirror*
There may be a vanity mirror in the folded
sun visor on the passenger side and a card-
holder in the driver sun visor.
WARNING
Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility.
●
Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors
awa
y when not in use.
Heat-insulating glass windscreen
Fig. 113 Windscreen with reflective infrared
and met
al
c
oating and small window (red sur-
face)
The heat-insulating windscreens include a re-
fl
ectiv
e infr
ared coating. The section above
the rear vision mirror has been left uncoated
(communication window) to allow electric
components from the accessories shop to
operate correctly
›››
Fig. 113.
CAUTION
When the uncoated surface is covered or has
a stick
er on the interior or exterior, malfunc-
tions in the electronic components may oc-
cur. Nev
er cover the uncoated surface on the
interior or exterior.
Windscreen wiper and window
wiper sys
tems
Window wiper lever
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 22
WARNING
Water from the windscreen washer water bot-
tle ma
y freeze on the windscreen if it does
not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing for-
ward visibility.
●
In winter, ensure the windscreen washer
contains enough anti-freeze.
●
In cold conditions, you should not use the
wash/wipe system unless you have warmed
the windscreen with the ventilation system.
The antifreeze could freeze on the windscreen
and reduce visibility.
WARNING
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility
and incre
ase the risk of accident and serious
injury.
108
Lights and visibility
●
Alwa
ys replace damaged or worn blades or
blades which do not clean the windscreen
correctly.
CAUTION
In icy conditions, always check that the wiper
b
la
des are not frozen to the glass before us-
ing the wipers for the first time. In cold
weather, it may help to leave the vehicle
parked with the wipers in service position
›››
page 45.
CAUTION
If the ignition is switched off while the wind-
scr
een wipers are on, the windscreen wipers
carry on wiping at the same level when the
ignition is switched back on. Ice, snow and
other obstacles may damage the windscreen
wiper and the respective motor.
●
If necessary, remove snow and ice from the
windscreen wipers before starting your jour-
ney.
●
Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wipers
from the glass. SEAT recommends a de-icer
spray for this operation.
Note
●
The winds
creen wipers will only work when
the ignition is switched on.
●
The interval wipe speed varies according to
the vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle is
moving, the more often the windscreen is
cle
aned.
●
The rear wiper is automatically switched on
when the windscreen wiper is on and the car
is in reverse gear.
Functions of the windscreen wiper
Windscreen wiper performance in different sit-
uations
If the vehicle is at a
standstill
The activated position provision-
ally changes to the previous posi-
tion.
For intermittent wip-
ers
Intervals between wipes depend
on the vehicle's speed. The high-
er the vehicle speed the shorter
the intervals.
Note
The wiper will try to wipe away any obstacles
that ar
e on the windscreen. The wiper will
stop moving if the obstacle blocks its path.
Remove the obstacle and switch the wiper
back on again.
Rain and light sensor
Fig. 114 Windscreen wiper lever: setting rain
sen
sor
1
.
Fig. 115 Reference surface of the rain sensor.
When it is activated, the rain and light sensor
aut
om
atic
ally controls the intervals of the
windscreen wiper depending on the intensity
of the precipitation.
»
109
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
When the rain and light sensor is deactiva-
t
ed, the dur
ation of
the intervals is set to
fixed levels.
Activating and deactivating the rain and
light sensor
Press the lever to the desired position.
››› Fig. 114:
●
Position
A
- The rain and light sensor is
de
activ
at
ed.
●
Position
B
- The rain and light sensor is
activ
at
ed and the aut
omatic wipe shall occur,
if necessary.
When the ignition is disconnected and con-
nects again, the rain and light sensor re-
mains activated and starts operating again
when the windscreen wiper lever is in posi-
tion
B
and the vehicle is travelling at more
th
an 4 km/h (2 mph).
Settin
g the sen
sitivity level of the rain and
light sensor
The sensitivity of the rain and light sensor
can automatically be set with switch
1
loca-
t
ed on the w
ind
screen wiper lever ›››
.
●
Moving the switch to the right: highly sen-
s
itiv
e.
●
Mo
ving the switch to the left: less sensi-
tive.
Malfunction of the rain and light sensor
Some examples of possible causes of mal-
functions and mistaken readings in the area
of reference surface ››› Fig. 115
1
of the rain
and light
sen
sor:
●
W
indscreen wiper blades in poor condi-
tion: the presence of a film or strips of water
due to the poor condition of the wiper blades
can lead to the windscreen blade function
possibly being prolonged, or the wipe inter-
vals may get shorter or the wipe may happen
to be quick and continuous.
●
Insects: the impact of gnats/mosquitoes
on the windscreen can lead to the wind-
screen wiper operation starting up.
●
Salt traces: in winter it is possible that the
windscreen wipers may run longer than usual
due to the presence of salt traces on the al-
most dry windscreen.
●
Dirt: the presence of dry dust, wax, protec-
tive films (lotus effect), remnant of detergent
(from the car wash tunnel), etc., on the wind-
screen can possibly lead to the rain and light
sensor reacting in a more sensitive way, later,
slower, or that it may not react at all.
●
Cracked windscreen: the impact of a stone
may make the windscreen wipers to carry out
a wipe cycle if the rain and light sensor is ac-
tivated. Subsequently, the sensor detects
that the reference surface has been reduced
and adapts. The behaviour of the sensor acti-
vation can vary based on the size of the im-
pact.
Clean the reference surface of rain and light
sensor
1
regularly and check that the wind-
s
c
r
een wiper blades are not damaged.
CAUTION
The rain and light sensor may not always de-
tect the pr
ecipitation accurately enough and
connect the windscreen wipers properly.
●
If necessary, connect the wipers manually
and appropriately when water on the wind-
screen obstructs visibility.
Note
It is recommended using a windscreen clean-
ing product
that may contain alcohol to re-
move the remnant of wax or polish.
110
Lights and visibility
Mirror
Int
erior r
e
ar vision mirror
Fig. 116 Manual anti-dazzle function for rear
v
i
s
ion mirror
The driver should always adjust the rear vi-
s
ion mirr
or t
o permit adequate visibility
through the rear window.
Manual anti-dazzle function for interior rear
vision mirror
●
Basic position: point the lever at the bot-
tom of the mirror forwards.
●
Pull the lever to the back to select the anti-
dazzle function ››› Fig. 116.
Exterior mirrors
Fig. 117 In the front doors: button to adjust
the mec
h
anic
al exterior rear vision mirror
Fig. 118 In the driver door: rotary control for
the e
xt
erior el
ectric mirrors
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 13
Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the
adjust button ››› Fig. 117 or the rotary con-
trol* ››› Fig. 118.
Folding in the exterior mirrors and returning
them to their original position is possible
through a mechanical system. Carefully fold
the exterior rear vision mirror casing towards
the side window or pull it away from the win-
dow until it clicks into place.
WARNING
Fold and unfold the exterior mirror, taking
care t
o avoid injuries.
●
Only fold or unfold the exterior mirror when
there is no-one in the way of the mirror.
●
When moving the mirror, take care not to
trap fingers between the mirror and the mir-
ror bracket.
WARNING
Failure to correctly estimate the distance of
the vehic
le behind could lead to serious acci-
dent.
●
Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors in-
crease the field of vision, however objects ap-
pear smaller and further away in the mirrors.
●
The use of these mirrors to estimate the
distance to the next vehicle when changing
lane is imprecise and could result in serious
accident.
●
If possible, use the rear vision mirror to es-
timate distances to vehicles behind you or in
other circumstances.
●
Make sure that the rear visibility is ade-
quate.
»
111
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
For the sake of the environment
The exterior mirror heating should be switch-
ed off when it i
s no longer needed. Other-
wise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste.
Note
In the event of a fault, the electric exterior
mirrors
can be adjusted manually by pressing
the edge of the mirror surface.
Seats and head restraints
Adju
s
tin
g the seat and head re-
straints
Manual front seat adjustment
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 12
WARNING
The safe driving chapter contains important
information, tip
s, suggestions and warnings
that you should read and observe for your
own safety and the safety of your passengers
››› page 48.
WARNING
●
Adjust
the front seats only when the vehi-
cle is stationary. Failure to follow this instruc-
tion could result in an accident.
●
Be careful when adjusting the seat height.
Careless or uncontrolled adjustment can
cause injuries.
●
The front seat backrests must not be re-
clined for driving. Otherwise, seat belts and
the airbag system might not protect as they
should in case of an accident, increasing risk
of injury.
Removing and fitting the rear head re-
s
tr
aint
s
Fig. 119 Removing the rear head restraint
The rear seats are equipped with a head re-
s
tr
aint
.
Removing the rear head restraint.
●
Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward
››› page 123.
●
Push the head restraint up as far as it will
go ›››
.
●
Pull the head restraint out of the fitting
w
ithout
r
eleasing the button ››› Fig. 119
1
.
●
Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward
ag
ain u
nti
l it is engaged.
●
Safely store the removed head restraints.
Fitting the rear head restraint
●
Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward
››› page 123.
112
Seats and head restraints
●
In
ser
t
the head restraint into the guides on
the seat backrest.
●
Push the head restraint down as far as it
will go while pressing button
1
.
●
Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward
ag
ain u
nti
l it is engaged.
●
Adjust the head restraint to the correct po-
sition ››› page 51.
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed
or improperly a
djusted increases the risk of
severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci-
dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.
●
Always fit and adjust the head restraint
properly whenever a person is occupying a
seat.
●
Refit any removed head restraints immedi-
ately so that passengers are properly protec-
ted.
CAUTION
When removing and fitting the head restraint,
make s
ure it does not hit the headliner of the
vehicle or the front seat backrest. Otherwise,
the interior roof and other parts of the vehicle
could be damaged.
Seat functions
Se
at
he
ating*
Fig. 120 In the centre console: Front seats
he
atin
g sw
itch
With the engine connected, the seat cushion
and the b
ac
k
rests can be heated electrically.
●
Switching on: Press the button
or
the
t
op p
ar
t of the centre console. Seat heating
functions at maximum output. All of the con-
trol lamps are turned on.
●
Adjust: Press the button repeatedly
or
even setting the desired level.
●
Switching off: Pr
e
s
s the button
or
as
m
an
y
times as need be until no control lamp
is lit on the button.
When the seat heating is at maximum level,
after approx. 15 minutes have lapsed, the
first level is automatically set.
Cases in which the seat heating should not
be connected
If any of the following conditions are encoun-
tered, do not connect the seat heating:
●
The seat is not occupied.
●
The seat is covered with a covering.
●
A child seat is installed on the seat.
●
The seat cushion is damp or wet.
●
The outdoor or passenger compartment
temperature is greater than +25 °C (77 °F).
WARNING
Those persons whose tolerance to pain or
temperat
ure is affected by taking medication
or by any type of paralysis or chronic illness
(i.e. diabetes) may sustain burns on the
shoulder, backside or legs. These burns take
considerable time to heal up or do not man-
age to heal up completely. If you have any
questions concerning your health status, con-
sult a doctor.
●
Those persons who may have a limited tol-
erance to pain or temperature must never use
the seat heating.
WARNING
If the upholstery were to get soaked, the seat
heating c
ould stop running correctly and
might also increase the risk for burns to be
caused.
»
113
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
●
Prior to us
ing the seat heating, be certain
that the seat cushion is dry.
●
Avoid sitting down with damp or wet cloth-
ing.
●
Do not place damp or wet objects or gar-
ments on top of the seat.
●
Do not spill liquids on the seat.
CAUTION
●
T
o avoid d
amaging the heating compo-
nents, please refrain from kneeling on the
seats or applying excessive pressure to a sin-
gle point of the seat cushion and backrest.
●
If liquids are spilled, sharps objects are left
or insulating materials are placed (such as a
covering or child seat), this can manage to
damage the seat heating.
●
In any odour were noted, disconnect the
seat heating immediately and have the unit
inspected by a specialised workshop.
For the sake of the environment
The seat heating must only remain connected
when it is
necessary. Otherwise, it incurs an
unnecessary waste of fuel.
Transport and practical
equipment
T
r
an
sporting objects
Introduction
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage
compar
tment and place the seat backs in a
vertical position. Never overload the vehicle.
Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis-
tribution of the load in the vehicle affect driv-
ing behaviour and braking ability
›››
.
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can
cause seriou
s injury in case of a sudden ma-
noeuvring or breaking or in case of an acci-
dent. This is especially true when objects are
struck by a detonating airbag and fired
through the vehicle interior. To reduce the
risks, please note the following:
●
Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always
keep equipment and heavy objects in the lug-
gage compartment.
●
Always secure objects with suitable rope or
slings so that they cannot enter the deploy-
ment areas around the frontal or side airbags
in case of sudden braking or an accident.
●
Always ensure that objects inside the vehi-
cle cannot move into the deployment area of
the bags while driving.
●
While driv
ing, always keep object compart-
ments closed.
●
Remove all objects from the front passen-
ger seat when it is folded down. When the
seat backrest is folded down, it presses on
small and light objects and these are detec-
ted by the weight sensor on the seat; this
sends false information to the airbag control
unit.
●
While the backrest of the front passenger
seat is folded, the frontal airbag must remain
disconnected and the PASSENGER AIRBAG
OFF light on.
●
Objects secured in the vehicle should never
be placed in such a way as to make passen-
gers sit in an incorrect position.
●
If secured objects occupy a seat, this seat
should not be occupied or used by anyone.
WARNING
The driving behaviour and braking ability
chan
ge when transporting heavy and large
objects.
●
Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
●
Accelerate gently and carefully.
●
Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
●
Brake early.
114
Transport and practical equipment
Transporting the load
Secure all objects in the vehicle
●
Distribute the load throughout the vehicle
and on the roof a
s uniformly as possible.
●
Transport heavy objects as far forward as
possible in the luggage compartment and
lock the seat backs in the vertical position.
●
Check the headlight adjustment
››› page 103.
●
Use the suitable tyre pressure according to
the load being transported. Read the tyre in-
flation information label
›››
page 199.
CAUTION
Objects on the shelf could chafe against the
wire
s of the heating element in the heated
rear window and cause damage.
Note
Please refer to the notes on loading the roof
carrier ››
› page 127.
Driving with the rear lid open
Driving with the rear lid open creates an addi-
tion
al
ri
sk. Secure all objects and secure the
rear lid correctly and take all measures possi-
ble to reduce toxic gases from entering the
vehicle.
WARNING
Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open
coul
d cause serious injuries.
●
Always drive with the rear lid closed.
●
Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose
items could fall out of the vehicle and injure
other road users or damage other vehicles.
●
Drive particularly carefully and think
ahead.
●
Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking giv-
en that this could cause an uncontrolled
movement of the open rear lid.
●
When transporting objects that protrude
out of the luggage compartment, indicate
them suitably. Observe legal requirements.
●
If objects must project out of the luggage
compartment, the rear lid must never be used
to “secure” or “attach” objects.
●
If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, it
should be removed before travelling with the
rear lid open.
WARNING
Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior
when the rear lid i
s open. This could cause
loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide poi-
soning, serious injury and accidents.
●
To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle al-
ways drive with the rear lid closed.
●
In exceptional circumstances, if you must
drive with the rear lid open, observe the fol-
lowing to reduce the entry of toxic gases in-
side the v
ehicle:
–
Close all windows.
–
Disable air recirculation mode.
–
Open all of the air outlets on the instru-
ment panel.
–
Switch on the blower to maximum.
CAUTION
An open boot hatch changes the length and
height
of the
vehicle.
Driving a loaded vehicle
For the best handling when driving a loaded
v
ehic
l
e, note the following:
●
Secure all objects ››› page 115.
●
Accelerate gently and carefully.
●
Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
●
Brake early.
●
If necessary, read the instructions for driv-
ing with a roof carrier system ››› page 127.
WARNING
A sliding load could considerably affect the
stab
ility and safety of the vehicle resulting in
an accident with serious consequences.
●
Secure loads correctly so they do not move.
»
115
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
●
When trans
porting heavy objects, use suit-
able ropes or straps.
●
Lock the seat backs in vertical position.
Practical equipment
Introduction
Storage compartments must only be used to
stor
e light or small objects.
WARNING
In the event of sudden braking movements or
turns, loo
se objects may be thrown around
the vehicle interior. This could cause serious
injuries to passengers and cause the driver to
lose control of the vehicle.
●
Do not transport animals or place hard,
heavy or sharp objects inside the vehicle in:
open storage compartments, dash panel, rear
shelf, items of clothing or bags.
●
While driving, always keep object compart-
ments closed.
WARNING
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could
prevent
use of the pedals. This could lead the
driver to lose control of the vehicle, increas-
ing the risk of a serious accident.
●
Make s
ure the pedals can be used at all
times, with no objects rolling underneath
them.
●
The floor mat should always be secured to
the floor.
●
Never place other mats or rugs on top of
the original mat supplied by the factory.
●
Make sure that no objects can fall into the
driver's footwell while the vehicle is in mo-
tion.
CAUTION
●
O
bj
ects on the shelf could chafe against
the wires of the heating element in the heat-
ed rear window and cause damage.
●
Do not keep temperature-sensitive objects,
food or medicines inside the vehicle. Heat
and cold could damage them or render them
useless.
●
Light-transparent objects placed inside the
vehicle, such as lenses, magnifying glasses
or transparent suction caps on the windows,
may concentrate the sun's rays and cause
damage to the vehicle.
Note
The ventilating slits between the heated rear
window and the r
ear shelf must not be cov-
ered so that used air can escape from the ve-
hicle.
Storage compartment on the driver
s
ide
Fig. 121 On the driver side: storage compart-
ment
There may be a storage compartment on the
driv
er s
ide.
116
Transport and practical equipment
Compartment on the centre console
Fig. 122 In the front part of the centre con-
so
l
e: s
torage compartment
The storage compartment ›
›
›
Fig. 122 may be
used as a drink holder ››› page 120 or as an
ashtray* ››› page 120 or to store small ob-
jects.
Note
A 12 volt electrical socket ›››
page 121 can be
found in the storage compartment.
Storage compartment with cover on
the p
a
s
senger side*
Fig. 123 Storage compartment with cover on
the p
a
s
senger side
There may be a storage compartment with
c
o
v
er on the passenger side.
Opening and closing the storage compart-
ment cover
Pull the lever to open ››› Fig. 123
1
.
T
o
clo
se, press the cover upwards until it
clicks into place.
Sunglasses storage compartment.
Sunglasses can be stored in the passenger
side storage compartment.
The sunglasses storage compartment is in
the upper area of the storage compartment
2
.
S
up
por
ts
Next to the eyeglass storage compartment is
a notebook holder
3
and in the interior of
the s
t
or
age compartment there is a pen hold-
er
4
, a map storage area and a coin tray
5
.
CAUTION
For structural reasons, some model versions
wil
l have gaps behind the glove compartment
into which small objects may fall. This could
lead to strange noises and damage to the ve-
hicle. Therefore, do not store small objects in
the glove compartment, apart from those
stored in the spaces provided.
117
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Bag support*
Fig. 124 Storage on front passenger side:
f
o
l
ding hook.
On the opening lever of the glove compart-
ment
on the p
a
ssenger side there is a folding
hook ››› Fig. 124 for hanging small items of
luggage, e.g. bags, etc.
CAUTION
●
The maximum w
eight for the hook is 1.5
kg.
●
With the hook folded forward, it automati-
cally draws up when the compartment is
opened.
●
We recommend removing hanging bags
from the hook before opening the glove com-
partment.
Open storage compartment on the
p
a
s
senger side*
Fig. 125 Open storage compartment on the
p
a
s
senger side
There may be an open storage compartment
on the p
a
s
senger side.
Support
In the open glove compartment there is a
hook for bags ››› Fig. 125
1
.
Storage compartment in the back of
the c
entr
e c
onsole
Fig. 126 In the back part of the centre con-
so
l
e: s
torage compartment
The drink holder at the back of the centre
c
on
so
le can be used as a storage compart-
ment.
118
Transport and practical equipment
Other storage compartments
Fig. 127 In front of the rear seats: storage
c
omp
ar
tment
Fig. 128 In the centre pillars: coat hooks
Coat hooks
The c
entr
e pi
llars contain garment hooks
››› Fig. 128 (arrow).
Other storage compartments:
●
In the front door trims ››› page 86.
●
In front of the rear seats ››› Fig. 127.
●
Rear shelf for light items of clothing*.
●
Bag hook in the luggage compartment
››› page 123.
●
In the upper part of the centre console, in-
stead of the radio ››› Fig. 94
11
.
WARNING
Clothing hung on the coat hooks could re-
strict the driv
er's view and lead to serious ac-
cidents.
●
Hang the clothes from the hooks so that
driver's view is not restricted.
●
The coat hook is suitable for light items of
clothing. Never place heavy, hard or sharp
objects in the bags.
Drink holders
The drink holders are in the open storage
c
omp
ar
tments in the driver and passenger
doors.
WARNING
Improper use of the drink holders can cause
injury.
●
Do not
place containers with hot drinks in a
drink holder. During sudden braking or driv-
ing manoeuvres, the hot drink could be spil-
led and lead to scalding.
●
Ensur
e that no bottles or other object are
dropped in the driver footwell, as they could
get under the pedals and obstruct their work-
ing.
●
Never place heavy containers, food or other
heavy objects in the drink holder. In the
event of an accident, these heavy objects
could be “thrown around” the vehicle interior
and cause serious injuries.
WARNING
Closed bottles inside the vehicle could ex-
p
lode or cr
ack due to the heat or the cold.
●
Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if
the inside temperature is too high or too low.
CAUTION
Do not leave open drinks containers in the
drink hol
ders when the vehicle is in motion.
They could spill during braking, for example,
and cause damage to the vehicle and the
electrical system.
119
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Centre console drink holders
Fig. 129 In the front part of the centre con-
so
l
e: drink
holder
Fig. 130 In the back part of the centre con-
so
l
e: drink
holder
There are drink holders in the front and rear
p
ar
ts
of the centre console.
Securing the drink container in the front
drink holder
Fold the drink holder ››› Fig. 129 forward.
Place the drink container in the drink holder
so that it is securely surrounded.
Ashtray*
Fig. 131 In the front part of the centre con-
so
l
e: openin
g the ashtray.
Opening and closing the ashtray
T
o
open
, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direc-
tion of the arrow ››› Fig. 131.
To close, push the ashtray lid down.
Emptying the ashtray
●
Remove the ashtray from the storage com-
partment lifting it up.
●
After emptying the ashtray, insert it into the
drink holder from above.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the ashtray may cause a fire
or burns
and other serious injuries.
●
Never put paper or other flammable objects
in the ashtray.
Cigarette lighter*
Fig. 132 In the front part of the centre con-
so
l
e: light
er
●
Push the button on the cigarette lighter in-
w
ar
d w
ith the ignition on ››› Fig. 132.
●
Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly.
●
Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the
cigarette on the glowing coil ›››
.
●
Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert.
120
Transport and practical equipment
WARNING
Undue use of the cigarette lighter may cause
a fire or burn
s and other serious injuries.
●
The cigarette lighter must only be used to
light cigarettes or similar.
●
Never leave children unsupervised in the
vehicle. The cigarette lighter can be used
when the ignition is switched on.
Note
The cigarette lighter can also be used with
the 12 Vo
lt socket.
Power socket*
Fig. 133 Front centre console: 12 Volt socket
in the s
t
or
age compartment
Electrical equipment can be connected to the
soc
k
et
in the vehicle.
All connected appliances should be in per-
fect working order without any faults.
Maximum power consumption
Power sock-
et
Maximum power consumption
12 Volts 120 Watts
The maximum capacity of the socket must
not be ex
ceeded. The power consumption is
indicated on the rating plate of each appli-
ance.
Where 2 or more appliances are connected at
the same time, the total rating of all the con-
nected devices must never exceed 190 Watts
›››
.
12 v
o
lt
power socket
The 12 volt socket is found in the storage
compartment at the front of the centre con-
sole
›››
Fig. 133 and only functions when the
ignition is switched on.
Using electrical appliances with the engine
stopped and the ignition switched on will
drain the battery. Therefore, electrical devi-
ces connected to the power socket can only
be used when the engine is running.
To prevent voltage variations from causing
damage, switch off the electrical device con-
nected to the 12 Volt power socket before
switching the ignition on or off and before
starting the engine.
WARNING
Improper use of the socket or electrical devi-
ces
could lead to a fire and cause serious in-
juries.
●
Never leave children unsupervised in the
vehicle. The socket and equipment connected
to it can be used when the ignition is switch-
ed on.
●
Should a connected electrical device over-
heat, switch it off and unplug it immediately.
CAUTION
●
Alwa
ys follow the operating instructions for
the appliances to be connected!
●
Never exceed the maximum power rating as
this could damage the vehicle's general elec-
trical system.
●
12 volt power socket:
–
Only use accessories with approved elec-
tromagnetic compatibility according to
current regulations.
–
Never power the socket.
CAUTION
●
To avoid d
amage to the vehicle's electrical
system, never connect equipment that gener-
ates electrical current, such as solar panels
or battery chargers, to the 12 volt power
»
121
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
sockets in order to charge the vehicle's
batter
y.
●
Only use accessories with approved elec-
tromagnetic compatibility according to cur-
rent regulations.
●
To avoid damage due to voltage variations,
switch off all devices connected to the 12 V
socket before switching the ignition on or off
and before starting the engine.
●
Never connect an appliance to the 12 volt
power socket that consumes more than the
power indicated in watts. Exceeding the max-
imum power absorption could damage the ve-
hicle's electrical system.
For the sake of the environment
Do not leave the engine running when the ve-
hicle i
s at a standstill.
Note
●
Usin
g devices with the engine stopped and
the ignition switched on will drain the bat-
tery.
●
Unshielded equipment can cause interfer-
ence on the radio equipment and the vehi-
cle's electrical system.
●
Interference can occur on the radio's AM
waveband if electrical appliances are used
near the aerial.
Portable Smartphone base
Fig. 134 Assemble the universal base and the
link
arm.
Fig. 135 In the centre console: Close the gap
f
or the ho
l
der of the infotainment system.
Dismantle the Smartphone
●
Hold the Smartphone firmly with one hand.
●
Pr
e
s
s release button ››› Fig. 135
5
until
the up
per arm of
the u
niversal base comes
loose.
●
Remove the Smartphone and, in such case,
loosen the electrical connectors.
Mount the Smartphone
●
In such case, assemble the Smartphone
holder ›››
.
●
Connect the Smartphone.
●
Place the Smartphone into the lower
mou
ntin
g
s. To set the lower mountings,
press button ››› Fig. 135
4
.
●
Press the upper arm of the universal base
u
nti
l
the Smartphone remains firmly in place.
Dismount the holder
●
In such case, dismantle the Smartphone.
●
Hold the universal base ››› Fig. 134
3
and
pr
e
s
s the release button ››› Fig. 134
4
.
●
Move the universal base to the right, in the
op
po
s
ite direction of the arrow, and disman-
tle it.
●
Hold support arm ››› Fig. 135
1
and press
r
el
e
ase ››› Fig. 135
4
in the direction of the
arr
o
w
.
●
Remove the support arm from the dash
panel in an upwards direction.
122
Transport and practical equipment
Mount the holder
●
Insert universal base ›
›
›
Fig. 134
3
into
soc
k
ets
2
of the support arm
1
.
●
Move the universal base sideways in the di-
r
ection of
loc
k
4
until it clicks into
p
l
ac
e. ›››
.
●
Place support arm ›
›
›
Fig. 135
1
in retain-
in
g l
ev
er ››› Fig. 135
3
from above and press
it
do
wn
wards until you hear that is locked
›››
.
WARNING
If the Smartphone is not secured or is incor-
rectly sec
ured in the vehicle, it could be
thrown though the passenger compartment
during a sudden driving or braking manoeu-
vre, just like in the event of an accident and
lead to injuries.
●
The infotainment support system mus be
mounted securely in the corresponding space
of the dash panel.
●
The infotainment system must always be
well secured in its support or kept safely in
the vehicle.
CAUTION
If the lean and the angle of visibility are set
up incorrectly
, the Smartphone can be dam-
aged.
●
When performing the set-up, move the
Smartphone carefully and not beyond its lim-
its.
CAUTION
At very high and very low temperatures, func-
tioning of the
Smartphone can be adversely
affected or the device itself can be damaged.
●
Always take the Smartphone with you
when you leave the vehicle to protect it from
excessively high or low temperatures, as well
as from intense solar radiation.
CAUTION
Humidity can damage the existing electrical
connector
s in the dash panel for the Smart-
phone.
●
Do not clean the Smartphone holder while
wet. Only use a dry cloth.
Note
SEAT recommends always taking your Smart-
phone when you l
eave the vehicle so as to
avoid possible theft.
Luggage compartment
Intr
oduction
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage
c
omp
ar
tment and place the seat backs in a
vertical position. Never overload the vehicle.
Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis-
tribution of the load in the vehicle have ef-
fects on the driving behaviour and braking
ability ›››
.
WARNING
When the vehicle is not in use or being
watc
hed, always lock the doors and the rear
lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or
death.
●
Do not leave children unwatched, especial-
ly when the boot is open. Children could
climb into the luggage compartment, close
the rear lid from inside and be unable to es-
cape themselves. This could lead to serious
injury or death.
●
Never allow children to play in or around
the vehicle.
●
Never transport people in the luggage com-
partment.
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can
cause seriou
s injury in case of a sudden ma-
noeuvring or breaking or in case of an acci-
dent. This is especially true when objects are
struck by a detonating airbag and fired
through the vehicle interior. To reduce the
risks, please note the following:
●
Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always
place equipment and heavy objects in the
boot.
●
Always secure objects to the fastening
rings with suitable rope or straps to prevent
them from being thrown around the interior
»
123
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
and moving to the airbag deployment area in
the event of
sudden movements or accidents.
●
While driving, always keep object compart-
ments closed.
●
Do not place hard, heavy or sharp objects
inside the vehicle interior, in open storage
compartments, the rear shelf or on the dash
panel.
●
Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects from
clothes and pockets inside the vehicle and
store securely.
WARNING
The transport of heavy object changes vehi-
cle h
andling and increases braking distance.
Heavy loads that have not been stored or se-
cured correctly could cause loss of control
and result in serious injury.
●
Vehicle handling changes when transport-
ing heavy objects due to a change in the cen-
tre of gravity.
●
Distribute the load as uniformly and as low
down on the vehicle as possible.
●
Store heavy objects in the luggage com-
partment as far from the rear axle as possi-
ble.
CAUTION
Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe
agains
t the wires of the heating element in
the heated rear window and cause damage.
Note
The ventilating slits between the heated rear
window and the r
ear shelf must not be cov-
ered so that used air can escape from the ve-
hicle.
Folding and lifting up the rear seat
bench bac
krest
Fig. 136 Rear seat: unlock button
A
; red
m
ark
in
g
B
The rear seat backrest can be folded forward
t
o e
xt
end the luggage compartment.
Folding the rear seat backrest forwards
●
Push the head restraint down as far as it
will go or remove it if necessary ››› page 48
and store it in a safe place.
●
Pull the unlock switch ››› Fig. 136
A
for-
w
ar
d
s whilst simultaneously lifting the rear
seat backrest.
●
The rear seat backrest is not engaged when
the red marking of the button
B
is visible.
●
If the rear seat backrest is folded, people
(inc
ludin
g c
hildren) are not permitted to trav-
el in the rear folded seats.
Folding up the rear seat backrest
●
Lift back the backrest of the rear seat and
push it firmly into the lock until it clicks se-
curely into place ›››
.
●
The red marking on the unlock button
B
must not be seen.
●
Make sure that the backrest of the rear seat
i
s
sec
urely locked in position so that the seat
belts can provide proper protection in the
rear seats.
●
If necessary, reinstall and readjust the head
restraints ››› page 112.
WARNING
Folding and lifting the backrests of the rear
seats
carelessly without paying attention
could cause serious injury.
●
Never fold or lift the seats while driving.
●
Do no trap or damage seat belts when rais-
ing the seat backrest.
124
Transport and practical equipment
●
Keep hand
s, fingers, feet and other limbs
away from the range of the rear seat backr-
ests when folding and lifting them.
●
All seat backrests must engage correctly for
the seat belts on the rear seats to work prop-
erly. When the backrest of an occupied seat is
not correctly locked in place, the passenger
can be thrust forward with the rear seat back-
rest in case of sudden braking, sudden ma-
noeuvres or an accident.
●
A red signal on the button
B
warns that
the back
rest is not engaged. Always check to
make sure that the red mark is not visible
when the backrest of the rear seat is in the
upright position.
●
No seat must be occupied if the backrest of
the rear seat is folded or not correctly engag-
ed.
CAUTION
Before folding the rear seat backrest, adjust
the front se
ats so that neither the head re-
straint or backrest hit them when folded. If
necessary, remove the head restraints
››› page 112 and store them safely.
Luggage compartment shelf*
Fig. 137 In the luggage compartment: remov-
in
g and in
s
talling the rear shelf
You may put light items of clothing on the
r
e
ar shelf
. Check that the rear view is not limi-
ted.
Removing the shelf
●
Unhook the loops ››› Fig. 137
B
from
hou
s
in
gs
A
.
●
Extract the cover from slot
C
, upwards and
then p
u
l
l outwards.
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects or
animal
s on the rear shelf could cause serious
injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre, sud-
den braking or an accident.
●
Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp objects
(loose or in bags) on the rear shelf.
●
Never tran
sport animals on the rear shelf.
●
Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Al-
ways lower it or remove it before the journey.
CAUTION
To prevent the rear shelf from being dam-
ag
ed:
●
Alw
ays check that the side supports are
firmly engaged.
●
Regulate the height of the load in the lug-
gage compartment to ensure the rear shelf
does not press down on the load with the rear
lid closed.
125
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Luggage compartment variable floor
Fig. 138 A: open the boot variable floor. B:
r
ai
sed boot
variable floor.
Fig. 139 C: extend the boot downward. D: ex-
t
end the boot
f
orward.
Raise and lower the boot floor
●
To r
aise the floor, raise handle
›
›
›
Fig. 138
1
in the direction of the arrow
and p
u
l
l from the floor all the way up
›››
Fig. 138 B.
●
To lower it, guide the floor downward.
Extend the boot downward
●
Raise the boot floor and push it downward
in the rail
›››
Fig. 139 C (arrows)
●
Place the variable floor over the floor lining.
●
If necessary, fold the backrest of the rear
seat forward
›››
page 124.
Extending the luggage compartment forward
●
Disassemble the luggage compartment tray
››› page 125.
●
Disassemble the rear headrests ››› page 48.
●
Fold the backrest of the rear seat forward
››› page 124.
●
If necessary, expand the boot downward.
CAUTION
Do not let the luggage compartment floor fall
when clos
ing it. Always carefully guide it
downward in a controlled manner. Otherwise,
the lining and the floor of the boot could be
damaged.
Class N1 (commercial) vehicles
For safe vehicle operation, the electrical sys-
t
em mu
s
t work perfectly. Special attention
should be paid so it is not damaged during
adjustment, loading and unloading of trans-
ported objects.
Fastening rings*
In the front part of the luggage compartment,
ther
e m
a
y be fastening rings to secure the
luggage.
In order to use the fastening rings, they must
be lifted beforehand.
126
Transport and practical equipment
WARNING
If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining
strap
s are used, they may break in the event
of braking or an accident. Objects could then
be launched across the passenger compart-
ment and cause serious or fatal injuries.
●
It is important to always use belts or retain-
ing straps that are suitable and in a good
condition.
●
Belts and retaining straps should be se-
curely fastened to the fastening rings.
●
Objects in the luggage compartment that
are unsecured could move suddenly and mod-
ify the handling of the vehicle.
●
Small light objects should also be fixed in
place.
●
A child seat should never be secured with
the fastening rings.
Note
●
The maximum t
ensile load that the fasten-
ing rings can support is 3.5 kN.
●
Belts and securing systems for the appro-
priate load can be obtained from specialised
dealerships. SEAT recommends visiting a
SEAT dealership for this.
Retaining hooks
Fig. 140 In the luggage compartment: retain-
in
g hook
s
There may be hooks in the upper left and
right
p
ar
t of the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Never use these hooks to secure objects. In
case of
sudden braking or an accident, they
could rupture.
CAUTION
The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg
each.
Roof carrier
Intr
oduction
The vehicle roof has been designed to opti-
mise aerody
namics. For this reason, conven-
tional roof carrier systems cannot be secured
to the water drains.
Given that the water drains have been incor-
porated into the roof for aerodynamic rea-
sons, only the SEAT approved basic supports
and roof carrier systems can be used.
When the roof carrier system should be re-
moved:
●
When they are not used.
●
When the vehicle is being washed in a car
wash.
●
When the
vehicle height exceeds the maxi-
mum height, for example, in some garages.
WARNING
The risk of an accident is increased by trans-
porting he
avy or bulky loads on the roof,
which affects the car's handling by shifting
the centre of gravity and increasing suscepti-
bility to cross winds.
●
Always secure loads correctly with suitable
and undamaged attachment rope or straps.
●
Large, heavy, wide and flat loads negatively
affect the vehicle aerodynamics, centre of
gravity and handling.
»
127
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
●
Avoid bru
sque manoeuvres and sudden
braking.
●
Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
CAUTION
●
A
lwa
ys remove the roof carrier system from
the roof before entering a car wash.
●
The height of your vehicle is changed by
the installation of the roof carrier and the
load secured on it. Compare the vehicle
height with the passage height, for example
in underground car parks or for garage doors.
●
The roof antenna and the range of the rear
lid should not be affected by the roof carrier
system or the load being transported.
●
Take extra care not to let the hatch strike
the roof load when opening.
For the sake of the environment
The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof car-
rier syst
em is fitted.
Fastening the base supports and the
r
oof
c
arrier system
Fig. 141 Attachment points for the basic sup-
por
ts
and the r
oof carrier system in two-door
vehicles.
Fig. 142 Attachment points for the basic sup-
por
ts
and the r
oof carrier system in four-door
vehicles.
The mounts are the basis of a complete roof
c
arrier sy
s
tem. Special fixtures must be add-
ed in order to safely transport luggage, bicy-
cles, skis, surf boards or boats on the roof.
The suitable accessories can be acquired at
SEAT dealerships.
Securing the base supports and roof carrier
system
The roof carrier system must always be instal-
led exactly according to the instructions pro-
vided.
Two-door vehicles: the holes and marks indi-
cating the fitting points for base front sup-
ports are in the lower half of the roof struts
››› Fig. 141 (enlarged left image). The holes
and marks are only seen with the door open.
The fitting marks for base rear supports are in
the upper half of the windows ››› Fig. 141 (en-
larged right image).
Four-door vehicles: the holes or marks indi-
cating the fitting points for base supports are
in the lower half of the roof struts and can on-
ly be seen with the door open ››› Fig. 142.
The base support should only be fitted to the
points indicated in the diagram .
WARNING
If the base supports and the roof carrier sys-
tem are inc
orrectly fitted or used in an unsuit-
able manner, the entire system could break
free causing accident and injury.
●
Always take the manufacturer assembly in-
structions into account.
128
Transport and practical equipment
●
Only u
se base supports and roof carrier
systems that are not damaged and are cor-
rectly fitted.
●
The base support should only be fitted to
the points indicated in the diagram
››› Fig. 141.
●
Secure the base supports and roof carrier
system correctly.
●
Check the screws and attachments before
driving and after a short distance. During
each long journey, check the attachments
during every break.
●
Always fit the roof carrier system correctly
for wheels, skis and surfboards, etc.
●
Never modify or repair the basic supports
or roof carrier system.
Note
Read and take into account the instructions
included with the r
oof carrier system fitted
and keep them in the vehicle.
Loading the roof carrier
Loads can only be correctly secured when the
r
oof
c
arrier system is correctly fitted ›››
.
M
ax
imum authori
sed roof load
The maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg.
The roof load includes the weight of the base
support, the roof carrier system and the load
being transported ›››
.
A
lw
a
ys check the weight of the base support,
the roof carrier system and the weight of the
load to be transported and, if necessary,
weigh them. Never exceed the maximum au-
thorised roof load.
If you are using a roof carrier with a lower
weight rating, you cannot transport the maxi-
mum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum
weight limit for the roof carrier given in the
fitting instructions.
Distributing a load
Uniformly distribute loads and secure them
correctly ›››
.
Chec
k
att
achments
After fitting the base supports and the roof
carrier system, always check the attachments
after a short trip and at regular intervals.
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised roof load
can re
sult in accidents and/or vehicle dam-
age.
●
Never surpass the maximum authorised
weight for the roof, the maximum authorised
weight on the axles and the total maximum
authorised weight of the vehicle.
●
Never ex
ceed the capacity of the roof carri-
er system even if this is less than the maxi-
mum authorised roof load.
●
Secure heavy items as far forward as possi-
ble and distribute the vehicle load uniformly.
WARNING
Loose and incorrectly secured loads can fall
fr
om the roof
carrier system causing acci-
dents and injury.
●
Always use suitable ropes and straps in
good condition.
●
Always secure loads correctly.
129
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Air conditioning
He
atin
g,
ventilation and cool-
ing
Introduction
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 27
One of the following systems can be installed
in the vehicle:
●
Heating and fresh air system
●
Manual air conditioning
●
Climatronic
The heating and fr
esh air system heats and
ventilates the passenger compartment. The
heating and fresh air system cannot cool.
The manual air conditioning and the Clima-
tronic cool and dehumidify the air. Its opti-
mum output is achieved with the windows
and the glass sunroof closed. In case of con-
siderable heat build-up in the passenger
compartment, ventilating this compartment
can accelerate the cooling process.
Display of active functions
The luminous diodes (LED) that light up on
the rotary regulators and on the buttons that
indicate that the corresponding function is
activated.
In the case of the Climatronic, the functions
that are activated are shown on the control
panel display.
WARNING
When visibility through the windows is poor,
the risk of
accidents or collisions taking place
is increased, which can lead to serious inju-
ries.
●
To obtain good visibility, keep the windows
free of ice, snow and frost.
●
Set the heating, the air conditioner and the
rear window defroster so that the windows do
not mist over.
●
Only put the car in gear when there is good
visibility through the windows.
●
Do not use the air recirculation for a long
time period. With the cooling disconnected
and the air recirculation connected, the win-
dows can quickly mist over and seriously ob-
struct visibility.
●
Disconnect the air recirculation whenever it
is not needed.
WARNING
Stale air can quickly bring about fatigue for
the driver and reduc
e his/her capacity to con-
centrate, which could lead to collisions, acci-
dents and serious injuries.
●
Never disconnect the blower for an exten-
ded time or never leave the air recirculation
disconnected for an extended time, since in
the meantime, no outside fresh air shall enter
the pas
senger compartment.
CAUTION
If the air conditioner does not work, discon-
nect
it immedi
ately together with the defrost-
ing/demisting function (in the case of manual
air conditioning) and have the system
checked out by a specialised workshop. In
this way, other damage can be avoided.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the rear window defrost-
er
, u
nder no c
ircumstances should you stick
any adhesives on the electrical filaments of
the interior side of this defroster.
Air recirculation
In air recirculation mode, no fresh air enters
the
v
ehic
le interior.
To connect the air recirculation, move the
regulator towards the right or press the
button
.
T
o di
s
connect the air recirculation, move the
regulator towards the left or press the but-
ton again
›
›
›
.
130
Air conditioning
WARNING
Stale air can quickly bring about fatigue for
the driver and reduc
e his/her capacity to con-
centrate, which could lead to collisions, acci-
dents and serious injuries.
●
Never use the air recirculation for an exten-
ded time, since in the meantime, no outside
fresh air shall enter the passenger compart-
ment.
●
With the cooling disconnected and the air
recirculation connected, the windows can
quickly mist over and seriously obstruct visi-
bility
.
●
Disconnect the air recirculation whenever it
is not needed.
CAUTION
Do not smoke when the air recirculation is
c
onnected in
vehicles with an air conditioner.
Smoke taken in could settle in the cooling
system vaporiser and on the dust and pollen
filter, therefore leading to permanently un-
pleasant odours.
Note
●
Climatronic:
When the reverse gear is en-
gaged, the air recirculation is briefly connec-
ted to avoid exhaust gas from entering the
passenger compartment.
●
Whenever the outside temperature is very
high, it is essential to connect the manual air
recirculation mode briefly so that the passen-
ger compartment may cool down more quick-
ly.
Air vents
Fig. 143 On the dash panel: air vents
To obtain heating output, sufficient cooling
and
v
enti
lation in the passenger compart-
ment, the air vents must remain open.
Key to the Fig. 143:
Adjustable air vents With the blades of
the vents you can open and shut the
vents, as well as set the direction in
which you may wish the air to come out.
So that the air may reach the windows as
1
expeditiously as possible, open the cor-
r
e
s
ponding vent and turn the defrost-
ing/demisting position, where it shall
gather.
»
131
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Non-adjustable air vents
Ther
e ar
e no air
vents in the foot well and in
the rear area of the passenger compartment.
2
CAUTION
Never place food, medicines or other temper-
ature-
sensitive objects close to the air vents.
Food, medicines and other objects sensitive
to heat or cold may be damaged or made un-
suitab
le for use by the air coming from the
vents.
Application tips and instructions for use
Fig. 144 At the top of the centre console: Clima-
tronic c
ontrols
The following application tips and instruc-
tion
s
of
use shall assist you to use the sys-
tems correctly.
Reasons for which the cooling is automati-
cally disconnected or cannot be connected
●
The engine is not running.
●
The fan is switched off.
●
The air conditioner fuse is burnt out.
●
The ambient temperature is less than ap-
proximately +3 °C (+38 °F).
●
The cooling system compressor has been
temporarily disconnected due to the exces-
sive temperature of the engine coolant.
●
Another fault in the vehicle. Turn to a speci-
alised workshop and have the former check
the air conditioning system.
Settings for optimum visibility
●
Keep the air intake slots in front of the
windscreen clear of snow, ice or leaves to en-
sure heating or cooling are not impaired, and
to prevent the windows from misting over.
●
So that the air may circulate throughout the
passenger compartment from the front area
to the rear one, leave the ventilation slots un-
cluttered in the rear area of the boot.
●
The maximum possible heating output and
fastest possible elimination of ice on the win-
dows shall be reached when the engine cool-
ant is at operating temperature.
132
Driving
Recommended settings in case of heating
and fr
e
sh air sy
stem, and manual air condi-
tioning.
●
Disconnect the air recirculation.
●
Select speed o from the blower.
●
Put the temperature control in the inter-
mediate position.
●
Open and direct all of the air outlets on the
dash panel .
●
Turn the air distribution regulator to the de-
sired position.
●
Manual air conditioning: press the button
on the control panel to connect the cool-
in
g.
The air i
s dehumidified in the cooling
mode.
Recommended settings in case of Climatron-
ic
●
Press the button
on the control panel.
●
Set the temperature to +22 °C (+72 °F).
●
Open the air vents on the dash panel and
dir
ect
them.
M
aximum cooling or heating output in case
of Climatronic
While in gear, the maximum cooling and
heating output is set by pressing button
1
or
2
several times
›
›
›
Fig. 144. The tempera-
ture is not regulated.
●
Maximum cooling output: set the cooling
below +16 °C (+60 °F). The following appears
on the screen LO.
●
Maximum heating output: set the cooling
above +29 °C (+84 °F). The following appears
on the screen HI.
Dust and pollen filter
The dirt and pollen filter must be changed
regularly so that the air conditioning output
does not decrease.
If the vehicle is used frequently in areas
where the outside air is very contaminated, it
is possible that you may have to change the
filter prior to the next suggested service.
Water under the vehicle
When the outside humidity and ambient tem-
perature are high, it is possible that conden-
sation water may drip from the cooling evap-
orator and a puddle may from below the vehi-
cle. This is normal and does not indicate a
leak!
Driving
St
eerin
g
Intr
oduction
The power steering* is not hydraulic but elec-
tromech
anical. The advantage of this steer-
ing system is that it disposes of hydraulic
tubes, hydraulic oil, the pump, filter and oth-
er components. The electromechanical sys-
tem saves fuel. While a hydraulic system re-
quires oil pressure to be maintained, electro-
mechanical steering only requires energy
when the steering wheel is turned.
With the power steering system, the assisted
steering function automatically adjusts ac-
cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor-
que and the wheel turning angle. The power
steering only works when the engine is run-
ning.
WARNING
If the power steering is not working then the
steerin
g wheel is much more difficult to turn
and the vehicle more difficult to control.
●
The power steering only works when the
engine is running.
●
Never allow the vehicle to move when the
engine is switched off.
●
Never remove the key from the ignition if
the vehicle is in motion. The steering may
»
133
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
lock and it will not be possible to turn the
steerin
g wheel.
Control and warning lamps
It lights up red
Power steer-
ing faulty.
The steering system should be checked
by a specialised workshop as soon as
possible.
It lights up yellow
Power steer-
ing opera-
tion re-
duced.
The steering system should be checked
by a specialised workshop as soon as
possible.
If, after restarting the engine and driv-
ing for a short distance, the yellow
warning lamp no longer comes on, it will
not be necessary to take the vehicle to a
specialised workshop.
Flashes red
Fault in the
steering col-
umn elec-
tronic lock.
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice.
It flashes yellow
Steering col-
umn devia-
tion.
Gently turn the steering wheel to and
fro.
It flashes yellow
Steering
wheel not
unlocked or
locked.
Remove the key from the ignition and
then switch the ignition back on. If nec-
essary, check the messages displayed
on the instrument panel display.
Do not drive on, if the steering column
remains locked after the ignition has
been switched on. Seek specialist assis-
tance.
Several warning and control lamps light up
for a few sec
onds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle
may
stall in traffic, or may cause accidents
and severe injuries.
●
Never ignore the warning lamps.
●
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they
appear m
ay result in faults in the vehicle.
Information on the steering
To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the
s
t
eerin
g before leaving the vehicle.
Steering column mechanical lock
Lock the steering column by removing the
key from the ignition when the vehicle is
stopped.
Please engage steer-
ing lock
Unlocking the steering
Parking the vehicle
››› page 137.
Insert the key in the igni-
tion lock.
Remove the key from the
ignition.
Turn the steering wheel
slightly to release the
steering lock.
Turn the steering wheel
slightly until you hear the
steering lock.
Hold the steering wheel in
this position and switch
on the ignition.
Electromechanical power steering
W
ith the po
w
er steering system, the assisted
steering function automatically adjusts ac-
cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor-
que and the wheel turning angle. The power
steering only works when the engine is run-
ning.
You should remember that you will need con-
siderably more power than normal to steer
the vehicle if the power steering is not work-
ing correctly or not at all.
134
Driving
Stopping and starting the en-
gine
Sw
it
c
hing on the ignition and starting
the engine
Fig. 145 Vehicle key positions
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 20
Immobiliser display
When an invalid key is used or in the event of
a system fault, is displayed on the instru-
ment panel. The engine cannot be started.
Pushing or towing
For technical reasons, the vehicle must not
be push- or tow-started. Jump starting is pref-
erable.
Key not authorised for the vehicle
If a key which is not authorised for this vehi-
cle is inserted in the ignition lock, it can be
removed as follows:
●
Automatic gearbox: the key cannot be re-
moved from the ignition lock. Press and re-
lease the selector lever locking button. Key
can be removed from the vehicle.
●
Manual gearbox: Remove the key from the
ignition.
WARNING
Switching off the engine while driving makes
stop
ping the vehicle difficult. As a conse-
quence you may lose control of the vehicle
and there is a risk of serious accident.
●
The assisted braking and steering systems,
the airbag system, seat belts and certain
safety equipment are only active while the
engine is running.
●
The engine should only be switched off
when the vehicle is at a standstill.
WARNING
While the engine is running or starting it
coul
d help reduce the risk of serious injury.
●
Never start or leave the engine running in
poorly ventilated or closed spaces. Exhaust
gas contains carbon monoxide, a toxic, col-
ourless and odourless gas. Carbon monoxide
can cause people to lose consciousness. It
can also cause death.
●
Never le
ave the vehicle unattended if the
engine is running. The vehicle could move off
suddenly or something unexpected could
happen resulting in damage and serious in-
jury.
●
Never use start boosters. Cold start sprays
could explode or increase the engine speed
unexpectedly.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach
v
ery
high temperatures. This could cause a
fire and considerable damage.
●
Always park your vehicle so that no part of
the exhaust system can come in contact with
flammable materials (such as wood, leaves,
spilled fuel, dried grass, etc).
●
Never apply additional underseal or anti-
corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata-
lytic converter or the heat shields on the ex-
haust system.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle key
coul
d result in serious injury.
●
Always take all the keys with you whenever
you leave the vehicle. If not, the engine could
accidentally be started and electrical equip-
ment such as the windows could accidentally
be operated resulting in serious injury.
●
Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the car. Passengers could be trapped
»
135
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
in the car in an emergency and not be able to
get themselv
es to safety. For example, de-
pending on the time of the year, tempera-
tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting
in serious injuries and illness or even death,
particularly for young children.
●
Never remove the key from the ignition if
the vehicle is in motion. The steering may
lock and it will not be possible to turn the
steering wheel.
CAUTION
●
An attempt t
o start the engine while driving
or starting the engine immediately after turn-
ing it off can cause damage to the engine or
starter motor.
●
When the engine is cold, avoid high revs
and heavy acceleration and do not make the
engine work hard.
●
Do not push or tow start the engine. Un-
burnt fuel could damage the catalytic con-
verter.
For the sake of the environment
Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start
driving immedi
ately if the visibility is OK.
This helps the engine reach operating tem-
perature faster and reduces emissions.
Note
●
If the key
is left in the ignition lock with the
engine off for long periods, the vehicle bat-
tery will run flat.
●
For automatic gearbox vehicles, the key can
only be removed from the ignition lock if the
gear selector lever is in position N. In this
case, press and release the selector lever
locking button.
●
Electrical devices with a high power con-
sumption are switched off temporarily when
the engine starts.
●
When the engine is started cold, there may
be strong vibrations for a few moments for
technical reasons. This is quite normal, and
no cause for concern.
●
Natural gas engines always start up with
petrol, as a certain operating temperature is
required for running with gas. Once the re-
quired operating temperature is reached, the
engine will change to operate with natural
gas.
Stopping the engine
Switching off the engine
–
Stop the vehicle
›
›
›
.
–
Turn the ignition key to position
1
›››
Fig. 145.
Engaging the steering wheel lock
In
v
ehic
les with automatic gearbox, the igni-
tion key can only be removed when the selec-
tor lever is in position N.
–
Remove the key from the ignition in posi-
tion
1
›
›› Fig. 145
›
››
.
–
Turn the steering wheel until you hear it en-
g
ag
e.
P
ossible vehicle theft is prevented with the
steering lock engaged.
WARNING
Never switch off the engine while the vehicle
is mo
ving. You may lose control of the vehicle
and there is a risk of serious accident.
●
The airbags and belt tensioners do not
work when the ignition is switched off.
●
The brake servo does not work with the en-
gine off. To stop, the brake pedal must be
pressed with more force.
●
As the power steering does not work if the
engine is not running, you will need more
strength to steer than normally.
●
If the key is removed from the ignition, the
steering may lock and it will not be possible
to steer the vehicle.
136
Driving
CAUTION
If the engine has been driven at high speed
for a pro
longed period of time, it may over-
heat when turned off. To avoid engine dam-
age, allow the engine to run for approximate-
ly 2 minutes in neutral before switching it off.
Note
After stopping the engine, the engine com-
partment
fan may continue running for a few
minutes, even when the ignition has been
switched off or the key removed. The radiator
fan is automatically switched off.
Electronic immobiliser
The gear lock prevents the engine from being
s
t
ar
ted with an unauthorised key and the ve-
hicle being moved.
The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It auto-
matically deactivates the electronic immobil-
iser when the key is inserted into the ignition
lock.
The electronic immobilizer will be activated
again automatically as soon as you remove
the key from the ignition lock.
For this reason, the vehicle can only be used
with a genuine SEAT key with the correct
code. Coded keys can be obtained from SEAT
dealerships
›››
page 92.
If an unauthorised key is used, the signal
appears on the instrument panel display. The
vehicle cannot be started in this case
Note
The correct operation of the vehicle is only
guaranteed when origin
al SEAT keys are
used.
Braking and parking
Introduction
The a
ssisted brake systems are the electron-
ic
di
stribution of braking force (EBV), the an-
ti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assist
system (BAS), the electronic differential lock
(EDL), traction control (TC)*, the traction con-
trol system (ASR) and the electronic stability
control (ESC*).
WARNING
Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty
brake sy
stem may lead to serious accident.
●
If you believe the brake pads to be worn or
the brake system to be faulty, immediately
refer to a specialised workshop to check the
brake pads and replace the worn ones.
WARNING
Careless parking can cause serious injury.
●
Never remo
ve the key from the ignition if
the vehicle is in motion. The steering lock
may engage and lock the steering wheel mak-
ing the vehicle impossible to control.
●
Always park your vehicle so that no part of
the exhaust system can come in contact with
flammable materials (such as wood, leaves,
dried grass, spilled fuel, etc.).
●
Always apply the handbrake when you
leave your vehicle and when you park.
●
Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the vehicle. They could release the
electronic parking brake, activate the selec-
tor lever or gear stick and start the vehicle
moving. This could result in a serious acci-
dent.
●
Always take all the keys with you whenever
you leave the vehicle. The engine could acci-
dentally be started and electrical equipment
such as the windows could accidentally be
operated resulting in serious injury.
●
Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the car. They could be trapped in the
car in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety. For example, de-
pending on the time of the year, tempera-
tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting
in serious injuries and illness or even death,
particularly for young children.
»
137
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
CAUTION
●
Speci
al care should be taken when parking
in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers.
Objects protruding from the ground may
damage the bumper or other parts of the ve-
hicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage,
stop before the wheels touch the barrier or
kerb.
●
Special attention is required when driving
through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth-
er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers,
mudguards and running gear, and the engine
and exhaust system could be damaged as
you drive over these objects.
Control and warning lamps
It lights up ›››
Handbrake applied. ››› page 141.
It lights up ›››
Fault in the brake
system
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
››› page 142.
Brake fluid level in-
adequate.
Do not drive on!
Check brake fluid level
››› page 194.
Together with the
ABS control lamp
: ABS and EBV do
not function.
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
››› page 142.
It lights up ›››
ESC* disconnected
by system.
Switching the ignition on and off
If necessary, drive for a short dis-
tance.
Fault in ESC*. Contact a specialised workshop.
Together with the
ABS control lamp
: Fault in the ABS.
Contact a specialised workshop.
The vehicle can be braked with-
out ABS.
The battery has
been reconnected.
››› page 196.
It lights up ›››
Traction Control*
faulty or switched
off by the system.
Contact a specialised workshop.
It lights up ›››
Together with the
ESC* control lamp
: Fault in the ABS.
Contact a specialised workshop.
The vehicle can be braked with-
out ABS.
Together with the
warning lamp
:
ABS and EBV do not
function.
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
››› page 142.
Flashes
ESC* or ASR regulat-
ing.
Take your foot off the accelera-
tor. Adjust your driving style to
the road conditions.
Flashes
Traction Control*
regulator operating.
Take your foot off the accelera-
tor. Adjust your driving style to
the road conditions.
Several warning and control lamps light up
for a few sec
onds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle
may
stall in traffic, or may cause accidents
and severe injuries.
●
Never ignore the warning lamps.
●
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
WARNING
Driving with brakes in bad condition could re-
sult
in a serious accident.
●
If the brake warning lamp does not go
out, or if it lights up when driving, the brake
fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there
is a fault in the brake system. Obtain profes-
sional assistance immediately ››› page 194,
Checking the brake fluid level.
●
If the brake warning lamp lights up to-
gether with the ABS warning lamp , the
regulation function of the ABS could be mal-
functioning. As a result, the rear wheels can
lock relatively easily when braking. If the rear
138
Driving
wheels lock this could result in loss of vehicle
contro
l! If possible, reduce your speed and
drive carefully to a specialised workshop
close by to check the brake system. During
the following journey, avoid sudden braking
and manoeuvres.
●
If the ABS warning lamp does not go out
or if it lights while driving, the ABS is mal-
functioning. The vehicle can only be stopped
using normal braking without ABS. The pro-
tection provided by the ABS is not available.
Visit a specialised workshop as soon as pos-
sible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they
appear m
ay result in faults in the vehicle.
Brake assist systems
The assisted braking systems ESC*, ABS,
EB
V
, B
AS, ASR, TC and EDL only operate when
the ignition is switched on. They contribute
significantly to increasing active safety.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)*
ESC* reduces the risk of skidding and increa-
ses the vehicle stability by braking individual
wheels under specific driving conditions.
ESC* detects critical handling situations,
such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspin
on the driven wheels. The system stabilises
the vehicle by braking individual wheels or
by reducing the engine torque.
The ESC* has limits. It is important to realise
that ESC* is also subject to the laws of phys-
ics. ESC* will not be able to deal with all sit-
uations with which drivers may be faced. For
example, if the road surface changes sudden-
ly then ESC* will not be useful in all cases. If
the vehicle suddenly enters a section cov-
ered by water, mud or snow then ESC* will
not provide assistance in the same way as on
dry ground. If the vehicle loses its grip on the
ground and moves on a film of water (“aqua-
planing”), the ESC* will not be able to help
the driver control the vehicle due to the loss
of adherence with the road surface prevent-
ing braking and steering. If the vehicle is
driven through series of bends at high
speed, the ESC* will not always be as effec-
tive: the vehicle reaction to aggressive driv-
ing is not the same as at reduced speeds.
Adjust your speed and driving style to suit
visibility, and weather, road and traffic condi-
tions. ESC* cannot push the limits of the laws
of physics; improve the transmission availa-
ble or maintain the vehicle on the road if a
lack of driver attention creates an inevitable
situation. Otherwise, ESC* assists in main-
taining vehicle control in extreme situations
and uses the movements of the steering
made by the driver to maintain the vehicle
moving in the desired direction. If the vehicle
is driven at such a speed that it will leave the
road before ESC* can intervene then the sys-
tem cannot provide assistance.
The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are in-
corporated into the ESC*. The ESC* is always
on
1)
.
Anti-lock system (ABS)
ABS can prevent the wheels from locking dur-
ing braking until just before the vehicle stops
thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle
and maintain control. This means that, even
during full braking, the risk of skidding is re-
duced:
●
Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not
remove your foot from the brake pedal or re-
duce braking force!
●
Do not “pump” the brake pedal, or reduce
braking force!
●
Maintain vehicle direction when braking
fully.
●
When the brake pedal is released or when
the brake force is reduced, ABS is turned off.
ABS control can be observed by vibration of
the brake pedal and noise. You should never
»
1)
Depending on the version.
139
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
expect the ABS to reduce the braking dis-
t
anc
e u
nder any circumstances. This distance
will increase when driving on gravel, recent
snow or on icy or slippery ground.
Brake assist system (BAS)
The brake assist system may reduce the re-
quired braking distance. The brake assist
system boosts the braking force if you press
the brake pedal quickly in an emergency. As
a result, the braking pressure increases rap-
idly, the braking force is multiplied and the
braking distance is reduced. This enables the
ABS to be activated more quickly and effec-
tively.
¡Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal!
When the brake pedal is released or when
the brake force is reduced, braking assist au-
tomatically turns off the brake servo.
Traction control system (ASR) or Traction
Control (TC)*
In the event of wheelspin, the traction control
system ASR or TC reduces the engine torque
to match the amount of grip available. The
ASR or TC makes some situations easier, for
example, when starting, accelerating or go-
ing uphill, even in unfavourable road condi-
tions.
Electronic differential lock (EDS)
EDL is available when driving in straight lines
under normal conditions. When the EDL de-
tects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel
and directs the power to the other one. To
prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel
from overheating, the EDL cuts out automati-
cally if subjected to excessive loads. The EDL
will switch on again automatically when the
brake has cooled down.
WARNING
Driving at high speed on icy, slippery or wet
ground c
an result in loss of vehicle control
and serious injury to the driver and passen-
gers.
●
Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
Even though the brake assist systems, ABS,
BAS, EDL, ASR and ESC* provide more securi-
ty, do not take unnecessary risks while driv-
ing.
●
Brake assist systems can not overcome the
laws of physics. Even with ESC* and other
systems, slippery and wet roads will always
be dangerous.
●
Driving to quickly on wet ground can result
in the wheels losing contact with the ground
in an effect known as “aquaplaning”. Without
adherence, it is impossible to brake, steer or
control the vehicle.
●
Brake assist systems cannot avoid acci-
dents if, for example, the driver does not re-
spect safety distances or drives to quickly in
difficult
conditions.
●
Even though brake assist systems are ex-
tremely effective and help control the vehicle
in difficult situations, remember that the ve-
hicle stability depends on tyre grip.
●
When accelerating on a slippery surface,
for example on ice or snow, press the acceler-
ator carefully. The wheels can still slip even
with brake assist systems resulting in loss of
vehicle control.
WARNING
The effectiveness of the ESC* can be consid-
erably
reduced if other components and sys-
tems affecting driving dynamics are not main-
tained or are not functioning correctly. This
includes, among others, brakes, tyres and
other systems already mentioned.
●
Remember that changing and fitting other
components to the vehicle can affect opera-
tion of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL and ESC*.
●
Changes to the vehicle suspension or using
unapproved wheel/tyre combinations can af-
fect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR, TC, EDL
and ESC* and their effectiveness.
●
Likewise, the effectiveness of ESC* de-
pends on the use of suitable tyres
››› page 199.
140
Driving
Note
●
To ens
ure that the ESC*, ASR and TC work
properly, all four wheels must be fitted with
identical tyres. Any differences in the rolling
radius of the tyres can cause the system to
reduce engine power when this is not de-
sired.
●
If a malfunction should occur in the ABS,
the ESC*, ASR, TC and EDL will also be affec-
ted.
●
Noises may be heard while any of the
above systems are operating.
Handbrake
Fig. 146 Between the front seats: handbrake.
Using the handbrake
●
Pull firmly in an upwards direction on the
h
andbr
ak
e lever while pressing the button.
●
The handbrake is applied when the control
lamp lights up on the instrument panel
››› page 138 when the ignition is switched
on.
Releasing the handbrake
●
Pull gently in an upwards direction on the
handbrake lever and press the lock button
››› Fig. 146 (arrow).
●
Move the handbrake lever downwards
keeping the lock button pressed.
WARNING
The incorrect use of the handbrake may result
in a serious ac
cident.
●
Never use the handbrake to brake the vehi-
cle except in an emergency. The braking dis-
tance is considerably longer, because braking
is only applied to the rear wheels. Always use
the foot brake.
●
Never drive with the handbrake gently ap-
plied. This can overheat the brake, affecting
the brakes system. This also causes prema-
ture wear on the rear brake pads.
●
Never accelerate from the engine compart-
ment with the engine running and a gear en-
gaged. The vehicle could move, even if the
handbrake is applied.
Note
If the vehicle moves at a speed superior to
6 km/h (4 mph) with the handbr
ake applied,
an audible warning is sounded.
Parking
When parking your vehicle, all legal require-
ments shoul
d be observed.
To park the vehicle
Complete operations only in the sequence
given.
●
Park the vehicle on a suitable surface ›››
.
●
Press and hold the brake pedal until the ve-
hicle c
omes to a standstill.
●
Apply the handbrake firmly ›››
page 141.
●
For an automatic gearbox, move the selec-
tor lever to position N.
●
Switch off the engine and release the brake
pedal.
●
Remove the key from the ignition.
●
If necessary, turn the steering wheel slight-
ly to lock the steering.
●
With a manual gearbox, engage 1st gear on
flat ground and slopes, or even reverse gear
on hills, and release the clutch pedal.
●
Ensure that all passengers leave the vehi-
cle, especially children.
●
When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with
you.
●
Lock the vehicle.
»
141
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Additional information for steep slopes and
hi
l
l
s
Before switching off the engine, rotate the
steering wheel so that if the vehicle should
move, it will be held by the kerb.
●
On slopes, turn the front wheels so that
they are against the edge of the kerb.
●
Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre
of the road.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach
very
high temperatures. This could cause a
fire and considerable damage.
●
Always park your vehicle so that no part of
the exhaust system can come in contact with
flammable materials (such as wood,
leaves,dried grass, or spilled fuel).
CAUTION
●
Speci
al care should be taken when parking
in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Ob-
jects protruding from the ground may dam-
age the bumper or other parts of the vehicle
during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop
before the wheels touch the barrier or kerb.
●
Special attention is required when driving
through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth-
er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers,
mudguards and running gear, and the engine
and exhaust system could be damaged as
you drive over these objects.
Information on the brakes
For the first 200 to 300 km, the new brake
p
ads have not yet reached their maximum
braking capacity, and need to be “run in”
first ›››
. The slightly reduced braking effect
can be compen
sated for by increasing pres-
sure on the brake pedal. While running in,
the full braking distance or emergency brak-
ing distance is larger then when the brake
pads have been run in. While running in,
avoid full power braking or situations requir-
ing braking performance. For example, in
heavy traffic.
The rate of wear of the brake pads depends
to a great extent on the conditions in which
the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is
driven. If the vehicle is used frequently in city
traffic or for short trips or driven sport style,
visit a specialised workshop regularly, more
frequently than advised in the Maintenance
Programme, to have the brake pads checked.
If you drive with wet brakes, for example, af-
ter crossing areas of water, in heavy rainfall
or even after washing the car, the effect of
the brakes is lessened as the brake discs are
wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher
speed, “dry” the brakes as quickly as possi-
ble by braking gently several times. Only do
this without endangering vehicles behind
you or any other road users
›››
.
A l
a
y
er of salt on the discs and brake pads
will reduce the effectiveness of the brakes
and increase braking distance. If you drive for
a prolonged period on salted roads without
braking then brake carefully several times to
eliminate the layer of salt on the brakes ›››
.
If
the
v
ehicle remains parked for considera-
ble lengths of time, is used little, or if the
brakes are not used, there may be corrosion
on the brake discs and a build up of dirt on
the brake pads. If the brakes are not used fre-
quently, or if rust has formed on the discs,
SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and
discs by braking firmly a few times at a mod-
erately high speed. Only do this without en-
dangering vehicles behind you or any other
road users ›››
.
F
au
lt
s in the brake system
During braking, if you notice that the vehicle
does not react as usual (that the braking dis-
tance has increased suddenly) it may be pos-
sible that there is a fault in the braking sys-
tem. This is indicated by the warning lamp
. Take the vehicle to a specialised work-
shop immediately and have the fault re-
paired. Drive at a moderate speed and be
prepared to use more pressure on the brake
pedal, and allow for longer stopping distan-
ces.
Brake servo
The brake servo only operates when the en-
gine is running and the pressure applied by
the driver on the brake pedal increases.
142
Driving
If the brake servo does not operate or the ve-
hic
l
e mu
st be towed, then the brake pedal
will have to be pressed with more force given
that the braking distance will be increased
when the brake servo does not operate ›››
.
WARNING
New brake pads do not brake to full efficien-
cy.
●
For the fir
st 320 km, new brake pads have
not yet reached their maximum braking ca-
pacity, and need to be “run in” first. For this,
to compensate for reduced braking efficiency
the brake pedal will have to be pressed with
more force.
●
To avoid losing control of the vehicle and
causing serious accidents, always take great
care when driving with new brake pads.
●
When running in new brake pads, always
respect the safety distances between you and
other vehicles and do not cause situations re-
quiring extreme braking performance.
WARNING
When brakes overheat, braking is less effi-
cient and br
aking distances increase.
●
When driving on slopes, brakes can be
overloaded and overheat quickly.
●
Reduce speed or change down a gear when
faced with steep and long slopes. This allows
you to use the engine braking effect and to
reduce the strain on the brake system.
●
Non-st
andard or damaged front spoilers
could restrict the airflow to the brakes and
cause them to overheat.
WARNING
Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take lon-
g
er to en
gage and this increases braking dis-
tances.
●
Test the brakes carefully.
●
Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt by
braking gently several times, when visibility,
weather, and road and traffic conditions per-
mit.
WARNING
Driving without the brake servo may signifi-
cantly inc
rease the braking distance and re-
sult in a severe accident.
●
Never allow the vehicle to move forwards
when the engine is switched off.
●
If the brake servo does not operate or the
vehicle must be towed, then the brake pedal
will have to be pressed with more force given
that the braking distance will be increased
when the brake servo does not operate.
CAUTION
●
Never mak
e the brakes “slip” by pressing
the pedal gently, if it is not really necessary
to brake. Continuously pressing on the brake
pedal will heat the brakes. This could signifi-
cantly reduce braking power, increase brak-
ing distance or even result in the total failure
of the brak
e system.
●
Reduce speed or change down a gear when
faced with steep and long slopes. This allows
you to use the engine braking effect and to
reduce the strain on the brake system. Other-
wise, the brakes may overheat and fail. Only
use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.
Note
Make use, when having the front brake pads
c
heck
ed, and have the rear pads checked al-
so. The thickness of the brake pads should be
checked visually and regularly, by looking
through the openings in the wheel rims or
from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, re-
move the wheels to check them thoroughly.
SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech-
nical service.
Changing gear
Intr
oduction
When reverse gear is engaged and the igni-
tion i
s
sw
itched on the following takes place:
●
Reverse lights light up.
●
The rear wiper blade performs one move-
ment when the windscreen wiper is activa-
ted.
»
143
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
●
If
nec
e
ssary, connect the parking distance
warning system.
WARNING
Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction
and skiddin
g, especially on slippery ground.
This could cause loss of control of the vehicle
resulting in an accident and considerable
damage.
●
Use rapid acceleration only when visibility,
weather, road conditions and traffic permit.
WARNING
Do not allow the brakes to “rub” for a pro-
longed period of
time, or brake frequently or
for long periods of time. Continuous braking
heats up the brakes. This could significantly
reduce braking power, increase braking dis-
tance or even result in the total failure of the
brake system.
Control and warning lamps
It lights up red
Fault in the auto-
matic gearbox.
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice. Failure to
do so could result in considerable
damage to the transmission
››› page 147.
It lights up yellow
In the automatic
gearbox the
gears can en-
gage incorrectly.
Switch the ignition on and off.
When the control lamp does not
light up, find the nearest special-
ised workshop and have the auto-
matic gearbox checked.
The automatic
gearbox over-
heats temporari-
ly.
Let the transmission cool with the
gearbox lever in the position
.
When the control lamp does not
light up, find the nearest special-
ised workshop and have the auto-
matic gearbox checked.
It lights up
Place the automatic
gearbox lever in the
position
and do not
press the brake pedal.
Press the brake pedal to select
a gear range.
Together with the yel-
low control lamp for
the temperature of the
transmission
: the
automatic gearbox
overheats.
Press brake pedal and let the
transmission cool. Avoid
pressing the accelerator. When
the control lamp does not light
up, find the nearest special-
ised workshop and have the
automatic gearbox checked.
Together with the turn
signal display in the
instrument panel dis-
play: the automatic
gearbox lever is not in
the position
, indica-
tion to start the en-
gine.
Move the gearbox lever to the
position
and start the en-
gine.
Flashes
An automatic gearbox
in the vehicle does
not guarantee that the
vehicle will not roll
away.
Apply the handbrake.
Flashes
In the instrument pan-
el display, in addition
to the control lamp re-
questing the brake
pedal to be pressed
: indicated for start-
ing the engine.
Move the gearbox lever to the
position
and start the en-
gine.
On the instrument
panel display: Whilst
driving in a forward di-
rection, try to move
the automatic gearbox
lever to the position
.
Stop the vehicle and move the
gearbox lever to the position
in order to subsequently
change to the position
.
On the instrument
panel display: The au-
tomatic gearbox lever
was placed in the po-
sition
or
, but the
brake pedal was not
pressed.
Press the brake pedal, move
the gearbox lever to the posi-
tion
, and subsequently to
the required position
or
.
When switching on the ignition some warn-
in
g and indic
ation l
amps light up for a short
time to check the operations. They will switch
off after a few seconds.
144
Driving
Manual gear change
Fig. 147 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man-
ual
g
e
arbox
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 26
Shifting down a gear
Shifting down a gear while driving must be
carried out gear by gear, i.e. to the gear im-
mediately preceding the current gear and at
an engine speed that is not excessive ›››
.
At
high s
peed
s, or high engine speeds, skip-
ping one or various gears when shifting
down a gear can cause damage to the clutch
and the gearbox, even if the clutch is not en-
gaged during the process ›››
.
WARNING
When the engine is running, the vehicle will
star
t to move as soon as a gear is engaged
and the clutch released.
●
Never eng
age the reverse gear when a vehi-
cle is moving forward.
WARNING
As a consequence of shifting down a gear in-
c
orrectly
, you may lose control of the vehicle
and cause an accident with serious conse-
quences.
CAUTION
If, at high speeds or high engine speeds, the
gear l
ever is shifted down to a gear that is too
low, serious damage can be caused to the
clutch and gearbox. This may also happen if
you press the clutch pedal and it does not en-
gage.
CAUTION
To prevent damage and avoid premature
wear
, please observe the following:
●
While driving, do not leave your hand rest-
ing on the gear stick. The pressure applied by
your hand is transmitted to the gearbox se-
lector forks.
●
Always ensure that the vehicle is complete-
ly stopped before engaging the reverse gear.
●
When changing gear, always make sure the
clutch pedal is pushed right to the floor.
●
Never hold the vehicle “on the clutch” on
hills with the engine on.
Automatic gear change
Fig. 148 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 26
Put the selector lever into position N for:
●
Starting up the engine
●
Remove the key from the ignition switch
●
Engage the steering wheel lock
Move the selector lever to the D or R position
to:
●
Park the vehicle
●
Repair a puncture
●
Changing a wheel
To move the gear selector lever from the posi-
tion N to D or to R, first press and hold the
brake pedal.
»
145
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
In the instrument panel display, with the igni-
tion sw
it
c
hed on, the selected gear range or
the gear engaged in the gearbox is shown.
- Reverse gear
Reverse gear is selected. Engage only when
the vehicle is stopped.
- Neutral
The gearbox is in neutral. No movement is
transmitted to the wheels and the engine
does not act as a brake.
- Standard driving position
The gears are changed (up and down) auto-
matically. The gear shifts are determined by
the engine load, your individual driving style
and the speed of the vehicle.
- Tiptronic driving position (manual shift
programme)
All gears can be changed (up and down)
manually ››› page 146. This is possible as
long as the system is not changing gear auto-
matically due to a traffic situation.
WARNING
Placing the selector lever in an incorrect posi-
tion may
cause loss of control of the vehicle
and a serious accident.
●
Do not press the accelerator when engag-
ing a range of gears.
●
With the engine ru
nning and a gear range
selected, the vehicle will move when the ac-
celerator is pressed.
●
Never engage reverse gear while driving.
●
Unintentional movements of the vehicle
could cause serious injury.
●
As a driver, you should never leave your ve-
hicle if the engine is running and a gear range
is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle
while the engine is running, you must always
apply the handbrake and put the selector lev-
er in position N.
●
Never engage the R gear range when the
vehicle is moving.
●
Never leave the vehicle without applying
the handbrake. With the engine running the
vehicle moves downhill regardless of the gear
range selected.
Note
If, while driving, the selector lever is acciden-
tal
ly placed in position N, lift your foot off the
accelerator. Wait until the engine is running
at idle speed before selecting a new gear
range.
Engaging gear with Tiptronic
Fig. 149 Lever in the Tiptronic position
With Tiptronic, the gears can be changed up
or do
wn m
anual
ly with the automatic gear-
box. When you change to the Tiptronic pro-
gramme, the vehicle remains in the currently
selected gear. This is possible as long as the
system is not changing gear automatically
due to a traffic situation.
Using Tiptronic
●
Place the lever in the position D to the left
on the Tiptronic shift gate M ›››
in Auto-
m
atic
g
ear change on page 146.
●
Press the lever forwards
+
or backwards
–
to move up or down a gear ›
›
›
Fig. 149.
●
Place the lever back to the position M to
the left on the Tiptronic shift gate, to leave
Tiptronic mode ›››
in Automatic gear
c
h
an
ge on page 146.
146
Driving
With the lever in the position D, and pr
e
s
sing
forwards
+
or backwards
–
the Tiptronic
pr
ogr
amme c
an be selected M.
CAUTION
●
When accel
erating, the gearbox automati-
cally shifts up into the next gear shortly be-
fore the maximum engine speed is reached.
●
When reducing speed manually, the gear-
box only shifts gear when the engine can no
longer exceed the maximum engine speed.
Driving with automatic gearbox
The gearbox changes gear ratios automatical-
ly
a
s
the vehicle moves.
Driving down hills
The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear
you will need to select. The lowest gears in-
crease the engine braking work. Never go
down hills with the selector lever in neutral
N.
●
You should reduce speed accordingly.
●
Place the lever in the position D to the left
on the Tiptronic shift gate M
›››
page 146.
●
Gently pull the selector lever back
–
to
c
h
an
ge down a gear.
Starting when going up a slope
The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear
you will need.
When stopping on a slope with a gear range
engaged, the vehicle must be prevented from
rolling backwards by always pressing the
brake pedal or pulling the handbrake lever
up. When starting, release the brake pedal or
the handbrake ›››
.
Kic
k
-do
wn
The kickdown system provides maximum ac-
celeration when the gear selector lever is in
the position D, or in the Tiptronic position M.
When the accelerator pedal is pressed right
down, the automatic gearbox will shift down
to a lower gear, depending on road speed
and engine speed. This takes advantage of
the maximum acceleration of the vehicle
›››
.
When the ac
c
el
erator is pressed to the floor,
the automatic gearbox shifts to the next gear
only after the engine reaches the specified
maximum engine speed.
WARNING
Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction
and skiddin
g, especially on slippery ground.
This could cause loss of control of the vehicle
resulting in an accident and serious injury.
●
Alwa
ys adapt your driving style to suit the
flow of traffic.
●
Only use the kick-down function or rapid
acceleration if visibility, weather, road and
traffic conditions so permit.
●
Never put other road users in danger by ac-
celerating or with your driving style.
CAUTION
If you stop on a hill with a gear range engag-
ed, do not
try
to prevent the vehicle from roll-
ing back by pressing on the accelerator. Oth-
erwise, the automatic gearbox may overheat
causing damage.
Automatic gearbox malfunction
Back-up programme
When aut
om
atic
gearbox warning and indica-
tion lamps light up on the instrument panel,
there may be a system malfunction
››› page 143. In the event of some faults the
automatic gearbox functions using a backup
programme. When the programme is activa-
ted, it is possible to drive the vehicle, howev-
er, at low speeds and within a selected range
of gears.
With the manual gearbox, in some cases it is
not possible to drive with all the gears.
In all cases the automatic gearbox must be
checked at a specialised workshop.
»
147
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Automatic gearbox overheating
The aut
om
atic
gearbox can overheat with a
prolonged start up, or when stopping and
starting continuously. This overheating is dis-
played with a warning lamp in the instru-
ment panel. Additionally, an audible warning
can be heard. Stop and let the gearbox cool
›››
.
The
v
ehic
le moves forward or back despite
having selected a gear range
When the vehicle does not move in the re-
quired direction, the system may not have
the gear range correctly engaged. Press the
brake pedal and engage the gear range
again. If the vehicle still does not move in the
required direction, there is a system malfunc-
tion. Seek specialist assistance and have the
system checked.
CAUTION
●
When the gearbo
x is displayed as overheat-
ing for the first time, the vehicle must be
parked safely or must be driven at a speed of
more than 20 km/h (12 mph).
●
When the warning lamp lights up and the
audible warning is heard, the vehicle must be
parked safely and the engine switched off.
Let the gearbox cool down.
●
To prevent damage to the gearbox, driving
must only be continued when the warning
lamps are no longer lit up. While the gearbox
is overheated, starting up and driving, even
at a slo
w speed should be avoided.
Recommended gear display
In some vehicles, the recommended gear for
reducin
g fuel consumption is displayed on
the instrument panel:
Display Meaning
Optimum gear.
Recommendation to change up a gear.
Recommendation to change down a
gear.
WARNING
The recommended gear display is intended as
a guideline only; it shou
ld never replace the
driver's attention to driving carefully.
●
Responsibility for selecting the correct gear
for each situation continues to lie with the
driver, for example when overtaking or climb-
ing a hill.
For the sake of the environment
Selecting the most appropriate gear for the
situation w
ill help you to save fuel.
Note
The recommended gear display is switched
off when the clut
ch pedal is pressed.
Run-in and economical driving
Runnin
g in
Please observe the instructions for running-in
new components.
Ru
nning-in the engine
The engine needs to be run in over the first
1,500 km. During its first few hours of run-
ning, the internal friction in the engine is
greater than later on when all the moving
parts have bedded down.
How the vehicle is driven for the first 1,500
km influences the future engine perform-
ance. Throughout the life of the vehicle, it
should be driven at a moderate speed, espe-
cially when the engine is cold, as this will re-
duce engine wear and increase its useful life.
Never drive at extremely low engine speeds.
Change down to a lower gear when the en-
gine no longer runs “smoothly”. Up to 1,000
kilometres the following instructions apply:
●
Do not use full throttle.
●
Do not force the engine above two thirds of
its max
imum speed.
148
Driving
Between 1,000 and 1,500 kilometres, gr
adu-
a
l
ly increase power until reaching the maxi-
mum speed and high engine speeds.
Running in new tyres and brake pads
●
Replacement of wheel rims and new tyres
››› page 199
●
Notes on the brakes ››› page 137
For the sake of the environment
If the engine is run in gently, the life of the
engine wi
ll be increased and the engine oil
consumption reduced.
Environmental compatibility
Environmental protection is a top priority in
the de
s
ign, c
hoice of materials and manufac-
ture of your new SEAT.
Constructive measures to encourage recy-
cling
●
Joints and connections designed for easy
dismantling
●
Modular construction to facilitate disman-
tling
●
Increased use of single-grade materials.
●
Plastic parts and elastomers are marked in
accordance with ISO 1043, ISO 11469 and
ISO 1629.
Choice of materials
●
Use of recycled materials.
●
Use of compatible plastics in the same part
if its components are not easily separated.
●
Use of recycled materials and/or materials
originating from renewable sources.
●
Reduction of volatile components, includ-
ing odour, in plastic materials.
●
Use of CFC-free coolants.
Ban on heavy metals, with the exceptions
dictated by law (Annex II of ELV Directive
2000/53/EC): cadmium, lead, mercury, hexa-
valent chromium.
Manufacturing methods
●
Reduction of the quantity of thinner in the
protective wax for cavities.
●
Use of plastic film as protection during ve-
hicle transport.
●
Use of solvent-free adhesives.
●
Use of CFC-free coolants in cooling sys-
tems.
●
Recycling and energy recovery from resi-
dues (RDF).
●
Improvement in the quality of waste water.
●
Use of systems for the recovery of residual
heat (thermal recovery, enthalpy wheels,
etc.).
●
The use of water-soluble paints.
Economical and environmentally
friendly driving
Fig. 150 Fuel consumption in litres per
100 km at
2 diff
er
ent outside temperatures
Fuel consumption, environmental impact and
en
gine, br
ak
e and tyre wear depend largely
on three factors:
●
Personal driving style.
●
Conditions of use (weather, road surface).
●
Technical requirements.
Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption
are possible with an appropriate driving style
and the adoption of certain simple tips.
Changing gear early
General instructions: The highest gear is al-
ways the most economical. As a guide, for
most vehicles at a speed of 30 km/h
(19 mph), drive in third gear, at 40 km/h
»
149
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
(25 mph) in fourth gear and at 50 km/h
(31 mph) in fif
th g
e
ar.
In addition, “skipping” gears when shifting
up helps to save fuel, weather and traffic
conditions permitting.
Do not wait until the last moment before
changing gear. Only use first gear when you
move off and change to second gear quickly.
Avoid the kick-down function in vehicles with
automatic gearbox.
Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve
an economical driving style as the display in-
dicates the best moment to change gear.
Let the vehicle roll
If you take your foot off the accelerator, the
fuel supply is stopped and consumption is
reduced.
Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating,
for example when approaching a red traffic
light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too
slowly or the distance is too long, the clutch
pedal should be pressed to declutch. The en-
gine will then operate at idle speed.
If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for
a period of time, switch off the engine; for ex-
ample, while waiting at a level crossing.
Think ahead and “flow” with the traffic
Frequent acceleration and braking considera-
bly increase fuel consumption. If you think
ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance
from the vehicle in front, it is possible to slow
down by simply lifting your foot off the accel-
erator. This eliminates the need for constant
braking and acceleration.
Calm and steady driving
Constancy is more important than speed: The
more you drive at a constant speed, the lower
the fuel consumption.
When driving on the motorway, it is more effi-
cient to drive at a constant and more moder-
ate speed than to be continuously accelerat-
ing and braking. As a general rule, you will
reach your destination just as quickly when
you drive at a constant speed.
The cruise control function helps you to ach-
ieve a constant style of driving.
Moderate use of additional devices
It is important to travel in comfort, but con-
venience systems should be used ecological-
ly.
Some equipment, when connected, increase
fuel consumption considerably, for example:
●
Air conditioning cooling system: If the air
conditioning system is required to cool to
significantly lower temperatures than the true
outside temperature, it will require a large
amount of energy from the engine. Therefore,
we recommend that the selected temperature
for the vehicle is not too different to the out-
side temperature. It is a good idea to air the
vehicle before starting your journey and to
drive a short distance with the windows
open. Then you can close the windows and
switch on the air conditioning. Keep windows
closed when travelling at high speeds. Driv-
ing with the windows open increases fuel
consumption.
●
Switch off the seat heating when the seats
have warmed up.
●
Switch off the heated rear window when it
is not moist or covered in ice.
Avoid short journeys
Fuel consumption is much higher when the
engine is cold, immediately after it has been
started. It takes a few kilometres of driving
for the engine to warm up and to normalise
consumption.
The engine and catalytic converter need to
reach their proper working temperature in or-
der to minimise fuel consumption and emis-
sions. The ambient temperature has a deci-
sive influence.
Fig. 150 shows the difference in consump-
tion for the same journey at +20 °C (+68 °F)
and at -10 °C (+14 °F).
Therefore, unnecessary short journeys
should be avoided. Try to combine trips.
150
Driving
The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in
s
ummer
, ev
en when other conditions are the
same.
The engine takes a long time to warm up
when it is idling. In addition, mechanical
wear and pollutant emissions are also espe-
cially high during this initial warm-up phase.
It is therefore best to drive off immediately af-
ter starting the engine. Doing this avoids run-
ning the engine at a high speed.
Adjusting type pressures.
Having the correct pressure in your tyres
helps to reduce rolling resistance and, as a
result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing
the tyre pressure slightly (+0.2
bar/+3 psi/+200 kPa) can help to save fuel.
When you buy new tyres, make sure they are
optimised for minimum rolling resistance.
Use low friction engine oil
The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils,
known as low friction engine oil, helps to re-
duce fuel consumption. These oils reduce the
resistance caused by friction in the engine,
they flow around the engine more quickly
and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The
effect is particularly noticeable in vehicles
frequently used for short journeys.
Always check the engine oil level and ob-
serve service intervals (engine oil change in-
tervals).
When purchasing engine oil, always observe
legal requirements and ensure that the oil is
approved by SEAT.
Avoid carrying unnecessary loads
The lighter the vehicle, the more economical
and ecological the driving style. For example,
an additional weight of 100 kg will increase
fuel consumption up to 0.3 l/100 km.
Remove any unnecessary objects or loads
from the vehicle.
Remove optional equipment and unnecessa-
ry accessories
The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower
the fuel consumption. Optional equipment
and accessories (such as roof racks or bike
carriers) reduce the aerodynamic benefits of
the vehicle.
Therefore, we recommend you remove all op-
tional and unnecessary equipment and racks,
especially if you intend to drive at high
speeds.
Other factors which increase fuel consump-
tion (examples):
●
Fault in engine management.
●
Driving on hills.
WARNING
Always adapt your speed and the distance to
the vehic
les ahead in line with visibility,
weather conditions, the condition of the road
and the traffic situation.
Engine management and ex-
haus
t gas purification system
Introduction
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach
very
high temperatures. This could cause a
fire.
●
Always park your vehicle so that no part of
the exhaust system can come in contact with
flammable materials (such as dried grass).
●
Never apply additional underseal or anti-
corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata-
lytic converter or the heat shields on the ex-
haust system.
Control and warning lamps
It lights up
fault in the pet-
rol engine man-
agement.
Take the vehicle to a specialised
workshop as soon as possible and
have the engine checked.
»
151
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
It lights up
Fault in the
emission control
system.
Reduce speed and drive carefully to
the nearest specialised workshop to
have the engine checked.
Flashes
Combustion
fault which could
damage the cat-
alytic converter.
Reduce speed and drive carefully to
the nearest specialised workshop to
have the engine checked.
Several warning and control lamps light up
f
or a f
ew sec
onds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
CAUTION
Always pay attention to any lit control lamps
and to the corr
esponding descriptions and in-
structions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Note
Whereas the control lamps may remain lit
or , ther
e may be engine problems, fuel
consumption may increase and the engine
may lose power
Catalytic converter
The catalytic converter permits the subse-
quent tre
atment of the exhaust gases thus
reducing contaminating gas emissions. To
ensure a longer working life for the exhaust
system and catalytic converter in a petrol en-
gine:
●
Always use unleaded petrol.
●
Never run the fuel tank completely dry.
●
Do not top up with too much engine oil
››› page 188.
●
Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter
cabl
es
›››
page 43.
If you should notice misfiring, uneven run-
ning or loss of power when the car is moving,
reduce speed immediately. Have the car in-
spected by a specialised workshop. If this
happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust
system and escape into the atmosphere. The
catalytic converter can also be damaged by
overheating.
For the sake of the environment
Even when the emission control system is
workin
g perfectly, there may be a smell of
sulphur under certain conditions. This de-
pends on the sulphur content of the fuel
used.
Driving tips
Driv
in
g abr
oad
In some countries, certain safety regulations
and requirements
are in force relating to ex-
haust gas emissions, which differ from the
technical characteristics of the vehicle. Be-
fore travelling abroad, SEAT recommends you
consult a technical service about the legal re-
quirements and the following points:
●
Does the vehicle need technical modifica-
tions f
or driving abroad, for example, adjust-
ment of the headlamps?
●
Does the vehicle have all the tools, diag-
nostics equipment and spare parts required
for inspections and repairs?
●
Are there any SEAT dealers in the destina-
tion country?
●
For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol avail-
able at the right octane rating?
●
For diesel engines: is diesel fuel available
with a low sulphur content?
●
Are a suitable engine oil (
›››
page 188) and
other engine fluids complying with SEAT
specifications available in the destination
country?
●
Are special tyres required in the destination
country?
152
Driver assistance systems
CAUTION
SEAT does not accept liability for any damage
to the v
ehicle due to the use of a lower quali-
ty fuel, an inadequate service or the non-
availability of genuine spare parts.
Driving along flooded roadways
To prevent damage to the vehicle when driv-
ing through w
ater, for example, along a floo-
ded road, please observe the following:
●
Check the depth of the water before enter-
ing the flooded z
one. The water should never
come above the lower edge of the bodywork
›››
.
●
Do not drive faster than a pedestrian.
●
Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear
or sw
it
c
h off the engine.
●
Oncoming traffic will cause waves which
raise the level of the water, making it difficult
to cross the water.
●
Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenever
crossing water.
WARNING
When driving through water, mud, melted
snow
, etc., please remember that due to
damp or frozen brake discs and shoes in win-
ter, the braking effect may be delayed, there-
fore the required braking distance is greater.
●
“Dry the br
akes and remove ice” by braking
carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger-
ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu-
lations in the process.
●
After driving through water, avoid sudden
sharp manoeuvres.
CAUTION
●
Driv
ing thr
ough flooded areas may severely
damage vehicle components such as the en-
gine, transmission, drive train or electrical
system.
●
Never drive through salt water as salt cau-
ses corrosion. Always rinse any parts of the
vehicle which have been in contact with salt
water.
Driver assistance systems
P
ark
in
g distance warning sys-
tem*
Introduction
The parking distance warning system assists
the driver when park
ing. If the rear of the ve-
hicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermit-
tent audible warning is emitted. The shorter
the distance, the shorter the intervals be-
tween tones. If the vehicle is too close to the
obstacle, the audible warning becomes con-
stant.
If you continue to approach an obstacle when
the sound is continuous, this means the sys-
tem can no longer measure the distance.
Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmit
and receive ultrasound. Using the ultrasound
signal (transmission, reflection from the ob-
stacles and reception), this system continu-
ously calculates the distance between the
bumper and the obstacle.
WARNING
The parking distance warning system cannot
repl
ace the driver's assessment of the situa-
tion.
●
The sensors have blind spots in which ob-
stacles and people are not registered.
»
153
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
●
Alwa
ys observe the area around the vehi-
cle, as the sensors do not always detect
small children, animals or objects.
●
The surface of certain objects and some
clothing do not reflect the ultrasound signals
from the parking distance system. The sys-
tem cannot detect or incorrectly detects
these objects and people wearing these
types of clothes.
●
External sound sources can affect the park-
ing distance aid signals. In this case, under
certain circumstances, people and objects
will not be detected.
CAUTION
●
The sensors
may not always be able to de-
tect objects such as trailer draw bars, thin
rails, fences, posts, trees and open boots,
etc. This could result in damage to your car.
●
Although the parking distance warning sys-
tem detects and warns of the presence of an
obstacle, the obstacle could disappear from
the angle of measurement of the sensors if it
is too high or low and the system would no
longer show it. Therefore, it will not warn you
of these objects. Ignoring the warnings of the
parking sensor system could cause consider-
able damage to the vehicle.
●
The bumper sensors may become damaged
or misaligned, for example, when parking.
●
To ensure that the system works properly,
the bumper sensors must be kept clean, free
of ice and snow and uncovered.
●
When cle
aning the sensors with high-pres-
sure or steam cleaning equipment, spray the
sensors briefly at a distance of no less than
10 cm.
●
Different sources of noise can produce er-
rors in the parking distance warning system,
e.g. parking distance warning systems from
other vehicles, inductive loops or construc-
tion works machines.
●
Retrofitting of components to the vehicle,
such as a bicycle carrier, may interfere with
the function of the parking distance warning
system.
Parking distance warning system
Fig. 151 Parking distance warning system
sen
sor
s
on the rear bumper
The sensors of the parking distance warning
sy
s
t
em are situated on the rear bumper
››› Fig. 151.
Switching the parking distance warning sys-
tem on and off
●
Switching on: With the ignition switched
on, select reverse gear. A short audible warn-
ing confirms that the parking distance warn-
ing system is switched on and functioning.
●
Switching off: Release reverse gear.
Special features of the parking distance
warning system
●
The parking distance warning system
sometimes registers water on the sensors as
an obstacle.
●
If the distance does not change, the warn-
ing signal will sound less loudly after a few
seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the
volume will remain constant.
●
When the vehicle moves away from the ob-
stacle, the beeping sound automatically
switches off. When getting close again, it re-
connects.
●
Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volume
of the warning signals.
Note
A fault in the parking distance warning sys-
tem is
indicated through a brief audible warn-
ing that is constant for about 3 seconds when
switching it on the first time. Check the park-
ing distance warning system at a Specialised
workshop as soon as possible.
154
Driver assistance systems
Optical parking system* (OPS)
Fig. 152 On-screen OPS display:
A
has de-
tected an o
bstacle in the collision zone;
B
has detected an obstacle in the segment;
C
zone recorded behind the vehicle.
The optical parking system is an extension of
the p
ark
in
g distance warning system
››› page 154.
The area recorded by the sensors behind the
vehicle is visible on the radio screen. Any ob-
stacles are displayed in relation to the vehi-
cle ›››
.
Function Necessary operations
Switching the
display on:
Switching on the ››› page 154 park-
ing distance warning system. The
OPS switches on automatically.
Switching the
display off man-
ually:
Release reverse gear.
Zones explored
B
ehind the
v
ehicle ››› Fig. 152
C
, the zone
an
aly
sed r
eaches a distance of up to 150 cm
and around 60 cm to the sides.
Screen display
The image displayed represents the super-
vised zones in several segments. As the vehi-
cle moves closer to an obstacle, the segment
moves closer to the vehicle displayed
A
or
B
. When the penultimate segment is dis-
p
l
a
yed, this means that the vehicle has
reached the collision zone. Stop the vehicle!
Distance from
the vehicle to
the obstacle
Audible
warning
Displayed in col-
our on the screen:
colour of the seg-
ment if an obsta-
cle is recognised
behind:
approx. 31-150
cm
beeping
sound
Yellow
behind:
approx. 0-30 cm
perma-
nent
sound
Red
WARNING
Do not be distracted from traffic to look at the
scr
een.
Note
●
SEAT r
ecommends practising using the
parking distance warning system in a traffic-
free zone or in a car park to familiarise your-
self with the system and its operation.
●
Visualisation of the recorded area by the
sensors on the screen may last take up to 5
seconds.
Cruise control* (Cruise control
syst
em - CCS)
Control lamp
It lights
up
Possible cause
This cruise control system maintains the
set speed of the vehicle.
Several warning and control lamps light up
f
or a f
ew sec
onds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle
may
stall in traffic, or may cause accidents
and severe injuries.
●
Never ignore the warning lamps.
»
155
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they
appear m
ay result in faults in the vehicle.
Cruise control operation
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 24
The cruise control system (CCS) is able to in-
dividually maintain the set speed when driv-
ing forwards from approx. 20 km/h (15 mph).
The CCS only slows down by reducing the ac-
celerator but not by braking
›››
.
T
r
av
elling down hills with the CCS
When travelling down hills the CCS cannot
maintain a constant speed. Slow the vehicle
down using the brake pedal and reduce
gears if required.
Automatic off
The cruise control system (CCS) is switched
off automatically or temporarily:
●
If the system detects a fault that could af-
fect the working order of the CCS.
●
If you increase the stored speed by press-
ing the accelerator pedal for a certain time.
●
if the brake or clutch pedal is depressed.
●
If the gear is changed with the manual
gearbox.
●
If the airbag is triggered.
WARNING
Use of the cruise control could cause acci-
dents and sev
ere injuries if it is not possible
to drive at a constant speed maintaining the
safety distance.
●
Do not use the cruise control in heavy traf-
fic, if the distance from the vehicle in front is
insufficient, on steep roads, with several
bends or in slippery circumstances (snow,
ice, rain or loose gravel), or on flooded roads.
●
Never use the CCS when driving off-road or
on unpaved roads.
●
Always adapt your speed and the distance
to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility,
weather conditions, the condition of the road
and the traffic situation.
●
To avoid unexpected operation of the cruise
control system, turn it off every time you fin-
ish using it.
●
It is dangerous to use a set speed which is
too high for the prevailing road, traffic or
weather conditions.
●
When travelling down hills, the CCS cannot
maintain a constant speed. The vehicle tends
to accelerate under its own weight. Select a
lower gear or use the foot brake to slow the
vehicle.
Safety Assist* (City Safety As-
s
i
s
t function)
Introduction
The City Safety Assist function covers driving
situation
s at a distance of about 10 metres in
front of the vehicle, in a speed range of ap-
proximately 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph).
When the system detects a possible collision
with a vehicle in front, the vehicle prepares
for a possible emergency braking
›››
.
If
the driv
er doe
s not react to an imminent
collision, the system can automatically brake
the vehicle in order to reduce speed faced
with a possible collision. The system can
help to reduce the consequences of an acci-
dent.
If the City Safety Assist function determines
that the driver has braked insufficiently when
faced with an imminent collision, the system
can increase the brake force in order to re-
duce speed. The system can help to reduce
the consequences of an accident.
WARNING
The smart technology in the City Safety As-
sis
t system cannot change the limits imposed
by the laws of physics and by the system it-
self. The increased convenience offered by
the City Safety Assist system should never
prompt you to take risks. The driver always
156
Driver assistance systems
assumes the responsibility of braking in
time.
●
The City Safety Assist function cannot pre-
vent ac
cidents or serious injury by itself.
●
The City Safety Assist system may carry out
unwanted brake interventions in complex
driving situations e.g. when a vehicle crosses
at a short distance.
WARNING
Relying on the City Safety Assist system in
c
ity driv
ing as part of one's driving behaviour
may cause accidents and serious injury. The
system is not a replacement for driver aware-
ness.
●
Always adapt your speed and the distance
to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility,
weather conditions, the condition of the road
and the traffic situation.
●
The City Safety Assist function does not re-
act to people, animals or vehicles that cross
or move in the opposite direction in the same
lane.
●
If after switching on the City Safety Assist
function the vehicle begins to move, slow the
vehicle with the foot brake.
CAUTION
If you suspect that the City Safety Assist la-
ser feat
ure is damaged, disconnect it. This
will avoid additional damage.
●
Any r
epair of the laser sensor requires spe-
cialised skills. SEAT recommends taking your
car in for technical service.
Note
●
If
the City
Safety Assist function activates a
brake, the brake pedal range is reduced. This
makes the brake pedal seem “harder”.
●
Automatic brake intervention by the City
Safety Assist function can be cancelled by
pressing the clutch pedal, the accelerator
pedal or by a corrective intervention.
●
During automatic braking by the City Safety
Assist function you may hear unusual noises.
This is normal and is produced in the brake
system.
Warning and control lamp
The City Safety Assist function is switched on
ev
er
y
time the ignition is switched on. No
special indication is produced.
If the City Safety Assist function is switched
off or on, or if there is an error in the system,
it will be shown by a control lamp on the in-
strument panel display.
It lights up
The City Safety Assist
function has been
switched on manual-
ly using the button
››› Fig. 155.
The control lamp turns off after
about 5 seconds.
Flashes
Fast: The City Safety
Assist system func-
tion brakes automat-
ically or has braked
automatically.
Control lamp turns off automati-
cally.
Slow: City Safety As-
sist function is not
currently available.
If the vehicle is stopped, switch
off the engine and switch it on
again. If necessary, inspect the
laser sensor (dirt, frost) . If it
still does not function, refer to a
Specialised workshop to have
the system inspected.
Flashes
Within the operating
area of 5-30 km/h
(3-19 mph): The City
Safety Assist func-
tion has been
switched off manual-
ly using the button
››› Fig. 155.
Switch on the City Safety Assist
function manually using the
button
››› Fig. 155.
Several warning and control lamps should
light
up f
or a f
ew seconds when the ignition
is switched on, signalling that the function is
»
157
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
being verified. They will switch off after a few
sec
ond
s.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle
may
stall in traffic, or may cause accidents
and severe injuries.
●
Never ignore the warning lamps.
●
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they
appear m
ay result in faults in the vehicle.
Laser sensor
Fig. 153 In the windscreen: laser sensor for
the C
ity
Safety Assist function.
Fig. 154 Laser sensor detection area
A laser sensor on the windscreen ›
›
›
Fig. 153
allows the system to detect driving situations
in front of the vehicle.
Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a dis-
tance of about 10 m.
WARNING
The laser beam on the laser sensor can lead
to serious
eye injuries.
●
Never focus optical devices, e.g. a camera,
a microscope or a magnifying glass closer
than 100 mm from the laser sensor.
●
Note that the laser beam can stay active
when the City Safety Assist system is switch-
ed off or unavailable. The laser beam is not
visible to the human eye.
CAUTION
If the windscreen is dirty or frosted in the
area of
the laser sensor, e.g. due to rain, mist
or snow, as a result the City Safety Assist
syst
em may fail to operate.
●
Always keep the laser sensor area free of
dirt and frost.
●
Use a small brush to remove snow and a
de-icer spray to remove ice.
CAUTION
A damaged windscreen in the laser sensor
ar
ea m
ay cause the City Safety Assist func-
tion to fail to operate.
●
Replace the windscreen if it is scratched,
cracked or chipped by stones in the laser sen-
sor area. Only use a windscreen authorised
by SEAT. Carrying out repairs is not permitted
(e.g. in the case of damage suffered in an im-
pact from a stone).
●
When replacing the windscreen wipers, on-
ly use windscreen wipers authorised by SEAT.
●
Do not paint the laser sensor area on the
windscreen, or cover it with adhesives or oth-
er materials.
158
Driver assistance systems
Function
Fig. 155 In the lower part of the centre con-
so
l
e: B
utton for the City Safety Assist func-
tion.
Switching on and off the City Safety Assist
f
u
nction
●
Pr
ess the ››› Fig. 155 button on the centre
console.
When the City Safety Assist function is
switched on, the control lamp lights up
on the dash panel within the operational
range, i.e. for speeds between 5-30 km/h
(3-19 mph).
Switch off the City Safety Assist function in
the following situations
Switching off the City Safety Assist function is
recommended in the following situations
›››
:
●
While the vehicle is being towed.
●
If
the
v
ehicle has been taken to an auto-
matic car wash.
●
If the vehicle is above a test bed.
●
If the laser sensor is defective.
●
After the laser sensor has been involved in
a collision.
●
When driving off road (overhanging branch-
es).
●
If objects are protruding above the bonnet,
e.g. a load carried on the roof that signifi-
cantly protrudes over the front.
●
If the windscreen is damaged in the laser
sensor area.
WARNING
Failure to switch off the City Safety Assist
function in the abo
ve situations may result in
accidents and serious injury.
●
Switch off the City Safety Assist function in
critical situations.
Special driving situations
Fig. 156 A: Vehicle on a bend. B: A motorcy-
c
li
s
t driving ahead out of range of the laser
sensor
Fig. 157 Other vehicles changing lanes
»
159
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
The City Safety Assist function is limited by
the l
a
w
s of physics and by the nature of the
system itself. For this reason, this may pro-
duce reactions from the City Safety Assist
system in certain circumstances that are late
or unexpected by the driver. For this reason,
always pay due attention and if necessary, in-
tervene.
For example, the following driving situations
require special attention:
Driving through a bend
When entering or leaving a “long” bend, the
vehicle may decelerate when the laser sensor
detects a vehicle travelling in the adjoining
lane ››› Fig. 156 A. To interrupt deceleration
you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or
press the clutch.
Narrow vehicles in front
The laser sensor will only detect narrow vehi-
cles in front if they are in the sensor detec-
tion zone ››› Fig. 156 B. This applies especial-
ly to narrow vehicles such as motorbikes.
Other vehicles changing lanes
Vehicles moving into your lane in close prox-
imity can cause unexpected braking from the
City Safety Assist system
›››
Fig. 157. To inter-
rupt deceleration you can accelerate, turn the
steering wheel or press the clutch.
Possible malfunction to the laser sensor
If the laser sensor operation function is im-
paired, for example due to heavy rain, mist,
snow or dirt, the City Safety Assist system
function is temporarily disconnected. On the
instrument panel display the control lamp
flashes.
When the malfunction in the laser sensor has
been rectified, the availability of the City
Safety Assist system function is automatically
restored. The control lamp switches off.
The following conditions could prevent the
City Safety Assist system from functioning:
●
Tight bends.
●
Accelerator pressed all the way down to the
floor.
●
If the City Safety Assist system is switched
off or there is a fault ››› page 157.
●
If the laser sensor is dirty, covered or over-
heated ››› page 158.
●
In the event of snow, heavy rain or dense
fog.
●
If there are vehicles in front.
●
Vehicles changing lanes.
●
Vehicles moving in the opposite direction
in the same lane.
●
Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of re-
flection.
●
Pre
sence of thick dust.
Hill driving assistant*
Operation
This function is only included in vehicles with
ESC.
The hil
l driving assistant helps the driver to
move off and upward on a hill when the vehi-
cle is stationary.
The system maintains brake pressure for ap-
proximately two seconds after the driver
takes his foot off the brake pedal to prevent
the vehicle from lurching backward when it is
started. During these 2 seconds, the driver
has enough time to release the clutch pedal
and accelerate without the vehicle moving
and without having to use the handbrake,
making start-up easier, more comfortable
and safer.
These are the basic operation conditions:
●
being on a ramp or hill/slope,
●
doors closed,
●
vehicle completely stationary,
●
engine running and foot on the brake,
●
besides having a gear engaged or being in
neutral f
or manual gear change and with the
selector lever at positions S, D or R in vehi-
cles with an automatic gearbox.
This system is also active when reversing up-
hill.
160
Driver assistance systems
WARNING
●
If y
ou do not start the vehicle immediately
after taking your foot off the brake pedal, the
vehicle may start to roll back under certain
conditions. Depress the brake pedal or use
the hand brake immediately.
●
If the engine stalls, depress the brake ped-
al or use the hand brake immediately.
●
When following a line of traffic uphill, if you
want to prevent the vehicle from rolling back
accidentally when starting off, hold the brake
pedal down for a few seconds before starting
off.
Note
The Official Service or a specialist workshop
can tel
l you if your vehicle is equipped with
this system.
Start-Stop System
C
ontr
o
l lamps
It lights up
The Start-Stop system is enabled.
It lights up
The Start-Stop sys-
tem is enabled but
the engine cannot
be automatically
stopped.
Contact a specialised workshop.
It lights up
The Start-Stop sys-
tem cannot start the
engine.
Start the engine by hand using
the vehicle's key ››› page 135.
There is a fault in the
alternator.
››› page 196
Flashes
The Start-Stop sys-
tem is not available.
Contact a specialised workshop.
Some warning and control lamps will light up
briefly
when the ignition i
s
switched on to
check certain functions. They will switch off
after a few seconds.
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ›››
in On the
instrument
panel on page 26.
Start-Stop system
Fig. 158 At the top of the centre console:
St
ar
t
-Stop system button
With the Start-Stop system enabled, the en-
gine i
s
aut
omatically stopped when the vehi-
cle is at a standstill. It will start again auto-
matically as required.
This function remains enabled while the igni-
tion is switched on. The instrument panel dis-
play shows information on the current status
››› page 161.
Disconnect the Start-Stop system by hand
whenever crossing water.
Vehicles with a manual gearbox
●
When the vehicle is stopped, put it into
neutral and release the clutch pedal. The en-
gine will stop.
●
To restart, simply engage the clutch.
»
161
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Operation
Vehicles with an automatic gearbox
●
When the vehicle is at a standstill, depress
the br
ak
e or k
eep it pressed down. The en-
gine switches off.
●
The engine will start again as soon as you
release the brake pedal.
●
With the selector lever set to position N,
the engine will not start until a range of gears
is selected or the accelerator pedal is de-
pressed.
Important conditions for the engine to stop
automatically
●
The driver's seat belt must be fastened.
●
The driver door must be closed.
●
The bonnet must be closed.
●
The engine must have reached a minimum
temperature.
●
The vehicle must have moved since the last
time the engine was stopped.
●
The vehicle's battery must be sufficiently
charged.
●
The battery temperature must not be too
low or too high.
●
The vehicle must not be on a very steep
slope.
Conditions for the engine to restart automat-
ically
The engine can be automatically restarted in
the following cases:
●
If the vehicle starts to moves.
●
If the battery voltage drops.
Conditions requiring engine start-up using
the key
The engine has to be manually started in the
following cases:
●
If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt.
●
If the driver door is opened.
●
If the bonnet is opened.
Switching the Start-Stop system on and off
●
Press the button situated in the centre
console ››› Fig. 158.
●
The button will light up when the Start-Stop
system is switched off.
The engine will start immediately if the vehi-
cle is in Stop mode when the system is
switched off by hand.
WARNING
The smart technology included in the hill
hold c
annot change the laws of physics. Do
not let the extra convenience afforded by the
hill hold tempt you into taking any risks
when driving.
●
An
y accidental movement of the vehicle
could result in serious injury.
●
The hill hold is not a replacement for driver
awareness.
●
Adjust your speed and driving style to visi-
bility, weather, road and traffic conditions.
●
The hill hold cannot always keep the vehi-
cle at a standstill on a slope or brake suffi-
ciently when travelling downhill (e.g. on slip-
pery or frozen surfaces).
WARNING
The brake servo and the electromechanical
steerin
g do not work when the engine is
switched off.
●
The vehicle must never be allowed to move
with the engine switched off.
●
Disconnect the Start-Stop system before
working in the engine compartment.
CAUTION
The vehicle's battery could be damaged if the
vehicl
e is used for long periods at very high
outside temperatures.
Note
In some cases, it may be necessary to start
the engine by
hand using the key. Refer to
162
Towing bracket device
the corresponding control lamp on the instru-
ment panel
.
Towing bracket device
Driv
in
g w
ith a trailer
Information on driving with a trailer
The vehicle is not certified f
or trailer cou-
pling. The vehicle is not factory-equipped
with a towing bracket, nor is it possible to ret-
rofit it.
WARNING
Installing a towing bracket on the vehicle
may
cause accidents and serious injuries
while operating the vehicle.
●
Never install a towing bracket on the vehi-
cle.
●
The trailer may be released from the vehicle
when the vehicle is moving.
CAUTION
Any type of towing bracket installed on the
vehicl
e can cause serious and costly damage
that are not covered under the SEAT guaran-
tee.
163
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
Advice
C
ar
e and m
aintenance
Accessories, replacement of
parts and modifications
Introduction
WARNING
The use of spare parts and accessories, or in-
correctly
performed modifications or repairs
may result in damage to the vehicle, acci-
dents and serious injury.
●
SEAT strongly recommends you to only use
SEAT approved accessories and SEAT
®
origi-
nal spare parts. These parts and accessories
have been specially tested by SEAT for suita-
bility, reliability and safety.
●
Have any repairs or modifications carried
out at a specialised workshop. These work-
shops have the necessary tools, diagnostics
equipment, repair information and qualified
personnel.
●
Only mount parts with the same specifica-
tions as the parts fitted at factory.
●
Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as
drink holders or telephone cradles over the
covers of the airbag modules or within their
deployment zones.
●
Only u
se wheels and tyre combinations
which have been approved by SEAT for your
vehicle type.
Accessories and spare parts
SEAT recommends you consult an Official
Servic
e before purchasing accessories and
spare parts or consumables. For example,
when fitting accessories at a later date, or
when replacing a component. A SEAT Official
Service will advise you as to the legal require-
ments and manufacturer's recommendations
regarding accessories, spare parts and other
components.
SEAT recommend you use only approved
SEAT accessories and genuine SEAT spare
parts
®
. These parts and accessories have
been specially tested by SEAT for suitability,
reliability and safety. In addition, SEAT tech-
nical services will guarantee that assembly is
performed professionally.
Although we continually monitor the market,
SEAT cannot guarantee that products not ap-
proved by SEAT are reliable, safe or suitable
for the vehicle. Therefore, SEAT cannot accept
liability, even in those cases authorised by
an officially recognised technical inspection
office or other official body.
Any retro-fitted equipment which has a direct
effect on vehicle control must be approved by
SEAT for use in your vehicle and bear the e
mark (the E
uropean Union's authorisation
symbol). This includes cruise control systems
or electronically controlled suspension.
If any additional electrical devices are fitted
which do not serve to control the vehicle it-
self, these must bear the mark (European
Union manufacturer conformity declaration).
This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or
ventilator fans.
WARNING
Unprofessional repairs or modifications to
the vehic
le may affect the performance of the
airbags, and may cause operating faults or fa-
tal accidents.
●
Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as
drink holders or telephone cradles over or
next to the covers of the airbag modules or
within their deployment zones.
●
Objects placed over the airbag covers, or
within their deployment zones, could lead to
serious injury or loss of life if the airbags are
triggered.
Service fluids and components
All vehicle fluids and consumables, s
uc
h a
s
notched belts, tyres, coolant fluids, engine
oils, spark plugs and batteries are continual-
ly being developed. Therefore all fluids and
164
Care and maintenance
consumables should be changed at a speci-
ali
sed w
ork
shop. Technical services are per-
manently informed of any modifications.
WARNING
The incorrect use or handling of fluids or con-
sumab
les may result in accident, serious in-
jury, burns or intoxication.
●
Therefore, fluids must always be stored
closed in their original container.
●
Never store fluids in empty food containers
or bottles as other people may accidentally
drink the fluid.
●
Keep all fluids and consumables out of
reach of children.
●
Read and observe the information and
warnings given on the fluid containers.
●
Only work in the open air or in well-ventila-
ted zones, when using products which give
off harmful vapours.
●
Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace-
tone or any other volatile liquid in the main-
tenance of the vehicle. These are toxic and
highly flammable. They could lead to fire or
explosions!
CAUTION
●
Only u
se appropriate fluids. Do not confuse
fluids as this can cause serious malfunctions
or engine damage.
●
Accessories and other components moun-
ted in front of the air inlet reduce the cooling
effect of the coolant. If the engine is running
under gre
at strain in high outside tempera-
tures, it could overheat.
For the sake of the environment
Leaking fluids could pollute the environment.
C
ol
lect any spilt fluids in suitable containers
and dispose of them in accordance with legis-
lation and with respect for the environment.
Repairs and technical changes
When performing repairs and technical mod-
ific
ation
s,
SEAT's directives must be ob-
served! ›››
Unauthorised modifications to the electronic
c
omponents
or sof
tware in the vehicle may
cause malfunctions. Due to the way the elec-
tronic components are linked together in net-
works, other indirect systems may be affec-
ted by the faults. This may significantly affect
the vehicle's performance, increase compo-
nent wear and could mean that the vehicle
registration documents are no longer valid.
Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held lia-
ble for any damage caused by technical mod-
ifications or repairs performed incorrectly.
The SEAT Official Service does not accept lia-
bility for damage resulting from technical
modifications or repairs performed incorrect-
ly; neither is the SEAT warranty valid in these
cases.
SEAT recommends you have any technical
modifications or repairs performed at a SEAT
Official Service and that you use genuine
SEAT spare parts
®
.
Vehicles with special accessories and equip-
ment
The manufacturers of additional equipment
guarantee that the equipment complies with
applicable laws and regulations with respect
to the environment, in particular Directives
2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first direc-
tive governs the disposal of end-of-life vehi-
cles while the second refers to the restric-
tions on the marketing and use of certain
dangerous substances and preparations.
The vehicle owner should keep the documen-
tation for the additional equipment safely
and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end
of the vehicle's service life. This ensures that
any additional equipment mounted in end-of-
life vehicles is correctly disposed of with re-
spect for the environment.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not per-
formed corr
ectly may result in damage or er-
rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef-
fectiveness of the driver assist systems. This
could result in serious accident.
»
165
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
●
All
repairs and modifications to the vehicle
should only be performed by a specialised
workshop.
Repairs and malfunctions in the air-
bag sys
tem
When performing repairs and technical mod-
ifications,
SEAT's directives must be ob-
served! ›››
Modifications and repairs to the front bump-
er
, door
s, fr
ont seats, and repairs to the roof
or chassis should only be carried out in a
specialised workshop. These components
may contain parts or sensors belonging to
the airbag system.
If work is carried out on the airbag system or
parts have to be removed and fitted on the
system when performing other repair work,
parts of the airbag system may be damaged.
The consequence may be that, in the event of
an accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly or
does not inflate at all.
So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not
reduced and that removed parts do not cause
any injuries or environmental pollution, regu-
lations must be observed. These require-
ments are known to specialised workshops.
Modifications to the vehicle suspension may
affect the operation of the airbag system in
the event of collision. For example, if wheel
and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT
are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered,
the suspension is stiffened or the suspension
springs, telescopic arms, dampers, etc., are
modified, the results received by the airbag
sensors and sent to the control unit may not
be accurate. For example, some modifica-
tions to the suspension could increase the
force measured by the sensors and result in
the triggering of the airbag systems in colli-
sions. Under normal conditions, the meas-
ured values would be lower and the airbag
would not have been triggered. Other modifi-
cations may reduce the forces measured by
the sensors and prevent the airbags from be-
ing triggered when they should.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not per-
formed corr
ectly may result in damage or er-
rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef-
fectiveness of the airbag systems. This could
result in serious or fatal accidents.
●
All repairs and modifications to the vehicle
should only be performed by a specialised
workshop.
●
Airbag modules must never be repaired: if
damaged, they must be replaced.
●
Never fit recycled or reused airbag compo-
nents in your vehicle.
WARNING
Modifications to the vehicle suspension, in-
cluding the u
se of unauthorised wheel and
tyre combinations, may affect the perform-
ance of the airbags and increase the risk of
serious or fatal injury in the event of acci-
dent.
●
Never fit suspension components which are
not identical to the original parts in the vehi-
cle.
●
Never use wheel and tyre combinations not
approved by SEAT.
Retrofitting of mobile phones
An exterior aerial is required for the use of
tw
o-w
a
y radios in the vehicle.
The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic ap-
pliances in the vehicle is subject to their ap-
proval for use in your vehicle. Under certain
circumstances, this could mean that your ve-
hicle registration documents are no longer
valid.
SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with
two-way radios providing the following condi-
tions are observed:
●
The exterior aerial must be mounted pro-
fessionally.
●
The maximum transmitting power is 10
watts.
166
Care and maintenance
The optimal reach of the equipment is only
ac
hiev
ed w
ith an external aerial.
Check first with a specialised workshop that
understands the technical possibilities of in-
stallation if you wish to use a two-way radio
with a transmitting power of over 10 watts.
SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech-
nical service.
All legal requirements, together with the in-
structions for the use of two-way radios must
be observed.
WARNING
If the two-way radio is not securely fastened
in position, it
could be sent flying around the
vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden
manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.
●
While driving, two-way radios must be se-
curely fastened in position, outside the air-
bags deployment zones, or safely stowed
away.
WARNING
When using a two-way radio without a con-
nection to an ext
erior aerial, the maximum
permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation
may be exceeded. This is also the case if the
aerial has not been correctly installed.
●
You should only use a two-way radio inside
the vehicle if it has first been correctly con-
nected to an exterior aerial.
Information stored by the control
u
nit
s
Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a ser-
ies of
electronic control units responsible for
the engine and gearbox management. In ad-
dition, the control units supervise the per-
formance of the exhaust gas system and the
airbag systems.
Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven,
these electronic control units are continuous-
ly analysing the vehicle data. In the event of
faults or deviations from the theoretical val-
ues, only this data is stored. Normally, the
warning lamps on the instrument panel light
up in the event of faults.
This data can only be read and analysed us-
ing special equipment.
The storing of the data allows specialised
workshops to detect and repair faults. Stored
data may include:
●
Data relating to the engine or the gearbox
●
Speed
●
Direction of travel
●
Braking force
●
Detection of seat belt
The vehic
le control units never record conver-
sations held by passengers in the vehicle.
In vehicles equipped with an emergency call
function via the mobile phone or other appli-
ances connected in the vehicle, it is possible
to send the vehicle position. If the control
unit records an accident with airbag activa-
tion, the system may automatically send a
signal. This will depend on the network oper-
ator. Normally, transmission is only possible
in areas with good coverage.
Event Data Recorder
The vehicle is not fitted with an event data re-
corder.
An event data recorder temporarily stores the
vehicle information. Therefore, in the event of
an accident, it is possible to obtain detailed
information about how the accident occur-
red. Vehicles with airbag systems can store
data relating to impact speed, seat belt sta-
tus, seat positions and airbag activation
times may be stored, etc. The volume of data
depends on the manufacturer.
Event data recorders can only be mounted
with authorisation from the vehicle owner
and, in some countries, they are governed by
local legislation.
Reprogramming control units
On the whole, all the data required for the
component management is stored in the con-
trol units. The programming of certain con-
venience functions, such as the turn signals,
individual door opening and instructions on
the display can be modified using special
»
167
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
equipment at the workshop. If the comfort
f
u
nction
s are reprogrammed, the information
and Instruction Manual descriptions will not
coincide with the modified functions. There-
fore, SEAT recommends that any modifica-
tions be recorded in the section “Other work-
shop notes” in the Maintenance Programme.
The SEAT Official Service must have a record
of any modification to the programming.
Reading the vehicle fault memory
There is a diagnostics connector in the vehi-
cle interior for reading the vehicle fault mem-
ory. The fault memory documents errors and
deviations from the theoretical values of the
electronic control units.
The diagnostics connector is in the driver
side footwell area, next to the lever for open-
ing the bonnet, below a cover.
The fault memory should only be read and re-
set by a specialised workshop.
Using a mobile telephone in a vehicle
without connection to an exterior aer-
ial
Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio
w
av
e
s also called high-frequency energy,
both when in use and when on stand-by. Sci-
entific studies state that radio waves exceed-
ing certain values may be harmful to the hu-
man body. International committees and au-
thorities have established limits and direc-
tives in order to ensure electromagnetic radi-
ation from mobile phones remains within cer-
tain limits that do not endanger health. Nev-
ertheless, there is no conclusive scientific
evidence that wireless telephones are totally
safe.
That is why some experts recommend moder-
ate use of the mobile telephone, and the ap-
pliance of measures to reduce radiation on
the human body.
When a mobile phone not connected to an
exterior aerial is used inside the vehicle, the
electromagnetic radiation may be greater
than if the mobile phone were connected to a
built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial.
If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands-
free device that allows the employment of
numerous additional mobile telephone func-
tions with compatible Bluetooth technolo-
gy
®
, it will comply with the legislation in
many countries which only permits the use of
mobile phones inside vehicles using a
hands-free device.
Mobile telephones must be placed in a suita-
ble telephone support or stored safely in the
vehicle. If a support is used for the tele-
phone, it must be securely fastened to the
base plate. The mobile will be secure on the
instrument panel and always within reach of
the driver only by following these procedures.
Mobile telephone connection with an exter-
nal aerial is carried out subject to the hands-
free device, via the telephone support or by
the Bluetooth
®
connections present in the
mobile telephone and the vehicle.
If the mobile phone is connected to an aerial
incorporated into the vehicle or an exterior
aerial connected to the vehicle, it will help re-
duce the electromagnetic radiation transmit-
ted and the risk to human health. It will also
improve the quality of the connection.
If the phone is used inside the vehicle with-
out the hands-free system, it will not be se-
curely fastened and will not be connected to
the exterior aerial of the vehicle telephone.
Nor will the telephone charge if it is not on
the support. In addition, some calls may
break off and the quality of the connection
will be affected.
Mobile telephones should only be used in-
side the vehicle if they are connected to a
hands-free system. SEAT recommends using
an external aerial should you wish to use a
mobile telephone inside the vehicle.
Bluetooth
®
is a registered trademark of Blue-
tooth
®
SIG, Inc.
WARNING
If the mobile phone is not securely fastened
in position, it
could be sent flying around the
vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden
manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.
168
Care and maintenance
●
While driv
ing, the mobile telephone, other
equipment including telephone accessories
such as telephone supports, notepads and
navigators must be correctly secured, away
from the airbags deployment zones, or stored
in a safe place.
WARNING
When using a mobile telephone or two-way
r
adio w
ithout connecting an external aerial,
the maximum permitted levels of electromag-
netic radiation in the vehicle may be excee-
ded, thus putting the driver and the rest of
the vehicle occupants in danger. This is also
the case if the aerial has not been correctly
installed.
●
A minimum of 20 centimetres should be
kept between mobile phone aerials and artifi-
cial pacemakers, as mobile telephones may
affect the working of pacemakers.
●
Do not keep mobile phones in breast pock-
ets directly above pacemakers.
●
Immediately switch off the mobile tele-
phone if you suspect any interference with
pacemakers or other types of medical equip-
ment.
Support points for raising the vehicle
Fig. 159 Front jacking points for raising vehi-
c
l
e w
ith lifting platform or jack
Fig. 160 Rear jacking points for raising vehi-
c
l
e w
ith lifting platform or jack
Always use the jacking points indicated in
the figur
e
s
››› Fig. 159 and ››› Fig. 160 when
raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted
at these points, it could be seriously dam-
aged ›››
or lead to serious injury ›
›
›
.
The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting
p
l
atf
orms with lift pads containing fluid.
When raising a vehicle using a platform or
jack, a series of precautionary measures are
required. Do not raise the vehicle with a lift-
ing platform or jack unless you have received
training in how to do so and know how to do
so safely.
Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack
››› page 72.
WARNING
The improper use of the lifting platform or
the jack
when raising the vehicle may result
in accidents or serious injury.
●
Before raising the vehicle, please observe
the manufacturer's instructions for the plat-
form or jack, and the legal requirements,
where applicable.
●
There should not be anyone inside the ve-
hicle when it is being raised or once it is in
the air.
●
Only use the jacking points indicated in the
figures ››› Fig. 159 and ››› Fig. 160 when rais-
ing the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at
the indicated points, it may fall from the plat-
form while the engine or gearbox is being
dismounted, for example.
●
The jacking points should be centrally
aligned and firmly positioned on the platform
support plates.
»
169
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
●
Never st
art the engine when the vehicle is
raised! The vehicle may fall from the platform
due to the engine vibrations.
●
If it is necessary to work underneath the ve-
hicle while it is raised, you should check that
the supporting stands have an adequate load
capacity.
●
Never climb onto the lifting platform.
●
Always make sure that the weight of the ve-
hicle does not exceed the lifting platform
load capacity.
CAUTION
●
Never rai
se the vehicle at the engine oil
sump, the gearbox or the rear or front axles.
●
Always use an intermediate rubber support
to prevent damage to the vehicle underbody.
Check that the arms of the lifting platform are
able to move with obstruction.
●
The arms should not come into contact with
the side running boards or other parts of the
vehicle.
Caring for and cleaning the ve-
hic
l
e e
xterior
Introduction
Regular maintenance and washing help to
m
aint
ain the
value of the vehicle. This may
also be one of the requirements for acknowl-
edging warranty claims in the event of body-
work corrosion or paint defects.
Products suitable for the care of your vehicle
are available at any technical service.
WARNING
Car-care products may be toxic and hazard-
ous. If c
ar care products are not suitable or
are used inappropriately, this could result in
accident, serious injury, burns or intoxica-
tion.
●
Car care products must always be stored in
the original container which should be kept
closed.
●
Observe information provided by the manu-
facturer.
●
To prevent confusion, never store car care
products in empty food cans, bottles or other
containers.
●
Keep all care products out of reach of chil-
dren.
●
Harmful vapours may be produced when us-
ing car care products. Therefore, care prod-
ucts should only be used in well-ventilated
spaces or in the open air.
●
Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace-
tone or any other volatile liquid to wash,
clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic
and highly flammable.
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle
components
may effect the vehicle safety
equipment, increasing the risk of severe in-
jury.
●
Vehicle components should only be
cleaned and maintained in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions.
●
Only use approved or recommended care
products.
CAUTION
Cleaning products which contain solvents will
damag
e the material.
For the sake of the environment
Only wash the vehicle in areas allocated for
this p
urpose, to prevent dirty water which
may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel,
from entering the drains. In some places,
even washing it outside the planned areas is
banned.
For the sake of the environment
Where possible, always use products which
res
pect the environment.
For the sake of the environment
The remains of car care products should not
be dispo
sed of with ordinary household
170
Care and maintenance
waste. Observe information provided by the
manufact
urer.
Washing the vehicle
The longer substances such as insects, bird
droppin
gs, resinous tree sap, road dirt, in-
dustrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and
other aggressive materials remain on the ve-
hicle, the more damage they do to the paint-
work. High temperatures (for instance due to
strong sunlight) further intensify the corro-
sive effect. The vehicle undercarriage should
also be thoroughly washed at regular inter-
vals.
Automatic car washes
Always observe the instructions provided at
the automatic car wash. The standard pre-
cautionary measures prior to entering the car
wash should be taken to avoid damage to
the vehicle (close all windows, fold in exterior
mirrors). If the vehicle is fitted with additional
components (spoiler, roof-rack, aerial, etc.),
check with the car wash supervisor whether
these can enter the car wash ›››
.
The
v
ehic
le paintwork is so durable that the
vehicle can normally be washed without
problems in an automatic car wash tunnel.
However, wear and damage to the paintwork
will depend on the type of car wash used.
SEAT recommends the use of car washes
without brushes.
To remove traces of wax on windows and to
prevent wiper blades from scratching, please
observe the following ››› page 172, Cleaning
windows and exterior mirrors.
Washing the car by hand
When washing the car by hand, use plenty of
water to soften the dirt first, and rinse off as
well as possible.
Then clean the vehicle with a soft sponge,
glove or brush using only slight pressure.
Start at the roof and work downwards. Spe-
cial car shampoo should only be used for
very persistent dirt.
Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and of-
ten.
Wheels, sills and similar should be cleaned
last. Use a second sponge for this.
WARNING
Sharp components on the vehicle may cause
injury.
●
Pr
otect arms and hands from sharp edges
when cleaning the vehicle undercarriage or
the interior of the wheel hubs.
WARNING
After the vehicle has been washed, the brak-
ing effect
will be reduced (and the braking
distance increased) due to moisture (and ice
in winter) on the brakes.
●
“Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking
carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger-
ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu-
lations in the process.
CAUTION
●
The water t
emperature should not exceed
+60 °C (+140 °F).
●
To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not
wash the vehicle in full sun.
●
Do not use rough sponges or similar which
could damage the surface to clean away the
traces of insects.
●
Never wipe the headlights with a dry cloth
or sponge, always moisten first. It is best to
use soapy water.
●
Washing the vehicle in low temperatures:
When washing the vehicle with a hose, do
not direct water into the lock cylinders or the
gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and
seals could freeze!
CAUTION
To avoid any risk of damage to the vehicle,
ple
ase check the following points before us-
ing an automatic car wash:
»
171
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
●
Compar
e the distance between the vehicle
wheels and the distance between the guide-
rails of the car wash to prevent damage to the
wheels and tyres!
●
Switch off the rain sensor before taking the
vehicle to an automatic car wash.
●
Compare the height and width of your vehi-
cle with the available height and width when
entering and driving through the car wash.
●
Fold in exterior mirrors Electrically retracta-
ble exterior mirrors must not be folded in or
out by hand. Always use the electrical power
control.
●
To avoid damaging the bonnet paintwork,
rest the windscreen wipers on the windscreen
after drying the wiper blades. Do not let them
fall!
●
Lock the rear lid to prevent it from opening
unexpectedly while inside the car wash.
Washing the vehicle with a high pres-
s
ur
e c
leaner
When cleaning the vehicle with a high-pres-
s
ur
e c
leaner, always follow the operating in-
structions for the equipment. Pay special at-
tention to the required pressure of the jet
and the distance between the jet and the ve-
hicle ›››
.
K
eep a s
uit
able distance from soft materials,
such as rubber hoses or insulating material,
and from the parking distance warning sys-
tem sensors. The sensors of the parking dis-
tance warning system are situated on the rear
bumper ›››
.
Do not
u
se a no
zzle that sprays the water out
in a direct stream or one that has a rotating
jet for forcing off dirt ›››
.
WARNING
The incorrect use of high pressure cleaning
equipment cou
ld result in permanent dam-
age, visible or invisible, to the tyres or other
materials. This could result in a serious acci-
dent.
●
Ensure there is a suitable distance between
the nozzle and the tyres.
●
Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or
so-called “dirt blasters”. Even at large spray-
ing distances and short cleaning times, you
may damage the tyres.
WARNING
After the vehicle has been washed, the brak-
ing effect
will be reduced (and the braking
distance increased) due to moisture (and ice
in winter) on the brakes.
●
“Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking
carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger-
ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu-
lations in the process.
CAUTION
●
The water t
emperature should not exceed
+60 °C (+140 °F).
●
To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not
wash the vehicle in full sun.
●
To ensure that the system functions well,
the sensors located on the bumper must be
kept clean and free from ice. When cleaning
with pressure hoses and steam cleaners, the
sensors should be sprayed only briefly. A dis-
tance of 10 cm between the sensors and the
steam / hose nozzle must be observed.
●
Do not use a high pressure cleaner to re-
move ice or snow from windows
●
Washing the vehicle in low temperatures:
When washing the vehicle with a hose, do
not direct water into the lock cylinders or the
gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and
seals could freeze!
Cleaning windows and exterior mir-
r
or
s
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
S
pr
a
y windows and exterior windows with a
standard window cleaner containing alcohol.
Dry the windows with a clean chamois leath-
er or a lint-free cloth. The chamois leathers
used on painted surfaces are not suitable for
cleaning windows because they are soiled
172
Care and maintenance
with wax deposits which could smear the
w
indo
w
s.
Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to
clean rubber, oil, grease and silicone depos-
its off ›››
.
R
emo
v
ing wax residue
Automatic car washes and certain car care
products may leave wax deposits on the win-
dows. These deposits can only be removed
with a special product or cleaning cloths. If
wax deposits are left on the windscreen and
the rear window, the blades can scratch the
glass. SEAT recommends you wipe the wax
deposits off the windscreen and the rear win-
dow with a soft cloth each time after you
have washed the vehicle.
A window cleaning detergent which helps to
dissolve the wax may be added to the wind-
screen washer fluid to prevent the wiper
blades from scratching the windscreen.
Please ensure you add the cleaning product
in the correct proportions. Products for re-
moving grease do not eliminate the wax de-
posits ›››
.
S
pec
i
al cleaning products or window cloths
are available at any technical service. To re-
move wax deposits, SEAT recommends the
following products:
●
For the hottest time of the year: the window
cleaner for summer use G 052 184 A1. Pro-
portion 1:100 (1 part detergent, 100 parts
water) in the windscreen washer reservoir.
●
All year round: the window clean-
er G 052 164 A2; proportion 1:2 in wind-
screen washer bottle (1 part concentrate, 2
parts water) in winter, up to -18 ℃ (-0.4°F), or
1:4, during the rest of the year.
●
Window cloths G 052 522 A1 for all win-
dows and exterior mirrors.
Removing snow
Use a small brush to remove snow from the
windows and exterior mirrors.
Removing ice
If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove
ice. If you use an ice scraper, push it in one
direction only without swinging it. If you pull
the scraper backwards, the dirt may scratch
the window.
WARNING
Dirty or misted windows reduce visibility in
all
directions and increase the risk of acci-
dent and serious injury.
●
Do not drive unless you have good visibility
through all windows!
●
Remove ice and snow from the windows
and demist inside and out.
CAUTION
●
Never mix
our cleaning products with other
products not recommended by SEAT in the
windscreen washer reservoir. This could lead
to flocculation and may block the windscreen
washer jets.
●
Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice
or snow from the windows and exterior mir-
rors. The glass could crack!
●
The heating element for the rear window is
located on the inner side of the window. Do
not stick adhesive labels over the heating el-
ements and never clean the inside of the rear
window with corrosive or acid products or
other similar chemical cleaning products.
Caring for and polishing the vehicle
p
aintw
ork
Waxing
R
e
gu
lar waxing protects the paintwork. It is
time to apply a good coat of wax when water
no longer forms droplets and rolls off the
clean paintwork.
Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the
automatic car wash, SEAT recommends pro-
tecting the paint with a hard wax coating at
least twice a year.
»
173
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
Polishing
P
o
li
shing is only necessary if the paint has
lost its shine, and the gloss cannot be
brought back by applying wax.
If the polish does not contain wax, a wax
product should be applied after polishing.
CAUTION
●
To prev
ent damage, car polish or hard wax
should not be used on components painted in
matt paint, plastic components and the glass
headlamp and tail light covers.
●
Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or
dusty environment.
Care and cleaning of chrome and alu-
minium wheel
rims
●
Use a clean, damp, lint-free, smooth cloth
t
o c
l
ean anodized surfaces.
●
If there is a lot of dirt, use a special clean-
ing product which does not contain solvents.
●
Then, polish the chrome and aluminium
wheel trims with a smooth dry cloth.
CAUTION
In order to prevent damage to the aluminium
and chrome wheel
trims:
●
Do not clean or polish them in direct sun-
light.
●
Do not cl
ean or polish them in sandy or
dusty environments.
●
Do not use abrasive cleaning agents such
as home cream cleaners.
●
Do not use insect sponges, scouring pads,
or similar products to clean insect deposits.
●
Do not polish dirty surfaces.
●
Do not use products containing solvents.
●
Do not use hard wax.
CAUTION
Chrome hub caps or wheel covers may have
been p
ainted a
dditionally. Do not treat them
with aluminium or chrome wax products, nor
chrome or aluminium polish. Instead, use
commercial paint wax or polish.
Cleaning wheels
Cleaning steel wheels
U
se an indu
s
trial cleaner to remove brake
dust. Therefore, clean wheels regularly with a
separate sponge.
Any damage to the paint on steel wheels
should be touched up before the metal starts
to rust.
Caring for and cleaning alloy wheels
Remove road salt and brake dust by washing
the wheels approximately once a fortnight.
Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel
rims. SEAT recommends treating the wheel
rims thoroughly with a hard wax about once
every three months.
It is important to remove road salt and brake
dust by washing the wheels at regular inter-
vals, otherwise the finish will be impaired.
Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy
wheel rims. Car polish or other abrasive
agents should not be used for maintaining
the rims.
If the protective coating on the paint has
been damaged (for example, hit by a stone),
it should be repaired immediately.
Caring for rubber seals
The rubber seals on doors, windows, etc., re-
m
ain fl
e
xible, provide a better seal and last
longer if they are regularly treated with a
product specifically designed for use on rub-
ber.
Before applying the product, use a soft cloth
to remove dust and dirt from the rubber
seals.
174
Care and maintenance
De-icing the door lock cylinder
To de-ice the lock cylinders, SEAT recommend
the use of g
enuine SEAT spray with lubricat-
ing and anti-corrosive properties.
CAUTION
The use of products containing degreasing
agents
to de-ice the locks may rust the lock
cylinder.
Protection of vehicle undercarriage
The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it
fr
om c
hemic
al and mechanical damage. The
protective coat on the undercarriage may
wear from use while driving. Therefore, SEAT
recommends that the protective coating on
the undercarriage and on the running gear
should be regularly checked, and repaired if
necessary.
WARNING
Additional underseal or anti-corrosion prod-
ucts c
ould catch fire due to the high tempera-
tures reached by the exhaust gas system and
other engine components.
●
Do not apply additional underseal or anti-
corrosion products to the exhaust pipes, cat-
alytic converters, heat shields or other parts
of the vehicle which reach high temperatures.
Cleaning the engine compartment
The engine compartment of any motor vehi-
cle i
s a potentially hazardous area
››› page 186.
The engine compartment should only be
cleaned by qualified personnel. If it is not
correctly cleaned, the anti-corrosion coating
and consequently electrical components may
be damaged. Moreover, water may filter di-
rectly into the vehicle interior through the wa-
ter chamber ›››
.
If the engine c
ompartment is very dirty, al-
ways take the vehicle to a specialised work-
shop for professional cleaning. SEAT recom-
mends taking your car in for technical serv-
ice.
Water box
The water box is in the engine compartment,
between the windscreen and the engine, and
beneath a perforated cover. Air is taken in
through the water box from outside to the ve-
hicle interior via the heating and air condi-
tioner.
Leaves and other loose objects should be
regularly cleaned away from the water box ei-
ther by hand or with a vacuum.
WARNING
When working on the engine or in the engine
compar
tment, there is a risk of injury, burns,
accident or fire.
●
Before starting work, please ensure you are
familiar with the required procedure and the
safety precautions ››› page 186.
●
SEAT recommends getting a specialised
workshop to do these jobs.
CAUTION
If water is manually poured into the water box
(e.g. us
ing a high pressure cleaning appli-
ance), this could cause significant damage to
the vehicle.
For the sake of the environment
Only wash the engine compartment in areas
alloc
ated for this purpose, to prevent dirty
water which may be contaminated by oil,
grease or fuel, from entering the drains. In
some places, even washing this compartment
outside planned areas for this purpose is
banned.
175
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
Caring for and cleaning the ve-
hic
l
e int
erior
Introduction
The dye from many items of modern clothing
(e.g. dark
jeans) is not always colour-fast.
Seat upholstery (material and leather), espe-
cially when light-coloured, may visibly discol-
our if the dye comes out of clothing (even
when used correctly). This is not an uphols-
tery defect but indicates that the dye in the
item of clothing is not sufficiently colour-fast.
WARNING
Car-care products may be toxic and hazard-
ous. If c
ar care products are not suitable or
are used inappropriately, this could result in
accident, serious injury, burns or intoxica-
tion.
●
Car care products must always be stored in
the original container which should be kept
closed.
●
Observe information provided by the manu-
facturer.
●
To prevent confusion, never store car care
products in empty food cans, bottles or other
containers.
●
Keep all care products out of reach of chil-
dren.
●
Harmful vapours may be produced when us-
ing car care products. Therefore, care prod-
ucts should only be used in well-ventilated
spac
es or in the open air.
●
Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace-
tone or any other volatile liquid to wash,
clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic
and highly flammable.
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle
c
omponents
may effect the vehicle safety
equipment, increasing the risk of severe in-
jury.
●
Vehicle components should only be
cleaned and maintained in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions.
●
Only use approved or recommended care
products.
CAUTION
●
Cle
aning products which contain solvents
will damage the material.
●
To avoid damage, stubborn stains should
be removed by a specialised workshop.
Note
Suitable vehicle care products are available
from y
our technical service.
How to care for the upholstery
To treat and maintain your seat upholstery,
keep the fo
llowing in mind ›››
:
●
Before entering the vehicle, close any Vel-
cro f
asteners that might snag on the uphols-
tery or trim fabric. Any open Velcro fasteners
may damage the trim or upholstery fabrics.
●
To prevent damage, avoid direct contact
between sharp decorative objects and the
upholstery and trim fabrics. Decorative ob-
jects include zips, rivets and rhinestones on
clothing and belts.
●
From time to time, clean the dust that gath-
ers in the per
forations, folds and seams so
that the surfaces of the seats are not dam-
aged by its abrasive effect.
●
Make sure clothes are colour-fast to avoid
them running and staining the upholstery.
This is especially important if the upholstery
is light in colour.
CAUTION
If the instructions for upholstery and trim
care ar
e not followed, they may deteriorate
and discolour.
Note
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a
Speci
alised workshop to treat any stains on
the upholstery caused by the discolouration
of clothing.
176
Care and maintenance
Cleaning padding and textile covers
Normal cleaning
●
Before applying cleaning products, please
rea
d the instructions for handling and the
warnings shown on the container.
●
The upholstery, textile covers, and carpet
should be regularly vacuumed (with vacuum
brush).
●
We recommend that you use a soft sponge
or lint-free, micro-fibre cloth for normal clean-
ing ›››
.
Gener
al
s
uperficial dirt on upholstery and
textile covers can be cleaned with a normal
foam cleaning product.
If the upholstery and the material trims are
very dirty, we recommend you have them
cleaned by a specialist cleaning form.
Cleaning stains
It may be necessary to clean the whole sur-
face and not only the stain itself. Especially if
the surface has been dirtied through normal
use. Otherwise, the stained area may be-
come lighter than the rest of the surface after
treatment.
Type of
stain
Cleaning the vehicle
Water-based
stains, e.g.
coffee or fruit
juice.
– Use a sponge and wipe with a solu-
tion of water and wool wash.
– Dry with a dry, absorbent cloth.
Persistent
stains, e.g.
chocolate or
make-up.
– Apply a washing paste
a)
directly to
the stain and allow it to work.
– Apply clean water using a sponge or
damp cloth to remove the cleaning
product deposits.
– Dry with a dry absorbent cloth.
Grease-based
stains, e.g. oil
or lipstick.
– Apply neutral soap or cleaning
paste
a)
and allow it to work.
– Remove dissolved grease or colour
particles with an absorbent cloth.
– Then apply clean water. Take care not
to soak the upholstery.
a)
Bile soap can be used as a cleaning paste.
CAUTION
●
Brushes
should only be used to clean the
mats and floor mat! Other surfaces may be
damaged if a brush is used.
●
Do not use steam cleaning equipment, as
the dirt becomes more encrusted in the mate-
rial when steam is applied.
●
Never use brushes for cleaning damp mate-
rial as they could damage the surface.
Cleaning storage compartments,
drink
s
ho
lders and ashtrays
Fig. 161 In the front part of the centre con-
so
l
e:
Storage compartment with cup holder.
Fig. 162 Ashtray removed and open with area
t
o s
t
ub cigarettes
»
177
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
Cleaning storage compartments and drinks
ho
l
der
s
●
Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean
parts.
●
If this does not provide satisfactory results,
we recommend using a special solvent-free
plastic cleaning product.
Cleaning the ashtray
●
Extract the ashtray and empty it.
●
Clean the ashtray with a dishcloth.
Use a toothpick or similar to remove ash from
the area where cigarettes are stubbed out
››› Fig. 162.
Care and cleaning of plastic parts,
wooden trim and the instrument pan-
el
●
Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean
p
ar
ts.
●
C
lean plastic parts (inside and outside the
vehicle) and the dash panel with a special
solvent-free product for the care and clean-
ing of plastic, approved by SEAT
›››
.
●
Wash wooden
trims w
ith a mi
ld soap and
water solution.
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag
module
s to become porous. If an airbag is ac-
cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas-
tic parts could cause serious injury.
●
Never clean the dash panel and the surfa-
ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con-
taining solvents.
Cleaning seatbelts
If the seat belt is very dirty, the belt retractor
m
a
y
not work correctly thus preventing the
seat belt from operating correctly.
The seat belts should never be removed from
the vehicle for cleaning.
●
Use a soft brush to remove the worst dirt
›››
.
●
Pull the seat belt right out and leave it out.
●
Clean dirty seat belts with a gen
tle
so
ap
and water solution.
●
Wait until they are completely dry.
●
Only allow the seat belt to retract when it is
completely dry.
WARNING
Check the condition of all the seat belts at
regu
lar intervals. If the webbing or other
parts of the seat belt are damaged, the vehi-
cle should be taken to a Specialised work-
shop immediately
and the belts should be re-
placed. It is extremely dangerous to drive us-
ing damaged seat belts and could result in
serious injury or loss of life.
●
Seat belts and their components must nev-
er be cleaned with chemical products, nor
should they be allowed to come into contact
with corrosive liquids, solvents or sharp ob-
jects. This could affect the strength of the
seat belt webbing.
●
Seat belts should be completely dry before
retracting. Dampness could damage the belt
retractor so that it does not operate correctly.
●
Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en-
ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage
the buckles and seat belts.
●
Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a
seat belt yourself.
●
Always have damaged seatbelts replaced
immediately by seat belts approved for the
vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which
have been worn in an accident and stretched
must be replaced by a specialised workshop.
Renewal may be necessary even if there is no
apparent damage. The belt anchorage should
also be checked.
178
Care and maintenance
Notes for the user
Intr
oduction
WARNING
Failure to treat the vehicle with the correct
care inc
reases the risk of accident and injury.
●
Observe legal requirements.
●
Observe the Instruction Manual.
CAUTION
If the vehicle is not properly cared for, dam-
age ma
y occur.
●
Observe legal requirements.
●
Carry out regular maintenance of the vehi-
cle, according to specifications in the Mainte-
nance Programme.
●
Observe the Instruction Manual.
Labels and plates
Fig. 163 Warnings pertaining to the handling
of
the C
ity
Safety Assist system laser sensor
function
Some parts in the engine compartment come
fr
om the f
act
ory with certificates of safety, la-
bels or plates containing important informa-
tion regarding the operation of the vehicle,
for example, on the fuel tank flap, on the pas-
senger's sun visor, on the driver door strut, or
on the floor of the boot.
●
Never remove these certificates of safety,
labels or plates, and ensure they are kept in
good condition and are legible.
●
If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of
safety, label or plate, is replaced, the special-
ised workshop should attach the information
back in the same place.
Certificate of safety
A certificate of safety on the door strut states
that all the safety standards and regulations
established by the national traffic authorities
responsible for road safety were met at the
time of manufacture. It may also give the
month and year of manufacture, together
with the chassis number.
Warning of high voltage label
There is a label close to the bonnet lock
which warns of high voltage in the vehicle's
electrical system.
Warning relating to the City Safety Assist
system laser sensor
There are some warning and information
signs on the City Safety Assist system laser
sensor ››› Fig. 163.
Using your vehicle in other countries
and continents
The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for
u
se in a p
ar
ticular country in accordance with
the national legislation in force at the time of
manufacture.
If the vehicle is sold in another country or
used in another country for an extended peri-
od of time, the applicable legislation of that
country should be observed.
»
179
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
It may be necessary to fit or remove certain
piec
e
s
of equipment or to deactivate certain
functions. Service work may also be affected.
This is particularly true if the vehicle is used
in a different climate for an extended period
of time.
CAUTION
●
SEAT doe
s not accept liability for any dam-
age to the vehicle due to the use of a lower
quality fuel, an inadequate service or the
non-availability of genuine spare parts.
●
SEAT does not accept liability if the vehicle
does not comply in part or in full with the le-
gal requirements of other countries or conti-
nents.
Radio and antenna reception
For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerial
f
or r
a
dio reception is fitted to the roof of the
vehicle.
Note
If electrical equipment such as mobile tele-
phones, is
used near a roof aerial, you may
observe interference in the reception of AM
stations.
Notes on SEAT repairs
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not per-
formed corr
ectly may result in damage or er-
rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef-
fectiveness of the driver assist and airbag
systems. This could result in serious acci-
dent.
●
Have any repairs or modifications carried
out at a specialised workshop.
Conformity certification
The respective manufacturer hereby declares
th
at
the pr
oducts indicated below comply
with basic requirements and the following
provisions and important legislation on the
date of manufacture of the vehicle, among
others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21 and
RSS-Gen Issue 1:
Radio frequency equipment
●
Electronic gearbox lock.
●
Vehicle key
Electrical equipment
●
12 volt power socket
Collection and scrapping of end-of-life
vehicles
Collection of end-of-life vehicles
SEAT i
s already prepared for the moment
when you wish to scrap your vehicle and of-
fers you an environmentally-friendly solution.
An extensive network of used car reception
centres already exists in much of Europe. Af-
ter the vehicle has been delivered, you will
receive a certificate of destruction describing
the environmentally friendly scrapping of the
vehicle in accordance with applicable legisla-
tion.
We will collect the used vehicle free of
charge, provided it complies with all national
legislation.
Please see your technical service for further
information about the collection and scrap-
ping of end-of-life vehicles.
Scrapping
The relevant safety requirements must be ob-
served when the vehicle or components of
the airbag or belt tensioner systems are
scrapped. These requirements are known to
specialised workshops.
180
Checking and refilling levels
Checking and refilling levels
F
uel
T
y
pes of petrol
The correct grade of petrol is listed inside the
fuel t
ank flap, located on the right side of the
rear section of the vehicle.
The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic con-
verter and must only be run on unleaded pet-
rol. The petrol must comply with European
Standard EN 228 or German standard DIN
51626-1 and must be unleaded. You can re-
fuel with a maximum ethanol proportion of
10 % (E10). The types of petrol are differenti-
ated by their octane rating (RON).
The following titles appear on the corre-
sponding adhesive on the fuel tank flap:
Super unleaded 95 octane or normal 91 oc-
tane unleaded petrol
We recommend you use super 95 octane pet-
rol. If this is not available: normal 91 octane
petrol, with a slight decrease in power.
Super unleaded petrol with a minimum of 95
octanes
You should use super petrol with a minimum
of 95 octanes.
If super is not available, in an emergency y
ou
may refuel with normal 91 octane petrol. In
this case only use moderate engine speeds
and a light throttle. Refuel with super as soon
as possible.
In all cases, you may use 98 octane petrol.
Petrol additives
The quality of the fuel influences the behav-
iour, power and service life of the engine.
This is why the petrol you use should carry
suitable additives already included by the
petrol industry, free of metals. These addi-
tives will help to prevent corrosion, keep the
fuel system clean and prevent deposits from
building up in the engine.
If good-quality petrol with metal-free addi-
tives is not available or engine problems
arise, the necessary additives must be added
when refuelling ›››
.
Not
al
l
petrol additives have been shown to
be effective. The use of unsuitable petrol ad-
ditives may cause significant damage to the
engine and the catalytic converter. Metal ad-
ditives should never be used. Metal additives
may also be contained in petrol additives for
improving anti-detonation ratings or octane
ratings
›››
.
S
EA
T r
ecommends “genuine Volkswagen
Group Fuel Additives for petrol engines”.
These additives can be bought at SEAT deal-
ers, where information on how to use them
can also be obtained.
CAUTION
●
Do not ref
uel if the filler indicates that the
fuel contains metal. LRP (lead replacement
petrol) fuels contain high concentrations of
metal additives. Using them may damage the
engine!
●
Never refuel with fuels containing a large
proportion of ethanol (for example, E50, E85).
This could damage the fuel system.
●
Just filling one full tank of leaded fuel or
fuel containing other metal additives would
seriously impair the efficiency of the catalytic
converter.
●
Only use fuel additives that have been ap-
proved by SEAT. Octane boosting or anti-
knock additives may contain metal additives
that could seriously damage the engine or
the catalytic converter. These additives must
not be used.
●
High engine speed and full throttle can
damage the engine when using petrol with an
octane rating lower than the correct grade for
the engine.
Note
●
You ma
y use petrol with a high octane num-
ber than the one recommended for your en-
gine.
»
181
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
●
In those cou
ntries where unleaded petrol is
not available, you may refuel with a fuel with
a low lead content.
Natural gas
Natural gas
Natural
gas can be compressed or in liquid
form, addition to others.
Liquefied natural gas (LNG) is the result of
heavy cooling of natural gas. Therefore its
volume is considerably reduced compared
with compressed natural gas (CNG). In vehi-
cles with a natural gas engine, liquefied nat-
ural gas cannot be directly refilled, as the gas
would expand excessively in the vehicle gas
tank.
Therefore, vehicles with a natural gas engine
must only be refuelled using compressed
natural gas ›››
.
Nat
ur
a
l gas quality and consumption
Natural gas is divided into the groups H and
L depending on its quality.
Gas type H has a superior heating power and
inferior nitrogen and carbon dioxide content
than type L. The higher the heating power of
the natural gas, the lower the consumption
will be.
However, the heating power and the propor-
tion of nitrogen and carbon dioxide can fluc-
tuate within the quality groups. Therefore, ve-
hicle consumption can also vary when using
a single type of gas only.
The engine management automatically
adapts to the natural gas used according to
its quality. Therefore, different quality gases
can be mixed in the tank, without the need
for comprehensive draining before applying a
different quality gas.
Natural gas and safety
If you can smell gas or suspect that there is a
leak ›››
:
●
Stop the vehicle immediately.
●
Switch the ignition off.
●
Open the doors to appropriately ventilate
the
v
ehic
le.
●
Extinguish cigarettes immediately.
●
Move away from the vehicle or switch off
objects that may cause sparks or a fire.
●
If you continue to smell gas, do not contin-
ue driving!
●
Seek specialist assistance. Have the fault
repaired.
WARNING
Failure to act when you can smell gas in the
vehicl
e or when refuelling can cause serious
injuries.
●
Carry out the necessary operations.
●
Leave the danger zone.
●
If necessary, warn the emergency services.
WARNING
The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied
natur
al gas (LNG) and this fuel must not be
added under any circumstances. Liquefied
natural gas can cause the natural gas tank to
explode, resulting in serious injury.
Note
Have the natural gas system checked regular-
ly by
a specialised workshop, according to
the Maintenance Programme.
Filling the tank
Intr
oduction
The fuel tank flap is on the rear right of the
v
ehic
l
e.
182
Checking and refilling levels
WARNING
Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can
cause an e
xplosion or fire resulting in serious
burns and injuries.
●
Always make sure that you correctly close
the fuel cap to avoid evaporation and fuel
spillage.
●
Fuels are highly explosive and inflammable
substances that can cause serious burns and
injuries.
●
Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the engine
is not switched off or if the filler fuel nozzle is
not fully inserted into the tank filler neck
when refuelling. This could lead to a fire, ex-
plosion and severe injuries.
●
When refuelling, turn off the engine and
turn off the ignition for safety reasons.
●
Always turn off mobile telephones, radio
apparatus and other radio wave emitting
equipment before refuelling. Electromagnetic
waves could cause sparks and lead to a fire.
●
Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If it
is absolutely necessary to enter, close the
door and touch a metal surface before touch-
ing the filler nozzle again. This will prevent
the generation of static electricity. Sparks
could cause a fire when refuelling.
●
Never handle fuel close to flames, sparks or
objects with slow combustion (e.g. ciga-
rettes).
●
Avoid static electricity and electro-magnet-
ic radiation when refuelling.
●
Obser
ve the safety regulations of the serv-
ice station.
●
Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the lug-
gage compartment.
WARNING
For safety reasons, SEAT does not recommend
c
arry
ing a spare fuel canister in the vehicle.
Fuel could be spilled and catch fire, above all
in case of an accident and this applies to a
full container as well as empty containers.
This could lead to explosions, fires and inju-
ries.
●
Observe the following if you exceptionally
have to carry fuel in a canister:
–
Never place a fuel container, to fill it, in-
side the vehicle or on the vehicle, for ex-
ample, in the luggage compartment. Fill-
ing in these circumstances could create
an electrostatic charge and spark that
could ignite fuel fumes.
–
Always place the canister on the ground
to fill it.
–
Insert the fuel nozzle into the neck of the
canister as far as possible.
–
If you are using a metal fuel canister, the
nozzle must always touch the canister
while it is being filled to avoid static elec-
tricity.
–
Follow the legal requirements for the use,
storage and transport of spare fuel canis-
ters.
–
Insur
e that the fuel container complies
with manufacturing standards, for exam-
ple, ANSI or ASTM F852-86.
CAUTION
●
A
lwa
ys remove any fuel spilled anywhere
on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel
housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
●
Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel can
cause serious engine and fuel system dam-
age; the resulting malfunctions are not cov-
ered by the SEAT warranty. If you refuel with
the wrong type of fuel, never start the engine.
This applies to even the smallest amount of
the wrong fuel. Seek specialist assistance.
With the engine running, the composition of
the wrong fuel could significantly damage the
fuel system and the engine itself.
For the sake of the environment
Fuels can contaminate the environment. Col-
lect an
y spilt service fluids and allow a pro-
fessional to dispose of them.
183
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
Control lamps and fuel gauge
Fig. 164 On the instrument panel: fuel gauge
f
or petr
o
l
Fig. 165 On the instrument panel: Fuel gauge
f
or petr
o
l and natural gas.
The fuel gauge can vary depending on the ve-
hic
l
e equipment
››› Fig. 164 or ››› Fig. 165.
It lights
up
Possible cause / Solution ›››
a)
Fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve
tank is being used (red mark ››› Fig. 164)
››› page 31.
Refuel as soon as possible ›››
.
a)
The natural gas tank is almost empty. The
reserve tank is being used (red mark
››› Fig. 165) ››› page 31.
Refuel as soon as possible ›››
.
a)
This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the dash
panel ››› Fig. 164.
Flashes for
about 10 sec-
onds
Possible cause / Solution
›››
and the seg-
ments remaining
a)
Fuel tank is almost empty. The re-
serve tank is being used
››› page 31.
Refuel as soon as possible ›››
.
a)
This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the dash
panel display.
Several warning and control lamps light up
for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
In natural gas engines
While in gear, the fuel level indicator gauge
appears in the fuel area with which it is flow-
ing at that time. When the ignition is connec-
ted, the gauge first changes for a few sec-
onds to the petrol area to show the actual
level of this petrol. Then, the gauge moves to
the natural gas level. After turning on the en-
gine, the gauge changes to the area corre-
sponding to the operating mode at that time.
Problem: if the vehicle is left parked for a
long time just after refuelling, the gas level
indicator does not accurately indicate the
same level shown after refuelling when the
vehicle is started up again. This is not due to
a leak in the system, but to a drop in pres-
sure in the gas tank for technical reasons af-
ter a cooling phase immediately after refuel-
ling.
WARNING
Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could re-
sult
in the vehicle breaking down in traffic
and a serious accident.
●
If the fuel level is too low then the fuel sup-
ply to the engine can become irregular espe-
cially on slopes.
●
If the engine “is choked” or stalls due to
lack of or irregularity of the fuel supply, the
power steering as well as all of the driver as-
sistance systems including braking assis-
tance will stop working.
●
Always refuel when there is only one quar-
ter of the fuel tank left to avoid running out of
fuel.
184
Checking and refilling levels
CAUTION
●
Alwa
ys pay attention to any lit control
lamps and to the corresponding descriptions
and instructions to avoid damage to the vehi-
cle.
●
Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An
irregular fuel supply may lead to ignition
faults and unburnt fuel could enter the ex-
haust system. This could damage the catalyt-
ic converter.
Note
The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on
the instrument
panel ››› Fig. 164 indicates the
side of the vehicle on which the fuel tank flap
is located.
Refuelling with petrol
Fig. 166 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in
the ho
l
der
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 31
Before refuelling, always turn off the engine,
the ignition, mobile telephones, auxiliary
heating and keep them off during refuelling.
Refuelling
The correct petrol type for the vehicle is loca-
ted on a sticker inside the fuel tank flap
››› page 181.
●
If the automatic filler nozzle is operated
correctly, it will switch itself off as soon as
the fuel tank is full ›››
.
●
Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off!
Other
w
i
se, this will fill the expansion cham-
ber and fuel may leak out if the ambient con-
ditions are warm.
Vehicles with a natural gas engine
Every 6 months it is necessary to run on pet-
rol until the control lamp switches off and
then the tank must be refilled. This is neces-
sary to ensure the efficient operation of the
system and the fuel quality required for run-
ning on gas.
WARNING
Do not continue refilling once the fuel nozzle
has
switched itself off. The fuel tank may be
filled too much. As a result, fuel may spurt
out and spill. This could lead to a fire, explo-
sion and severe injuries.
CAUTION
●
Alwa
ys remove any fuel spilled anywhere
on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel
housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
For the sake of the environment
Fuels can contaminate the environment. Col-
lect an
y spilt service fluids and allow a pro-
fessional to dispose of them.
Refuelling with natural gas
Fig. 167 Tank flap open: gas filler mouth
1
,
fi
l
l
er mouth retainer
2
Before r
efuelling, the engine and the igni-
tion, mo
b
ile telephone and heating must be
switched off separately
›››
.
It
i
s
also essential to carefully read the in-
structions for the natural gas pump.
»
185
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
The vehicle is equipped for refuelling only
w
ith C
ompr
essed Natural Gas (CNG) ›››
. Re-
f
uel
lin
g with another type of natural gas is
not allowed, e.g. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)
or hydromethane.
Opening the fuel tank cap
The natural gas filler mouth is behind the fuel
tank cap, next to the petrol filler mouth.
●
Unlock the vehicle with the key or with the
central locking button situated on the driv-
er door ››› page 97.
●
Press on the rear area of the flap and open
it.
Refuelling
Problem: If the ambient temperature is very
high, the natural gas pump protection
against overheating disconnects this auto-
matically.
●
Remove the plug from the gas filler mouth
››› Fig. 167
1
.
●
Connect the pump filling nozzle to the gas
fi
l
l
er mouth.
●
The fuel tank will be full when the pump
compressor automatically cuts the supply.
●
If you wish to finish refuelling in advance,
press the button on the pump to stop the
flow.
Closing the fuel tank cap
●
Check that the gas filler mouth retainer
2
is not trapped with the filler nozzle. If neces-
s
ar
y
, place it in the filler mouth again.
●
Insert the plug in the filler mouth.
●
Close the tank flap. Make sure you hear it
click into place.
WARNING
Natural gas is a highly explosive, easily flam-
mabl
e substance. Incorrect handling of the
natural gas can cause accidents serious
burns and other injuries.
●
Before refuelling with natural gas, the fill-
ing mouth must be correctly engaged. If you
can smell gas, stop refuelling immediately.
WARNING
The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied
natur
al gas (LNG) and this fuel must not be
added under any circumstances. Liquefied
natural gas can cause the natural gas tank to
explode, resulting in serious injury.
Note
●
The fillin
g nozzles of natural gas pumps
can differ in the way they are operated. If you
are unacquainted with the pump, it is advisa-
ble that a member of staff of the service sta-
tion performs the refuelling operation.
●
Noises
heard when refuelling are normal
and do not indicate the presence of a fault in
the system.
●
The vehicle natural gas system is prepared
both for refuelling with a small compressor
(slow refuel) and a large compressor (fast re-
fuel) in natural gas service stations.
Bonnet
Workin
g in the engine compartment
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 10
Before working in the engine compartment,
make sure that the vehicle is parked on hori-
zontal and firm ground.
The engine compartment of the vehicle is a
hazardous area. Never work on the engine or
in the engine compartment if you are not fa-
miliar with the operations to be carried out,
the applicable safety standards and especial-
ly if you do not have the necessary instru-
ments, liquids and tools ›››
! If required,
h
av
e an
y work carried out by a specialised
workshop. Negligent work can cause serious
injury.
WARNING
If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this could
cause seriou
s injury.
186
Checking and refilling levels
●
Never work
under the vehicle if it has not
been immobilized. If you must work under-
neath the vehicle with the wheels in contact
with the ground then it should be parked on
flat ground, the wheels should be prevented
from moving and the key should be removed
from the ignition.
●
If you have to work underneath the vehicle,
you must use suitable stands additionally to
support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci-
dent!. The jack is not intended for this kind of
work and its failure could lead to severe inju-
ries.
●
Disconnect the Start-Stop system.
WARNING
The engine compartment is a dangerous area
capab
le of causing serious injury.
●
For all type of work, always take the utmost
precautions, work carefully and note the gen-
eral safety standards in force. Never take per-
sonal risks.
●
Never work on the engine or in the engine
compartment if you are not familiar with the
necessary operations. If you are not sure
about procedures then visit a specialised
workshop to carry out the necessary work.
Working incorrectly can cause serious inju-
ries.
●
Never open the bonnet if you see steam or
coolant escaping from the engine compart-
ment. This may cause serious burns. Always
wait until you cannot see or hear the sound of
steam or coolant coming from the engine
compar
tment.
●
Always allow the engine to cool down be-
fore opening the bonnet.
●
Contact with hot elements of the engine
and the exhaust system can cause burns.
●
Once the engine has cooled, follow the in-
structions below before opening the bonnet:
–
Engage the handbrake and place the gear
selector lever in N or the gear stick in
neutral.
–
Remove the key from the ignition.
–
Keep children away from the engine com-
partment and never leave them unsuper-
vised.
●
When the engine is warm or hot, the cool-
ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew
the cap on the expansion tank when the en-
gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out
under pressure causing burns and serious in-
jury.
–
After cooling, carefully and slowly un-
screw the cap anticlockwise, gently
pressing down on it.
–
Always protect your face, hands and arms
from hot coolant and steam using a large,
thick cloth.
●
When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them
on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys-
tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire.
WARNING
The high voltages of the electrical system can
give electric
shocks as well as causing burns
and serious injury and possibly even death!
●
Never cause short circuits in the electrical
system. The battery could explode.
●
To minimise the risk of electric shock and
serious consequences while the engine is
running or starting the engine, note the fol-
lowing:
–
Never touch the electrical wiring of the
ignition system.
WARNING
In the engine compartment, there are rotat-
ing par
ts that could cause serious injury.
●
Never place your hands directly on or near
the radiator fan. Touching the rotor blades
could seriously harm you. The ventilator
works according to the engine temperature
and could start suddenly even when the igni-
tion is turned off and the key is removed.
●
If any work has to be performed when the
engine is started or with the engine running,
there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety
risk from rotating parts, such as the drive
belts, alternator, radiator fan, etc., as well as
from the high-voltage ignition system. Al-
ways work with the utmost caution.
–
Always make sure that no parts of your
body, jewellery, ties, loose clothing and
long hair can be trapped by the rotating
»
187
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
parts of the engine. Before any work, re-
move tie
s and jewellery (necklaces, etc),
tie long hair back and tie all items of
loose clothing to your body to make sure
that they cannot be trapped by engine
components.
–
Take extreme caution when operating the
accelerator and remain attentive. The ve-
hicle could move, even if the handbrake
is applied.
●
Always make sure you have not left any ob-
jects, such as cleaning cloths and tools, in
the engine compartment. If any object is left
in the engine compartment, this could cause
malfunctions, engine faults and even a fire.
WARNING
Refill liquids and certain materials can catch
fire ea
sily in the engine compartment, caus-
ing a fire and serious injury!
●
Never smoke.
●
Never work close to places exposed to
flames or sparks.
●
Never pour service fluids over the engine.
These fluid may ignite hot engine parts and
cause injuries.
●
If it is necessary to work on the fuel system
or the electrical system, please follow the in-
structions below:
–
Always disconnect the vehicle battery.
–
Never work close to heaters, heat sources
or places exposed to flames or sparks.
●
Alwa
ys keep a recently serviced and per-
fectly working fire extinguisher close by.
●
Never cover the engine with additional in-
sulating materials such as a blanket. Risk of
fire!
WARNING
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it could
s
udden
ly open while driving leaving the driv-
er without visibility. This could result in a se-
rious accident.
●
After closing the bonnet, always check that
it is properly secured by the locking mecha-
nism in the lock carrier piece. The bonnet
must be flush with the surrounding body pan-
els.
●
While driving, if you notice that the bonnet
is not correctly closed then stop immediately
and close it correctly.
●
Make sure the bonnet is opened and closed
safely (when the engine is off, no smoke is
coming from the engine compartment, there
is enough space around the car, no people
are near, etc.).
CAUTION
●
When refil
ling or changing service liquids,
ensure that you put the liquids into the right
tank. Making a mistake when refilling could
cause serious malfunctions and damage the
engine!
●
To avoid d
amage to the bonnet and to the
windscreen wiper arms, only open it when
the windscreen wipers are in place against
the windscreen.
●
Before driving, always lower the wiper
arms.
For the sake of the environment
Service fluids leaks are harmful to the envi-
r
onment. F
or this reason you should make
regular checks on the ground underneath
your vehicle. Take the vehicle to a specialised
workshop to be checked if you see stains, oil
or other fluids on the ground. Collect any
spilt service fluids and allow a professional to
dispose of them.
Engine oil
Intr
oduction
WARNING
Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause in-
jury and seriou
s burns.
●
Always protect your eyes when handling
engine oil.
●
Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the
reach of children.
188
Checking and refilling levels
●
Engine oil
should only be kept in its origi-
nal packaging; the same goes for used oil un-
til it is disposed of.
●
Never store engine oil in empty food con-
tainers or bottles as other people may acci-
dentally drink it.
●
Regular contact with engine oil can be bad
for the skin. If you come into contact with en-
gine oil, wash your skin with soap and water.
●
With the engine running, the engine oil
gets extremely hot and can cause severe skin
burns. Always wait until the engine has fully
cooled.
For the sake of the environment
Similar to the other service liquids, spilled
engine oil
can be bad for the environment.
Collect these liquids in suitable containers
and dispose of them while respecting the en-
vironment.
Warning and control lamps
Flashes
Engine oil pres-
sure too low.
Stop the vehicle!
Switch off the engine. Check the
engine oil level, and if necessary,
refill with ››› page 190.
engine oil - If the warning indicator
flashes although the oil level is cor-
rect, do not continue driving or
leave the engine running. Other-
wise, the engine could be dam-
aged. Seek specialist assistance.
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ›››
in On the
instrument
panel on page 26.
Engine oil specifications
Replacement engine oil must strictly comply
w
ith the s
pec
ifications.
The correct oil must be used to ensure the
correct operation and long service life of the
engine. The engine comes with a high-quality
multigrade oil that can generally be used all
year round.
Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT
standards whenever possible ›››
. Only refill
en
gine oi
l
using approved engine oil in ac-
cordance with the corresponding VW stand-
ard (››› table on page 189). All oils indicated
are synthetic multigrade oils.
Engine oils are being continuously further
developed. Technical services are constantly
updated with any modifications. SEAT there-
fore recommends that you have the engine
oil changed by a technical service.
Specifications of engine oil with a service de-
pendent on time/distance travelled
44 kW - 55 kW Petrol en-
gines
VW 504 00, VW 502 00
Natural gas engine VW 502 00
CAUTION
●
Only u
se engine oils whose specifications
are expressly approved by SEAT. The use of
any other type of oil could cause engine dam-
age!
●
No additives should be used with engine
oil. Any damage caused by the use of such
additives would not be covered by the factory
warranty.
189
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
Checking engine oil level and topping
up
Fig. 168 Marked engine oil dipstick
Fig. 169 In the engine compartment: Engine
oi
l
fi
ller cap.
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 31
Preparations
●
Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the
engine oil reading is correct.
●
The engine must be hot to be able to check
the engine oil level. Stop the engine and wait
a few minutes for the oil to drain back into
the sump.
●
Open the bonnet ››› page 186.
●
The engine oil filler neck can be recognised
by the symbol on the cap ››› Fig. 169 and
the dipstick by its coloured handle.
Check the engine oil level
●
Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean
cloth.
●
Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as
it will go. If the dipstick to measure engine oil
has a mark, when you reintroduce it this
mark should slot into the corresponding
groove located on the upper end of the tube.
●
Remove the oil dipstick again and check
the engine oil level.
●
After reading the oil level, replace the dip-
stick in the tube completely.
WARNING
Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact
with hot en
gine components. This could lead
to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
●
Always ensure that after topping of oil, the
engine oil filler cap is correctly tightened.
This will avoid engine oil spilling onto hot en-
gine part
s when the engine is running.
CAUTION
●
If
the engine oi
l level is above the area
››› Fig. 168
A
do not start the engine. Seek
speci
alist assistance. Otherwise catalytic
converter and engine damage may occur.
●
When refilling or changing service liquids,
ensure that you put the liquids into the right
tank. Making a mistake when refilling could
cause serious malfunctions and damage the
engine!
For the sake of the environment
The oil level must never be above area
A
.
Otherwi
se oil can be drawn in through the
crankcase breather and escape into the at-
mosphere via the exhaust system.
Engine oil consumption
The consumption of engine oil can be differ-
ent
fr
om one en
gine to another and can vary
during the useful life of the engine.
Depending on how you drive and the condi-
tions in which the vehicle is used, oil con-
sumption can be up to 1 ltr./2000 km. In the
case of new vehicles, the consumption can
exceed this figure over 5,000 kilometres. For
this reason the engine oil level must be
190
Checking and refilling levels
checked at regular intervals, preferably when
fi
l
lin
g the tank and before a journey.
When the engine is working hard, for in-
stance during sustained high-speed motor-
way cruising in summer or when climbing
mountain passes, the oil level should pref-
erably be kept within area ››› Fig. 168
A
.
Topping up engine oil
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 31.
The engine oil must be changed regularly ac-
cording to the specifications of the Mainte-
nance Programme.
Due to the problems linked with disposing of
used oil and the need for suitable tools and
special knowledge, always visit a specialised
workshop to have the engine oil and filter
changed. SEAT recommends taking your car
in for technical service.
Detailed information on the service intervals
is shown in the Maintenance Programme.
Engine oil additives make new oil darker after
the engine has been running for a short peri-
od. This is normal and does not mean more
frequent oil changes are required.
WARNING
Only change the engine oil yourself if you
have the s
pecialist knowledge required!
●
Before opening the bonnet, read and ob-
serve the warnings ››› page 186.
●
Wait for the engine to cool down. Hot oil
may cause burn injuries.
●
Wear eye protection to avoid injuries, such
as acid burns, caused by splashes of oil.
●
When removing the oil drain plug with your
fingers, keep your arm horizontal to help pre-
vent oil from running down your arm.
●
Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes into
contact with engine oil.
●
Engine oil is poisonous! Used oil must be
stored in a safe place out of the reach of chil-
dren.
CAUTION
No additives should be used with engine oil.
This c
ould result in engine damage. Any dam-
age caused by the use of such additives
would not be covered by the factory warranty.
For the sake of the environment
Before changing the engine oil, find a suita-
ble loc
ation or service for proper disposal.
For the sake of the environment
Always dispose of engine oil with the utmost
res
pect for the environment. Never dispose of
used engine oil in places such as a garden,
woods, dr
ains, roads, paths, rivers and drain-
age systems.
Engine coolant
Introduction
WARNING
Engine coolant is toxic!
●
Only keep engine coolant in its original
c
ont
ainer
, tightly shut and in a safe place.
●
Never store engine coolant in empty food
containers or bottles as other people may ac-
cidentally drink it.
●
Always keep engine coolant out of reach of
children.
●
Ensure that the proportion of engine cool-
ant additive corresponds to the lowest out-
side temperature to which the vehicle will be
exposed.
●
If the outside temperature is extremely low,
the engine coolant could freeze causing the
vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the
heating to stop working, vehicle occupants
without warm clothing could freeze.
For the sake of the environment
Coolants and additives can contaminate the
envir
onment. If any fluids are spilled, they
»
191
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
should be collected and correctly disposed
of, with r
espect to the environment.
Coolant warning lamp
Several warning and control lamps light up
for a few sec
onds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
It lights up red
Excessive engine
coolant temperature.
Stop the vehicle!
Stop the vehicle safely as soon
as possible. Switch off the en-
gine and let it cool.
Insufficient engine
coolant level.
¡Stop the vehicle!
Check the engine coolant
when the engine has cooled
and, if it is low, refill with en-
gine coolant ››› page 192.
Engine coolant sys-
tem faulty.
Do not drive any further.
Obtain professional assis-
tance.
Flashes red
Engine coolant sys-
tem faulty.
Seek specialist assistance.
It lights up blue
The temperature of
the natural gas en-
gine coolant is too
low. The engine has
not reached the oper-
ating temperature.
Avoid high engine speeds and
pushing the engine too hard
while the warning lamp re-
mains lit.
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ›››
in On the
instrument
panel on page 26.
Checking the coolant level and top-
pin
g up
Fig. 170 In the engine compartment: Marking
on c
oo
l
ant expansion tank
Fig. 171 In the engine compartment: Coolant
expan
sion tank cap
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 32
If the coolant level is low, the coolant warn-
ing indicator will light.
Preparations
●
Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm
ground.
●
Allow the engine to cool ›››
.
●
Open the bonnet ›
›
›
page 186.
●
The coolant expansion tank is easily recog-
nisable because of the symbol on the cap
››› Fig. 171.
Checking the engine coolant level
●
When the engine is cold, check the coolant
level using the side marking on the expan-
sion tank ››› Fig. 170.
192
Checking and refilling levels
●
If
the l
ev
el is below the “MIN” mark, top up
with coolant. When the engine is hot it may
be slightly above the marked area.
Topping up the engine coolant level
●
Always protect your face, hands and arms
from hot coolant and steam using a large,
thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank
cap.
●
Remove the cap very carefully ›››
.
●
Only refill using new en
gine c
oo
lant ac-
cording to SEAT specifications
(›››
page 32) ›››
.
●
The engine coolant level should be be-
tw
een the m
ark
s on the coolant expansion
tank ››› Fig. 170. Do not exceed the top level
of the marked area ›››
.
●
Screw on the cap tightly.
●
If, in the event of an emergency, you have
no c
oo
l
ant that is compliant to the required
specifications (›››
page 32), do not use
another type of additive. Instead, top up with
distilled water only ›››
. Then re-establish
the c
orr
ect
proportion of the mixture with the
correct additive as soon as possible
›››
page 32.
WARNING
Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious
burns.
●
Never open the coo
lant expansion tank if
steam or coolant is coming from the engine
compartment. Wait until you cannot see or
hear any steam or coolant escaping.
●
Always wait until the engine has complete-
ly cooled before very carefully opening the
expansion tank cap. Contact with hot ele-
ments of the engine can cause skin burns.
●
When the engine is warm or hot, the cool-
ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew
the cap on the expansion tank when the en-
gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out
under pressure causing burns and serious in-
jury.
–
Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap an-
ti-clockwise, gently pressing down on it.
–
Always protect your face, hands and arms
from hot coolant and steam using a large,
thick cloth.
●
When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them
on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys-
tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Under
specific circumstances, the ethylene glycol
can catch fire.
WARNING
If there is not enough anti-freeze in the cool-
ant sys
tem, the engine may fail leading to se-
rious damage.
●
Please make sure that the percentage of
additive is correct with respect to the lowest
expected ambient temperature in the zone in
which the vehicle is to be used.
●
When the outside t
emperature is very low,
the coolant could freeze and the vehicle
would be immobilised. In this case, the heat-
ing would not work either and inadequately
dressed passengers could die of cold.
CAUTION
●
If
there i
s no appropriate coolant liquid
available, fill it using distilled water, and
nothing else. Any other type of water may
lead to considerable rusting in the engine
due to its chemical components. This could
consequently damage the engine. If you have
not used distilled water but another type of
water to top up the coolant, a specialised
workshop must immediately replace all of the
fluid in the engine cooling system.
●
Only top up coolant to the top level of the
marked area ››› Fig. 170. Otherwise the ex-
cess coolant will be forced out of the cooling
system when the engine is hot, causing dam-
age.
●
If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, wait
for the engine to cool down completely before
adding coolant. Extensive coolant loss is an
indication of leaks in the engine cooling sys-
tem. Have the engine cooling system inspec-
ted immediately by a specialised workshop.
Otherwise engine damage may occur.
●
When refilling service liquids, ensure that
you put the liquids into the right tank. Mak-
ing a mistake when refilling could cause seri-
ous malfunctions and damage the engine!
»
193
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
CAUTION
The original additives should never be mixed
with coo
lants which are not approved by
SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk of causing
severe damage to the engine and the engine
cooling system.
●
If the fluid in the expansion tank is not pur-
ple but is, for example, brown, this indicates
that the G13 additive has been mixed with an
inadequate coolant. The coolant must be
changed as soon as possible if this is the
case! This could result in serious faults and
engine damage.
Brake fluid
Chec
k
in
g the brake fluid level
Read the additional information carefully
›
›
›
page 33
In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs
water from the ambient air. If there is too
much water in the brake fluid, the brake sys-
tem could be damaged. In addition, the boil-
ing point of the brake fluid is significantly
lowered. When the brake fluid contains too
much water and the brakes are subject to
considerable forces, bubbles of water vapour
can form in the system. These bubbles can
significantly reduce braking power, notably
increasing braking distance, and could even
result in the total failure of the brake system.
Ensuring that the brake system is always
functioning correctly is essential for your own
safety and the safety of other road users
›››
.
Br
ak
e fluid s
pecifications
SEAT have developed a special brake fluid
optimised for the brake systems of their vehi-
cles. To ensure the optimum working of the
brake system, SEAT recommends the use of
brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14
standard. If this brake fluid is not available or
another brake fluid is used for different rea-
sons, use a brake fluid that complies with the
United States standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or
the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4
›››
.
Br
ak
e fluid
s conforming to the standard
VW 501 14, fulfil the American requirements
of the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the
German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard.
However, fluids that comply with the Ameri-
can FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the Ger-
man DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard do not
necessarily comply with the VW 501 14
standard. Always check the information on
the brake fluid container and ensure that you
are using suitable brake fluid.
A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from
SEAT dealerships.
Brake fluid level
The level of the brake fluid should always be
between the MIN and MAX marks, or above
the MIN mark ›››
.
It
i
s
not always possible to check the level of
the brake fluid, as in some models the en-
gine components make it difficult to see the
brake fluid reservoir. If you cannot read the
exact brake fluid level, consult a specialist.
The brake fluid level drops slightly when the
vehicle is being used due to wear of the
brake pads and the automatic readjustment
of the brake.
Changing the brake fluid
The brake fluid should be changed in accord-
ance with the instructions given in the Main-
tenance Programme. Have the brake fluid
changed by a specialised workshop. SEAT
recommends taking your car in for technical
service. This means that only brake fluid
complying with the required specifications
will be used.
WARNING
If the brake fluid level is low or unsuita-
ble/o
ld brake fluid is used, the brake system
may fail or braking power may be reduced.
●
Check the brake system and the brake fluid
level regularly!
194
Checking and refilling levels
●
The brake fluid shou
ld be changed regular-
ly in accordance with the instructions given
in the Maintenance Programme.
●
Always ensure that you use suitable brake
fluid. Only used brake fluid that conforms to
the VW 501 14 standard, FMVSS 116 DOT 4
standard or even the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4
standard. Other types of brake fluid could af-
fect brake operation and reduce braking pow-
er. Do not use a brake fluid if the container
does not specify compliance with the
VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or
DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards.
●
The replacement brake fluid must be new.
●
Brake fluid should be stored in the closed
original container in a safe place out of reach
of children. Risk of poisoning!
●
If the brake fluid is left in the system for
too long and the brakes are subjected to
heavy use, vapour bubbles may form in the
brake system. This would seriously affect the
efficiency of the brakes and the safety of the
vehicle. This may cause an accident.
CAUTION
Brake fluid damages the vehicle paintwork.
Wipe off an
y brake fluid from the paintwork
immediately.
For the sake of the environment
Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant.
Col
lect any spilt service fluids and allow a
professional to dispose of them.
Windscreen washer reservoir
Chec
k
in
g and topping up the wind-
screen washer reservoir with water
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 33
Check the water level in the windscreen
washer reservoir regularly and top up as re-
quired.
●
Open the bonnet ››› page 186.
●
The washer reservoir is marked with the
symbol
on the lid.
●
Check there is enough water in the reser-
voir.
●
To top up, mix water with a window cleaner
recommended by SEAT
›››
. Please follow
the in
s
truction
s for use found on the packag-
ing.
●
In cold weather, a special antifreeze should
also be added to prevent the water from
freezing.
Reservoir capacity
The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3
litres.
WARNING
If the water from the windscreen washer does
not cont
ain enough anti-freeze, it may freeze
on the windscreen and rear window, reducing
forw
ard and rear visibility.
●
In winter, ensure the windscreen washer
contains enough anti-freeze.
●
In cold conditions, you should not use the
windscreen wiper system unless you have
warmed the windscreen with the ventilation
system. The antifreeze could freeze on the
windscreen and reduce visibility.
WARNING
Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other
s
imil
ar additives with the windscreen washer
water. A greasy layer may be formed on the
windscreen which will impair visibility.
●
Use clean water with a window cleaner rec-
ommended by SEAT.
●
If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to
the water in the reservoir.
CAUTION
●
Do not mix
cleaning products recommen-
ded by SEAT with other products. This could
lead to flocculation and may block the wind-
screen washer jets.
●
When topping up service fluids, make abso-
lutely certain that you fill the fluids into the
correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids
could cause serious malfunctions and engine
damage!
195
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
Vehicle battery
Intr
oduction
Read the additional information carefully
›››
page 33.
The battery is a component of the vehicle's
electrical system.
Never work on the electrical system without
fully understanding the operations required,
the applicable safety standards and without
the correct tools
›››
! If required, have any
w
ork
c
arried out by a specialised workshop.
SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech-
nical service. Negligent work can cause seri-
ous injury.
Location of the vehicle battery
The battery is located in the engine compart-
ment.
Explanation of the warning indications on
the vehicle's battery
Symbol Meaning
Wear eye protection!
Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic.
Always wear protective gloves and eye
protection!
Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking
are prohibited.
Symbol Meaning
A highly explosive mixture of gases is re-
leased when the battery is under charge.
Keep children away from acid and batter-
ies!
WARNING
Working on the vehicle battery and the elec-
trical
system can cause corrosion, fire and
electric shocks. Always read and take into ac-
count the following warnings and safety
standards before carrying out any work:
●
Before working on the battery, switch off
the engine, the ignition and all electrical de-
vices then disconnect the negative connec-
tion on the battery.
●
Keep children away from acid and the bat-
tery itself!
●
Wear eye protection.
●
Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It
can burn skin and cause blindness. When
handling the battery, protect yourself from
splashes of acids, above all your hands, arms
and face.
●
Do not smoke and never work close to pla-
ces exposed to flames or sparks.
●
Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges
when working with cables and electrical devi-
ces.
●
Never short the battery terminals.
●
Never use a d
amaged battery. It can ex-
plode. Replace a damaged battery immedi-
ately.
●
Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as
soon as possible. A flat battery can also
freeze at temperatures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
CAUTION
●
Nev
er dis
connect the battery if the ignition
is switched on or if the engine is running.
This could damage the electrical system or
electronic components.
●
Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight
over a long period of time, as the intense ul-
traviolet radiation can damage the battery
housing.
●
If the car is left standing for long periods,
protect the battery from extreme cold temper-
ature so that it does not “freeze up” and be-
come damaged.
Warning lamp
It lights up
Faulty generator.
Contact a specialised workshop.
Have the electrical system checked.
Disconnect any unnecessary elec-
trical devices. The generator does
not charge the battery while the ve-
hicle is in motion.
196
Checking and refilling levels
Several warning and control lamps light up
f
or a f
ew sec
onds when the ignition is switch-
ed on, signalling that the function is being
verified. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
WARNING
Observe the safety warnings ›››
in On the
instrument
panel on page 26.
Checking the electrolyte level of the
vehicl
e battery
Fig. 172 In the engine compartment: Remove
the c
o
v
er from the vehicle's battery.
The battery's electrolyte level should be
c
hec
k
ed regularly in high-mileage vehicles,
in hot countries and in older batteries. Other
batteries do not require maintenance.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are
equipped with special batteries. For technical
reasons, the electrolyte level cannot be
checked in these batteries.
Preparations
●
Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine
compartment ››› page 186
●
Open the bonnet ››› page 186.
●
Press on the tabs ››› Fig. 172 (arrows) in the
direction of the arrows and lift the battery
cover up.
Checking the battery electrolyte level
●
Make sure there is sufficient lighting to
clearly recognise the colours. Never use
flames or shiny objects as a light source.
●
Depending on the level of acid, the Magic
eye on the top of the battery will change col-
our.
Colour in-
dicator
Necessary operations
Light yellow
or colourless
The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat-
tery is too low. Have the battery checked
and, where applicable, replaced by a
specialised workshop.
Black
The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat-
tery is correct.
WARNING
Working with the vehicle battery involves a
risk of
corrosion, explosions and electric
shock.
●
Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery acid
could spill out of the openings for the release
of gases and cause corrosion damage.
●
Never open the vehicle battery.
●
If battery acid splashes on you, immediate-
ly rinse your eyes and skin abundantly with
water for several minutes. Then seek medical
care immediately.
●
If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a
doctor immediately.
Charging, replacing and connecting or
di
s
c
onnecting the battery
Charging the battery
The
v
ehic
le battery should be charged by a
specialised workshop only, as batteries us-
ing special technology have been installed
and they must be charged in a controlled en-
vironment
›››
. SEAT recommends taking
y
our c
ar in f
or technical service.
Replacing a vehicle battery
The battery has been developed to suit the
conditions of its location and has special
»
197
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
safety features. If the battery must be re-
p
l
ac
ed, consult a technical service for infor-
mation on electromagnetic compatibility, the
size and maintenance, performance and
safety requirements of the new battery in
your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT
recommends you have the battery replaced
by a technical service.
Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries
conforming to TL 825 06 and VW 7 50 73
Standards. These standards must be dated
April 2008 or later.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are
equipped with a special battery. Therefore,
this battery must only be replaced by another
with the same specifications.
Disconnecting the vehicle's battery
If you must disconnect the battery from the
electrical system, please note the following:
●
Switch off the ignition and all electrical
equipment.
●
The vehicle must be unlocked before dis-
connecting the battery, otherwise the alarm
will be triggered.
●
First disconnect the negative cable and
then the positive ›››
.
C
onnectin
g the
vehicle's battery
●
Before reconnecting the battery, switch off
the engine and all electrical devices.
●
First reconnect the positive cable and then
the negative ›››
.
Diff
er
ent
control lamps may light up after
connecting the battery and switching the ig-
nition on. They will be turned off after a short
trip at a speed of between 15-20 km/h
(10-12 mph). If the warning indicators remain
lit, please visit a specialised workshop to
have the vehicle checked.
If the battery has been disconnected for a
long time, it is possible that the next service
date is not displayed or calculated correctly
››› page 88. Respect the maximum service in-
tervals permitted ››› Booklet Maintenance
Programme.
Automatic device disconnection
The intelligent vehicle electrical system auto-
matically implements a range of measures to
prevent the battery from discharging when
high demands are made on it:
●
The idling speed is increased so that the al-
ternator provides more electricity.
●
Where necessary, the power to the most
powerful devices is reduced or even com-
pletely disconnected.
●
On starting the engine, the power supply
from the 12-volt power sockets and the ciga-
rette lighter may be interrupted for a short
time.
The on-board management program cannot
always prevent the battery from running flat.
For example, if the ignition is left on for a
long period with the engine off or if the side
lights or parking lights are left on while the
vehicle is stationary.
Why the battery runs flat:
●
When stationary for a long time without
starting the engine, particularly if the ignition
is switched on.
●
Use of electrical devices with the engine
switched off.
WARNING
Incorrectly securing the battery or using the
wrong b
attery can cause short-circuits, fire
and serious injuries.
●
Always use only maintenance-free batter-
ies, protected to prevent a leak, and whose
properties, specifications and size corre-
spond to the standard battery.
WARNING
A highly explosive mixture of gases is re-
lea
sed when the battery is under charge.
●
The batteries should be charged in a well-
ventilated room only.
●
Never charge a frozen or recently thawed
battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem-
peratures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
●
Always replace a battery which has frozen.
198
Wheels and tyres
●
Batter
y cables not correctly connected may
cause a short circuit. Reconnect first the posi-
tive cable and then the negative cable.
CAUTION
●
Nev
er dis
connect the battery if the ignition
is switched on or if the engine is running.
This could damage the electrical system or
electronic components.
●
Never plug accessories that supply current,
such as solar panels or a battery charger, to
the 12-volt power socket or the cigarette
lighter. This could damage the vehicle's elec-
trical system.
For the sake of the environment
Dispose of the battery in an environment-
friendly manner
. Batteries contain toxic sub-
stances such as sulphuric acid and lead.
For the sake of the environment
Battery acid can contaminate the environ-
ment. Co
llect any spilt service fluids and dis-
pose of them correctly.
Wheels and tyres
T
y
r
es
Introduction
SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and
wheels i
s carried out by a specialised work-
shop. These workshops have the necessary
special tools and replacement parts, trained
personnel and facilities for disposing of the
old tyres while respecting the environment.
SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech-
nical service.
WARNING
The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or
braked if
the tyres (new or used) are worn or
damaged.
●
Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could
make driving more dangerous and result in
serious accidents and damage.
●
All four wheels must be fitted with radial
tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer-
ence) and the same tread pattern.
●
New tyres do not give maximum grip and
will not have reached their maximum braking
capacity to start with, and therefore need
running in. To prevent accidents and major
damage, extreme caution should be taken for
the first 600 km.
●
Check ty
re pressures regularly and ensure
they are maintained at the pressures indica-
ted. If the tyre pressure is too low, they could
overheat, resulting in tread detachment or
even burst tyres.
●
Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut,
cracked or dented) or worn tyres. Driving on
damaged or worn tyres could result in burst
tyres, serious accidents or damage. Worn or
damaged tyres must be replaced immediate-
ly.
●
Never exceed the maximum permitted
speed or loads specified for the type of tyre
fitted on your vehicle.
●
The effectiveness of driver and brake assist
systems also depends on the grip of the
tyres.
●
If you notice unusual vibration or if the ve-
hicle pulls to one side when driving, stop the
car immediately and check the tyres and
wheels for damage.
●
To minimise the risk of losing control of the
vehicle or causing a serious accident, never
undo the bolted joints of beadlock wheels.
●
Never mount used tyres or wheels if you are
not sure of their previous history. They may
be damaged, although the damage is not im-
mediately visible.
●
Old tyres, even if they have never been
used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly
while driving, especially at high speeds, re-
sulting in serious accident and injury. If tyres
are over six years old, they should only be
»
199
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
used in an emergency and with extreme cau-
tion.
Note
For technical reasons, it is not generally pos-
s
ibl
e to use the wheels from other vehicles.
In some cases, this may also be true for the
same model of wheel. Please refer to the ve-
hicle documentation or ask at a technical
service.
Handling tyres and wheels
Fig. 173 Diagram for changing wheels
The tyres of a vehicle are the components
whic
h ar
e s
ubjected to most stress and are
the most underestimated. Tyres are very im-
portant, as the support offered by their nar-
row surface is the only point of contact be-
tween the vehicle and the road.
The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre
pressure, driving style, the care they receive
and the correct fitting.
The tyres and wheel rims are an essential
part of the vehicle's design. The tyres and
rims approved by SEAT are specially matched
to the characteristics of the vehicle and our
critical to good road holding and safe han-
dling.
Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels
●
If you have to drive over a kerb or similar
obstacle, drive very slowly and as near as
possible at a right angle to the kerb.
●
Inspect the tyres regularly for damage
(punctures, cuts, cracks, dents).
●
Remove any foreign bodies found on the
outside of the tyre tread and ensure that they
have not passed through the wall of the tyre
››› page 204.
●
In addition, the instructions for tyre control
systems should always be observed.
●
Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as
possible ››› page 204.
●
Regularly check tyres for non-visible dam-
age ››› page 204.
●
Never exceed the maximum permitted
speed or loads specified for the type of tyre
fitted on your vehicle ››› page 207.
●
Do not allow tyres (including the spare
wheel) to come into contact with aggressive
substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid
›››
.
●
Lost valve caps should be replaced imme-
di
at
ely
.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Tyres with directional tread pattern have
been designed to operate best when rotating
in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre
sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on
tyres with directional tread ››› page 207. Al-
ways observe the direction of rotation indica-
ted when mounting the wheel. This guaran-
tees optimum grip and helps to avoid aqua-
planing, excessive noise and wear.
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direc-
tion of rotation, drive with extreme caution,
as the tyre is no longer being used correctly.
This is of particular importance when the
road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon
as possible or remount it with the correct di-
rection of rotation.
Interchanging tyres
To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres
the wheels should be changed round from
time to time according to the system
›››
Fig. 173. The useful life of all the tyres will
then be about the same time.
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a
specialised workshop to have the tyres
changed.
200
Wheels and tyres
Tyres over 6 years old
T
y
r
es are subject to an ageing process as a
result of physical and chemical processes.
This may affect their performance. Tyres
which are stored for long periods of time
without being used, harden and become
more fragile than tyres which are in constant
use.
SEAT recommends that tyres over six years
old are replaced with new tyres. This also ap-
plies to tyres (including the spare wheel)
which appear to be in perfect condition on
the outside and which have a tread depth
within the values stipulated by the Law ›››
.
The d
at
e of
manufacture, part of the tyre
identification number (TIN), indicates the age
of the tyre () ››› page 207.
Storing tyres
Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate
the direction of rotation (left, right, forwards,
backwards). This ensures you will be able to
mount them correctly when you replace
them. When removed, the wheels and/or
tyres should be stored in a cool, dry and pref-
erably dark location. Do not place tyres
mounted on the wheel in a vertical position.
Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from
dirt by storing them in suitable bags and
standing them on the ground on their tread.
WARNING
Aggressive fluids or substances could result
in vi
sible or invisible damage with the conse-
quent risks.
●
Always ensure that tyres do not come into
contact with chemical products, oil, grease,
fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive substan-
ces.
WARNING
Old tyres, even if they have never been used,
may
lose air or burst unexpectedly while driv-
ing, resulting in serious accident or damage.
●
If tyres are over six years old, they should
only be used in an emergency and with ex-
treme caution.
For the sake of the environment
Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified
personnel ac
cording to the laws in the coun-
try concerned.
Wheels
The design of wheel bolts is matched to the
rims. If
diff
er
ent rims are fitted, the correct
wheel bolts with the right length and correct-
ly shaped bolt heads must be used. This en-
sures that wheels are fitted securely and that
the brake system functions correctly
›››
page 72.
For technical reasons, it is not generally pos-
sible to use the wheels from other vehicles.
In some cases, this may also be true for the
same model of wheel.
The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are spe-
cially matched to the characteristics of the
vehicle and are critical to good road holding
and safe handling.
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct
torque ››› page 72.
Beadlock wheel rims
Beadlock wheel rims have various compo-
nents. These are joined together by special
bolts using a special procedure. This ensures
good performance, a better seal, improved
safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn
rims should always be replaced and must on-
ly be repaired in a specialised workshop.
SEAT recommends visiting a technical service
›››
.
Wheel
rims
w
ith bolted trims
Wheel rims may be fitted with interchangea-
ble trim parts which are attached to the rim
using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should
only be replaced at a specialised workshop.
SEAT recommends visiting a technical service
›››
.
»
201
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
WARNING
The use of worn or damaged wheel rims could
make driv
ing more dangerous and result in
serious accidents and damage.
●
Only wheel rims which have been approved
for use with your vehicle should be used.
●
Inspect wheel rims regularly for damage
and replace as required.
WARNING
If the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted
ring trims ar
e not correctly tightened or loos-
ened, this could result in serious accident.
●
Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel
rims with bolted ring trims.
●
Any work relating to wheel rims with bolted
rims should be carried out at specialised
workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car
in for technical service.
Note
A SEAT Service Centre should be consulted to
find out whether wheels
or tyres of different
sizes to those originally fitted by SEAT can be
fitted, and to find out about the combinations
allowed between the front axle (axle 1) and
the rear axle (axle 2).
Replacement of wheel rims and new
ty
r
e
s
New tyres
●
When tyres are new, drive with extreme
caution for the fir
st 600 km, as all tyres need
to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run
in do not have such good grip or ›››
brak-
ing cap
acity ›››
.
●
All four wheels must be fitted with radial
tyre
s of the same type, size (rolling circumfer-
ence) and the same tread pattern.
●
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac-
cordin
g to the type and make of tyre and the
tread pattern.
Replacing tyres
●
Where possible, always replace both
wheels on an axle (both wheels on the front
axle or both wheels on the rear axle)
›››
.
●
Only replace used tyres with those author-
i
sed b
y
SEAT for the corresponding type vehi-
cle. Pay special attention to size, diameter,
and maximum load and speed capacity.
●
Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT
approved tyres. If the tyres are too big, they
may knock or rub against the chassis or other
components, resulting in damage.
WARNING
New tyres do not give maximum grip and will
not hav
e reached their maximum braking ca-
pacity to start with, and therefore need run-
ning in.
●
To prevent accidents and major damage,
extreme caution should be taken for the first
600 km.
WARNING
There should be adequate space between the
tyre
s and the vehicle in accordance with the
vehicle design. If this is not the case, the
tyres may rub against parts of the running
gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to faults
in the brake system or to tread detachment,
and the risk of burst tyres.
●
The true tyre dimension should not be
greater than the dimensions of tyres manu-
factured and approved by SEAT and should
not rub against parts of the vehicle.
Note
Although tyres may be shown as being the
same siz
e, the true dimensions of different
types of tyre may vary with respect to the
nominal size, or tread patterns may be differ-
ent.
Note
If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT,
you can be s
ure that the true tyre dimensions
202
Wheels and tyres
will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre
models, the tyr
e vendor should provide the
manufacturer's certificate with the tyre, indi-
cating that this type of tyre is suitable for
your vehicle. This certificate should always
be carried with the vehicle.
Tyre pressures
Fig. 174 Position of tyre pressure specifica-
tion p
l
at
e
The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at
the f
act
or
y is shown on a label and is valid
for summer and winter tyres. The label
››› Fig. 174 is located on the driver's door pil-
lar.
Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce
the life of the tyres considerably and also im-
pair the car's handling ›››
. It is essential to
m
aint
ain the c
orrect tyre pressures, especial-
ly if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre
pressure causes premature wear and could
cause tyre blow-out.
The pressure should therefore be checked at
least once a month and before starting a
journey.
As a general rule, the pressures given are for
cold tyres. When the tyres are hot, the pres-
sures are greater.
Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the
required pressure. This could result in very
low tyre pressures which may lead to sudden
blow-outs.
Tyre pressure monitoring system
Check tyre pressures only when the vehicle
has not been driven for more than a few kilo-
metres at low speeds in the past three hours.
●
The tyre pressures should be checked regu-
larly, and only when the tyres are cold. Al-
ways check all tyres, including the spare
wheel. Tyre pressures should be checked
more often in colder regions, and only when
the vehicle has not been driven recently. Al-
ways use a correctly-operating tyre gauge.
●
Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in
the vehicle.
●
After adjusting the tyre pressure, check that
the caps are properly screwed on.
The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel
must always be kept at the maximum pres-
sure stipulated.
WARNING
If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the
tyre m
ay deflate or burst suddenly while driv-
ing. This could result in a serious accident.
●
If the tyre pressure is too low, they could
overheat, resulting in tread detachment or
even burst tyres.
●
When driving at high speeds and/or fully
loaded, the tyre could suddenly overheat,
burst or be subject to tread detachment, with
the resultant loss of control of the vehicle.
●
Tyre pressures which are too high or too
low reduce the service life of the tyre, affect-
ing the vehicle's performance.
●
Tyre pressures should be checked regularly,
at least once a month and before long jour-
neys.
●
Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the
vehicle load.
●
Never deflate excess pressure from hot
tyres.
»
203
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
CAUTION
●
Take c
are not to tilt the manometer when
placing it on the valve. Otherwise, the valve
may be damaged.
●
If tyre valves are not protected by caps, or if
the caps are not screwed on correctly, they
may become damaged. Check that the caps
are identical to the standard caps and have
been correctly tightened.
For the sake of the environment
Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel con-
sumption.
Wear indicator depth profile
Fig. 175 Tyre tread: tread wear indicators
Tread depth
C
er
t
ain driving conditions require a deeper
tread, as well as needing the tread to be ap-
proximately the same on the front and rear
tyres. This is particularly important when
driving in winter, in cold temperatures and on
wet roads ›››
.
The minimum tr
e
a
d depth required by law in
the majority of cases is 1.6 mm, measured in
the tread grooves next to the tread wear indi-
cators. Observe legal requirements in each
country.
The performance of winter tyres is much re-
duced when the tread has worn to 4 mm.
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac-
cording to the type and make of tyre and the
tread pattern.
Wear indicators on the tyre
The original tyres on your vehicle have
1.6 mm high ››› Fig. 175 tread wear indicators
running across the tread. A number of these
indicators are equally spaced around the tyre
tread. Certain marks on the tyre walls (e.g.
the letters “TWI” or other symbols) indicate
the position of the wear indicators.
Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is
worn. They must always be replaced before
the tyre tread has worn to the level of the in-
dicator.
WARNING
Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and
may
lead to loss of control of the vehicle with
serious consequences.
●
Tyres must be replaced before the wear in-
dicators are at the same level as the tread
pattern.
●
Worn tyres have significantly reduced grip,
especially on wet surfaces, increasing the
risk of “aquaplaning”.
●
Worn tyres make control of the vehicle
more difficult in normal or difficult driving
conditions, increasing the braking distance
and the risk of skidding.
Tyre damage
Damage to wheels and tyres is often invisible
t
o the n
ak
ed eye. If you notice unusual vibra-
tion or the car pulling to one side, this may
indicate that one of the tyres is damaged
›››
.
●
Slow down immediately if you think you
h
av
e a d
amaged wheel.
●
Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
●
If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek
qualified assistance.
●
If there is no visible exterior damage, drive
slowly and carefully to the nearest special-
ised workshop and have the vehicle checked.
204
Wheels and tyres
Foreign bodies in the tyre
●
Do not remove foreign bodies if they have
penetr
at
ed thr
ough the tyre wall!
●
You should obtain professional assistance
immediately.
Tyre wear
The wear of tyres depends on a number of
factors, for example:
●
Driving style.
●
Unbalanced wheels.
●
Running gear settings.
Driving style: Driving round bends quickly or
sudden acceleration or braking speed accel-
erates tyre wear. When the driving style is
normal, if the tyres wear too quickly, have the
running gear settings checked at a special-
ised workshop.
Wheel run-out: The wheels on new vehicles
are balanced. However, certain circumstan-
ces may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is
detected as vibrations in the steering wheel.
Run-out leads to wear of the steering and
suspension. In the event of run out, the
wheels should be balanced again. When a
new wheel is fitted, it should be balanced
again.
Running gear settings: an incorrectly posi-
tioned running gear increases the wear of
tyres and affects your safety while driving. If
tyres wear too quickly, have the wheel align-
ment checked at a specialised workshop.
WARNING
If you notice unusual vibration or the car pulls
to one side whi
le driving, this may indicate
that one of the tyres is damaged.
●
Reduce speed immediately and stop, while
observing the highway code.
●
Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
●
Never carry on driving on worn tyres or
wheels. Request qualified assistance immedi-
ately.
●
If there is no visible exterior damage, drive
slowly and carefully to the nearest special-
ised workshop and have the vehicle checked.
Tyre monitor system*
Fig. 176 Centre console: tyre monitor system
b
utt
on
The tyre control lamp compares wheel revolu-
tion
s
and w
ith it, the wheel diameter of each
wheel using the ESC. If the diameter of a
wheel changes, the tyre control lamp
lights up. The wheel diameter changes when:
●
Tyre pressure is insufficient.
●
The tyre structure is damaged.
●
The vehicle is unbalanced because of a
load.
●
The wheels of one axle are under more
pressure (for example, driving with a trailer or
on steep slopes).
●
The vehicle is fitted with snow chains.
●
The temporary spare wheel is fitted.
●
The wheel on one axle is changed.
Tyre pressure adjustment
On adjusting tyre pressure or changing one
or more wheels, the ››› Fig. 176 button must
be kept pressed down, with the ignition on,
until an acoustic signal is heard.
If the wheels are under excessive load (for ex-
ample, driving with a trailer or heavy load),
the tyre pressure must be increased to the
recommended value for a full load (see the
sticker on the inside of the fuel flap). If the
tyre monitor system button is pressed down,
the new tyre pressures are confirmed.
»
205
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
The tyre pressure control lamp light
s
up
If
the tyre pressure of a wheel is much lower
than the value set by the driver, then the tyre
pressure control lamp ›››
will light up.
WARNING
●
When the tyre pr
essure control lamp lights
up, reduce speed immediately and avoid any
sudden turning or braking manoeuvre. Stop
when possible, and check the tyre pressure
and status.
●
The driver is responsible for maintaining
correct tyre pressures. For this reason, tyre
pressure must be regularly checked.
●
Under certain circumstances (e.g. when
driving in a sporty manner, in winter condi-
tions or on a dirt track) the tyre control lamp
may light up belatedly or may function incor-
rectly.
Note
If the battery is disconnected, the yellow
warning l
amp lights up after turning the
ignition on. This should turn off after a brief
journey.
Spare wheel or temporary spare
wheel*
Fig. 177 In the luggage compartment: hand
c
ontr
o
lled wheel for securing the spare wheel
Removing the spare wheel
●
Open the rear lid and lift the luggage com-
p
ar
tment
shelf ››› page 123.
●
If necessary, remove the boot variable floor
››› page 123.
●
Lift up the carpet from the recess and re-
move it from the luggage compartment.
●
If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kit
with the container.
●
Completely remove the hand controlled
wheel from the centre of the spare wheel
››› Fig. 177 by turning it in an anticlockwise
direction, and take out the spare wheel.
Storing the replaced wheel
●
Pull back the carpet.
●
With the wheel rim facing downwards, sit-
uate the replaced wheel in the spare wheel
well so that the wheel rim central hole coin-
cides with the opening.
●
Turn the hand controlled wheel with the
shank screwed clockwise until the replaced
wheel is secured.
●
If necessary, store the vehicle tool in the
container, inside the boot.
●
Replace the carpet on the boot floor.
●
Lower the rear shelf.
●
Close the rear lid.
If the spare wheel is different to the rest of
the vehicle tyres
If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres
that are mounted on the vehicle - for example
with winter tyres or the temporary spare
wheel - you should only use the spare tyre for
a short period of time and drive with extra
care ›››
.
R
efit
the norm
al road wheel as soon as possi-
ble.
Please observe driving advice:
●
Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
●
Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and
fast cornering.
206
Wheels and tyres
●
Sno
w c
h
ains on the temporary spare wheel
are not permitted ›››
page 41.
●
After mounting the spare wheel or the tem-
porary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure
as soon as possible ››› page 203.
It is advisable to check the spare wheel or
temporary spare wheel tyre pressure when
checking the rest of the vehicle wheels at
least once a month. The spare wheel should
have the highest pressure allowed for the ve-
hicle ››› page 203. The sticker situated on the
temporary spare wheel shows the tyre pres-
sure.
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the spare wheel or the
temporar
y spare wheel can cause loss of ve-
hicle control, producing collisions or other
serious accidents and injury.
●
Never use the spare wheel or the temporary
spare wheel if it is damaged or worn to the
wear indicator.
●
In some vehicles the spare wheel is smaller
than the original tyres. This can be seen on a
sticker showing the text “80 km/h” and
“50 mph”. This text indicates the maximum
velocity permitted for this type of tyre.
●
Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
Avoid powerful acceleration, hard braking
and taking corners at high speed.
●
Never drive more than 200 km with a tem-
porary spare wheel fitted to the drive axle.
●
Repl
ace the temporary spare wheel for a
normal wheel as soon as possible. The com-
pact temporary spare wheel is only intended
for temporary use over short distances.
●
The temporary spare wheel must always be
secured with the factory supplied wheel
bolts.
●
You should never use more than one tem-
porary spare wheel.
●
After mounting the temporary spare wheel,
check the tyre pressure as soon as possible
››› page 203.
●
Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel
are not permitted.
Note
Wherever possible, secure the spare wheel,
temporar
y spare wheel or the replaced wheel
safely in the luggage compartment. In vehi-
cles with anti-puncture kit, it is not possible
to secure the defective wheel.
Tyre code
Fig. 178 Universal code on tyres
Radial
Rim di
amet
er c
ode
Load index & speed rating
DOT tyre identification number
Severe snow conditions
Tyre ply composition and materials used
Max. load rating
Treadwear, traction and temperature
grades
Max. permissible inflation pressure
Passenger car tyre
Nominal width of tyre in millimetres
»
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
207
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Advice
Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
Tyre code (example): Meaning
Make, logotype Manufacturer
Product name Name of tyre assigned by manufac-
turer.
P255 / 55 R 18 Size:
P Passenger vehicle code.
255
Nominal width between
walls, in mm.
55 Height/width ratio in %
R
Tyre type (R indicates "radi-
al").
18 Rim diameter in inches
109 H Load index ››› page 209 and speed
rating ››› page 209.
XL Reinforced tyres (“Reinforced”).
M+S or M/S or
Winter tyres code (mud and snow
tyres).
RADIAL
TUBELESS
Radial tyre without inner tube.
E4 ... E-mark certifying tyre complies with
international legislation followed by
a number denoting the country
granting the authorisation. The au-
thorisation number ( several digits)
is shown below.
12
Tyre code (example): Meaning
DOT BT RA TY5
1709
Tyre identification number (TIN
a)
,
may be only on interior wall of
wheel) and date of manufacture:
DOT The tyre complies with the
legal requirements of the
US Department of Trans-
port, responsible for tyre
safety regulations.
BT Place of manufacture code.
RA Information about manu-
facturer and tyre size.
TY5 Manufacturer's tyre specifi-
cations.
1709 Date of manufacture: Week
17 of 2009.
TWI This identifies the position of the
Tread Wear Indicator ››› page 204.
Made in
Germany
Country of manufacture.
MAX LOAD
615 KG
US load rating, indicating maximum
permitted load per tyre.
MAX INFLATION
350 KPA
(51 PSI)
US limit, indicating maximum per-
mitted tyre pressure.
SIDEWALL 1 PLY
RAYON
Information about tyre wall compo-
nents:
1 layer of rayon (artificial silk).
Tyre code (example): Meaning
TREAD 4 PLIES
1 RAYON +
2 STEEL +
1 NYLON
Information about tread compo-
nents:
In the example, there are 4 layers
below the tread: 1 layer of rayon (ar-
tificial silk), 2 layers of steel rein-
forcement and 1 layer of nylon.
Information for the end consumer concerning the com-
parative values of the established base tyres (standar-
dised test procedures) ››› page 179:
TREADWEAR 220 Relative service life of the tyre, with
respect to specific US standard test.
TRACTION A Braking capacity of tyre on wet sur-
face (AA, A, B or C).
TEMPERATURE A Tyre temperature resistance at high-
er test speeds (A, B or C).
If the tyre has other markings, these are specific tyre
manufacturer codes or specific national codes, e.g. for
Brazil or China.
a)
The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Tyres with directional tread pattern have
been designed to operate best when rotating
in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre
sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on
tyres with directional tread. Always observe
the direction of rotation indicated when
mounting the wheel. This guarantees opti-
mum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning,
grip, noise and wear.
208
Wheels and tyres
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direc-
tion of
r
ot
ation, drive with extreme caution,
as the tyre is no longer being used correctly.
This is of particular importance when the
road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon
as possible or remount it with the correct di-
rection of rotation.
Tyre load rating
The load rating code indicates the maximum
load in kilogrammes each wheel can carry
(load capacity).
425 kg
462 kg
487 kg
515 kg
545 kg
615 kg
Speed rating
The speed rating indicates the maximum
speed permitted for the tyres.
max. 150 km/h (93 mph)
max. 160 km/h (99 mph)
max. 170 km/h (106 mph)
max. 180 km/h (112 mph)
max. 190 km/h (118 mph)
max. 200 km/h (124 mph)
max. 210 km/h (130 mph)
78
81
83
85
87
91
P
Q
R
S
T
U
H
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
max. 270 km/h (168 mph)
max. 300 km/h (186 mph)
Some manufacturers use the letters “ZR” for
tyres with a maximum authorised speed
above 240 km/h.
V
Z
W
Y
209
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Technical data
Technical data
T
ec
hnic
al features
Important information
Introduction
The information in the vehicle documentation
alway
s takes precedence over the informa-
tion in this Instruction Manual.
All technical specifications provided in this
documentation are valid for the standard
model in Spain. The vehicle data card inclu-
ded in the Maintenance Programme or the
vehicle registration documents shows which
engine is installed in the vehicle.
The figures may be different depending
whether additional equipment is fitted, for
different models, for special vehicles and for
other countries.
Abbreviations used in the Technical Specifi-
cations
section
kW Kilowatt, engine power measurement.
PS
Pferdestärke (horsepower), formerly
used to denote engine power.
rpm Revolutions per minute - engine speed.
Nm Newton metres, unit of engine torque.
CZ
Cetane number, indication of the diesel
combustion power.
RON
Research octane number, indication of
the knock resistance of petrol.
Vehicle identification data
Fig. 179 Vehicle data label.
Fig. 180 Vehicle identification number.
Vehicle identification number
The
v
ehic
le identification number (chassis
number) can be read from outside the vehicle
through a viewer in the windscreen
››› Fig. 180. This viewer is located in the lower
part of the windscreen. The vehicle identifica-
tion number (chassis number) is also stam-
ped on the right water drain channel. The wa-
ter drain channel is located between the sus-
pension tower and the wing. Open the bon-
net to read the vehicle identification number
.
Vehicle data plate
The vehicle data label ››› Fig. 179 is at the
front of the spare wheel well. It contains the
following data:
Vehicle identification number (chassis
number).
Vehicle type, engine power, gearbox type.
1
2
210
Technical features
Engine and gearbox code, paint number,
int
erior equipment
.
Option
al extras, PR numbers.
These data are also provided in the Mainte-
nance Programme.
Specific vehicle weight information
The instructions in the official vehicle docu-
ments tak
e precedence. All the technical data
provided in this documentation is applicable
to the basic model. The vehicle data label in
the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle
documentation shows which engine is instal-
led in your vehicle.
The figures may be different depending
whether additional equipment is fitted, for
different models and for special vehicles.
Kerb weight values shown in the following ta-
ble apply to a vehicle with driver (75 kg), liq-
uids including a fuel tank 90% full, in addi-
tion to tools and a spare wheel
›››
. The
k
erb w
eight
indicated increases with optional
equipment and retrofitting of accessories,
while proportionally reducing carrying ca-
pacity.
The load is equivalent to the following
weights:
●
Passengers.
●
Total equipment.
3
4
●
R
oof
lo
ad, included in the carrier.
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised weight
and the load on the ax
les could cause dam-
age to the vehicle, accidents and serious in-
juries.
●
The real load on the axles should never ex-
ceed the maximum permitted.
●
The load and its distribution in the vehicle
have effects on the vehicle handling and the
braking ability. Always drive at a suitable
speed.
CAUTION
Distribute the load as uniformly and as low
down on the v
ehicle as possible. When trans-
porting heavy objects in the luggage com-
partment, these should be placed as far for-
ward as possible or over the rear axle to have
as little influence on handling as possible.
Fuel consumption
Approved consumption values are derived
fr
om me
a
surements performed or supervised
by certified EU laboratories, according to the
legislation in force at the time (for more infor-
mation, see the Publications Office of the Eu-
ropean Union on the EUR-Lex website: © Eu-
ropean Union, http://eur-lex.europa.eu/) and
apply to the specified vehicle characteristics.
The values relating to fuel consumption and
CO
2
emissions can be found in the documen-
tation provided to the purchaser of the vehi-
cle at the time of purchase.
Fuel consumption and CO
2
emissions depend
on the equipment/features of each individual
vehicle, as well as on the driving style, road
conditions, traffic conditions, environmental
conditions, load or number of passengers.
Note
In practice, and considering all the factors
mentioned here, con
sumption values can dif-
fer from those calculated in the current Euro-
pean regulations.
Wheels
T
y
r
e pressure, snow chains, wheel
bolts
Tyre pressures
The s
tic
k
er with the tyre pressure values can
be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap.
The tyre pressure values are given for cold
tyres
›››
page 203. The slightly raised pres-
sures of warm tyres must not be reduced.
›››
»
211
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Technical data
Snow chains
Sno
w c
h
ains may be fitted only to the front
wheels.
Consult the section “wheels” of this manual.
Wheel bolts
After the wheels have been changed, the
tightening torque of the wheel bolts should
be checked as soon as possible with a torque
wrench ›››
. The tightening torque for steel
and al
lo
y
wheels is 140 Nm.
WARNING
●
Check the ty
re pressure at least once per
month. Checking the tyre pressure is very im-
portant. If the tyre pressure is too high or too
low, there is an increased danger of accidents
- particularly at high speeds.
●
If the tightening torque of the wheel bolts
is too low, they could loosen while the vehi-
cle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tight-
ening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and
threads can be damaged.
Note
We recommend that you ask your Technical
Servic
e for information about appropriate
wheel, tyre and snow chain size.
212
Technical features
Engine data
P
etr
o
l engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm
3
) Fuel
44 (60)/5,000-6,000 95/3,000-4,300 3/999 Super 95 RON/Normal 91
a)
RON
a)
Slight power loss.
Performance Manual Ecomotive Start-Stop
Ecomotive
Automatic
Top speed (km/h) 160 (4) 161 (4) 161 (4) 160 (4)
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 9.1 9.1 9.4 9.4
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 14.4 14.4 15.3 15.3
Weights (in kg)
Gross vehicle weight 1,290 1,290 1,300 1,290
Weight in running order (with driver) 929 940 931 932
Gross front axle weight 680 680 680 680
Gross rear axle weight 640 640 640 640
Permitted roof load 50 50 50 50
213
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Technical data
Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm
3
) Fuel
55 (75)/6,200 95/3,000-4,300 3/999 Super 95 RON/Normal 91
a)
RON
a)
Slight power loss.
Performance Manual Start-Stop Start-Stop
Ecomotive
Automatic
Top speed (km/h) 171 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4) 171 (4)
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 8.3 8.3 9.2 9.2
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 13.2 13.2 13.9 13.9
Weights (in kg)
Gross vehicle weight 1,290 1,290 1,300 1,290
Weight in running order (with driver) 929 940 931 932
Gross front axle weight 680 680 680 680
Gross rear axle weight 640 640 640 640
Permitted roof load 50 50 50 50
214
Technical features
Petrol/CNG engine 1.0 50 kW (68 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/capacity (cm
3
) Fuel
50 (68)/6,200 90/3,000 3/999 Super 95 RON / Normal 91
a)
RON
a)
Slight power loss.
Performance
Top speed (km/h) 164 (4)
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 10.3
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 16.3
Weights (in kg)
Gross vehicle weight 1,370
Weight in running order (with driver) 1,031
Gross front axle weight 680
Gross rear axle weight 640
Permitted roof load 50
215
Technical dataAdviceOperationEmergenciesSafety
Technical data
Dimensions
Fig. 181 Dimensions
Mii 3-door Mii 5-door
A/B Front and rear projection (mm) 595/542
C Wheelbase (mm) 2,420
D Length (mm) 3,557
E/F Front/rear
a)
track width (mm) 1,428/1,424
G Width (mm) 1,641 1,645
H Height at kerb weight (mm) 1,478
Turning radius (m) approx. 9.8
a)
This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim.
216
Index
Index
A
Abr
o
a
d
extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . . . . 179
sale of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
ABS
see Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Acoustic alarm
seatbelt unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Adjust
front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Adjusting
lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 112
seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Adjusting the head restraints
rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Advice for driving
spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . . . 206
Airbag covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 59
activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
cleaning dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 62
functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
locking the vehicle after deployment . . . . . . . . 95
repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
use of child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
application tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
instructions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
water under the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Air conditioning
climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 130
malfunction in the operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166, 180
Anti-freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Anti-lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Anti-puncture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 72
Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 72
check after 10 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Anti-puncture set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Anti-theft security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Aspects to take into account before starting the
vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
ASR
see Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Assistance systems
brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
electronic differential lock (EDS) . . . . . . . . . . . 140
optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . 154
safety Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Assisted starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Assist systems
traction control (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
traction control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Audible warning
lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Audible warnings
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Automatic device disconnection
battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Automatic dipped beam control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Automatic gearbox
driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
ignition key removal lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Automatic gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
B
Bag support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
BAS
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Battery
changing in the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Before starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Belt tension device
service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Belt tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 186
217
Index
Boot hatch
emer
g
ency
locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Brake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Brake fluid
specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
changing the brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
running in new brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 142
Brake system
fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Brake systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Braking
brake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Bulb fault
see "Changing bulbs" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
C
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
windscreen washer liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Capacity
natural gas tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Caring for paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Caring for the vehicle
exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
malfunction in the operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
CCS
see cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Central locking system
after airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 72
subsequent tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
side turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
automatic gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
engaging the gears (automatic gearbox) . . . . 145
tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Changing the blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Changing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Charging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Child safety seat
securing with the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 66
disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 15
ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 69
mounting child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
mounting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
on the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
on the rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 65
top Tether system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 67
weight categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
special driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
padding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
seatbelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
textile covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
washing the vehicle with high pressure clean-
ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Cleaning the vehicle
high pressure cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
climatronic
air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Climatronic
air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
AUTO (automatic mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
cooling mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
regulating the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
removing ice from the windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
218
Index
Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
bonnet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
C
lo
sing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Clothes hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Coming Home
lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Coming Home Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118
passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118
sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . 117
Conformity certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
control and warning lamps
changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Control and warning lamps
airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
engine oil sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
for the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
general view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
indication of brake pad wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
locking the steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
on the driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Control lamp
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Coolant
checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Cooling system
checking the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
topping up with coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Correct position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 155
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
D
Dangers in not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Data registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Data storage during the journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
De-icing the locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Diagnostics connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Direction of rotation
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . . 15
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89
Disposal
belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Door cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
childproof locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
emergency closing or opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Driving
automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
economical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
fuel level too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
through salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Driving abroad
headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Driving in winter
fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
salt traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
219
Index
tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
w
ind
s
creen washer bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Driving safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Driving tips
for a loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Duplicate keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Dynamic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
E
E10
see Ethanol (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
EDL
see Electronic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
EDS
see "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Electric
windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Electrical devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 122
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
see Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Electronic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Electronic immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
operating fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
emergency towing of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
first aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
puncture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
replacing a blown fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Emergency closing or opening
driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Emergency unlocking
boot hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Emergency unlocking the boot hatch
boot hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Emission control system
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Emissions data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Engine
assisted starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
running in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Engine and ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
12 Volt sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 186
battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 196
brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 194
coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 191
engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 190, 191
windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . 33, 195
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
G 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Engine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 188
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
checking oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
oil properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Environment
environmental compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Environmental
ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Environmental tips
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ESC
electronic stability control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Ethanol (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Exterior mirrors
adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Exterior rear view mirrors
control of the function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
electric exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 6
220
Index
F
F
abric
s: c
leaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Fault
parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . 154
Fault memory
connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 185
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
First-aid kit
storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Fluid Level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 62
Front passenger front airbag
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
disabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Front seat
manual adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
manually adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Front wiper blades
change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 181
natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Fuel gauge
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Fuel tank cap
opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fuel tank flap
opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 78
fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
identifying blown fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
identifying by colours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
preparation before replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
G
Gearbox lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
changing gears manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
gear recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
manual gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
putting the vehicle in gear (manual gearbox) 145
Gear engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
General instrument panel
instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
General view
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118
H
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 106
Head-on collisions and the laws of physics . . . . . 55
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Headlights
driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Head rest
adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Head restraints
adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Heating and fresh air
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Heating and fresh air system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Heating of the rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 30
Hill driving assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Hill hold
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
How to jump start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Hubcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
I
Identifying letters on engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
see "Engine and ignition" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
removal lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Indications on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
seat belt status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
selector lever positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89
general instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
221
Index
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Int
erior r
e
ar vision mirror
anti-dazzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Interior view
left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
J
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 70, 72
mounting points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
K
Keys
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
duplicates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
spare key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 95, 97
vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
L
Labels and plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Laser sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Leaving Home
lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Leaving Home Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Lift platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 103
audible warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
control lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
light controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
main beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
main beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
parking light remains on both sides . . . . . . . . 104
side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Load compartment in the luggage compartment
see Loading the luggage compartment . . . . . 123
Loading
general advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
transporting the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Loading the luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 123
driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Loading the vehicle
class N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Locking and unlocking
in the lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 99, 123
closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
emergency unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
luggage compartment variable floor . . . . . . . . 126
opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
see also Loading the luggage compartment . 123
Luggage compartment floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Luggage compartment hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Luggage compartment variable floor . . . . . . . . . 126
M
Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Main panel
turn signal and main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Malfunction
automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Malfunction in the air conditioning
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Malfunction in the operation
catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Manual air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Manual air conditioning
air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
cooling mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
setting the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Mobile phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Mobile phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Mobile telephone
use without an exterior aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
222
Index
Model plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
N
Nat
ur
al
gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 185
smell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Noises
brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
O
Octane rating (petrol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Odometer
partial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Oil properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Open and close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
in the lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
rear lid of the luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . 9
tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
P
Paintwork
code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 102
anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 141
downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Parking aid system
see Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
see also Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Parking light remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
ParkPilot
see Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Passenger door emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 52
Petrol
additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Pollution filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Portable Smartphone base
dismantling and assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Positioning the seatbelt
for pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Position the seat belt
seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Power brake system
Anti-lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Power socket
12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . 175
Puncture
action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Pushing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
R
Radio-operated remote control
see Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Radio reception
antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
malfunction in the operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
lift platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Rear
headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Rear backrest
folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
lifting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
see also Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Rear seat bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Rear view mirrors
adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Rear vision mirror
interior anti-dazzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 30
Rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
223
Index
Recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
R
ecy
c
led . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
mistakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
opening fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Remote control key
unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Removing
ice from the windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Removing ice
from the windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 180
airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Repair work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Replacement
parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Replacement parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Replacing bulbs
see "Changing bulbs" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Reprogramming control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Revolution counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Rims
changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
fastening the supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Running in
brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
new engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
S
Safe
driving safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
SAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 137
safety
disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 15
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Safety Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Safety instructions
using child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 65
using seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Sale of vehicle
in other countries / continents . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Scrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
vend-of-life vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Seat belt
adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 56
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seatbelts
cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Seat belts
protective function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
twisted belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Seat belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
incorrect position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
rear backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Service fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Side airbags
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Smell of gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 212
temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Spare fuel canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Spare wheel
removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel
advice for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
tendency to pull to one side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Steering wheel
adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Storage compartment
centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
other storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
224
Index
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
driv
er s
ide
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Sun protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Switch
hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Switching lights off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Switching lights on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Switching the ignition on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Symbols
see control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T
TC
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Technical data
axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
engine oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
windscreen washer liquid amount . . . . . . . . . 195
windshield washer fluid container capacity . . . 31
Technical features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Technical specifications
dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Temperature display
liquid coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
temporary spare wheel
snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
TIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Top Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Top Tether system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 75
Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Towing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 75, 135
front towline anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
tow rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Towline anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Traction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Traction (tyres) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Transporting
driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Transporting children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Transporting items
fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Transporting objects
roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Turn signal convenience function . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 105
Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Tyre mobility set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
do not use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
sealing a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Tyre Mobility Set
inflating a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Tyre Mobility System
see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Tyre pressure
spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . . . 203
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 211
Tyre profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Tyre repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Tyre repair kit
see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Tyres
avoiding damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
errors in wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
foreign bodies in the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
interchanging tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
new . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
old . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
run-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
technical details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
tyre code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Tyre identification number (TIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 208
tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . . 200
valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
225
Index
wheel balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
wheel
s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
w
ith compulsory direction of rotation . . . . . . . . 41
with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Tyre tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Tyre wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
U
Unfastening the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Unfasten the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Upholstery cleaning
textile covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Upholstery: cleaning
upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 177
V
Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Vehicle
chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 196
acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
assisted starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
automatic device disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . 198
charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
checking the battery electrolyte level . . . . . . . 197
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
running flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
airbag modules (dash panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
aluminium wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
antenna incorporated in window . . . . . . . . . . . 180
chrome wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
cleaning wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
de-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . 175
rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
vehicle paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Wooden trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Vehicle care products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Vehicle code
vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 70
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Vibrations
steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
W
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 106
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 212
anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
loosening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Wheel load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Wheel rims
beadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
bolted trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 201, 211
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 40
changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
hubcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . . . 206
storing the replaced wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Wheels and tyres
speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Wheel trim
hubcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Wheel trims
full hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
window wiper lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
226
Index
Windscreen
he
at
-in
sulating glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
infrared coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
removing the ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 30
Windscreen and rear window wiper blades . . . . . 75
Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 108
Windscreen washer water
checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
heated windscreen washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
lifting the wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
replacing the wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . . . . . . 45
227
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under-
stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason
no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error
or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
❀
This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.08.16
About this manual
This manual contains a description of the
equipment supplied with the vehicle at the
time this manual was published. Some of the
units described herein will not be available
until a later date or are only available in cer-
tain markets.
Because this is a general manual for the Mii,
some of the equipment and functions that are
described in this manual are not included in
all types or variants of the model; they may
vary or be modified depending on the techni-
cal requirements and on the market; this is in
no way deceptive advertising.
The illustrations are intended as a general
guide and may vary from the equipment fitted
in your vehicle in some details.
The steering indications (left, right, forward,
reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the
normal driving movements of the vehicle ex-
cept when otherwise indicated.
The equipment marked with an aster-
isk* is fitted as standard only in certain
versions, and is only supplied as op-
tional extras for some versions, or are
only offered in certain countries.
® All registered marks are indicated with
®. Although the copyright symbol does
not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.
>> The section is continued on the follow-
ing page.
Important warnings on a given page
Detailed contents on a given page
General information on a given page
Emergency information on a given page
WARNING
Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor-
mation on safety. They warn you about possi-
ble dangers of accident or injury.
CAUTION
Texts with this symbol draw your attention to
potential sources of damage to your vehicle.
For the sake of the environment
Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele-
vant information concerning environmental
protection.
Note
Texts preceded by this symbol contain additio-
nal information.
This manual is divided into six large parts,
which are:
1. The essentials
2. Safety
3. Emergencies
4. Operation
5. Tips
6. Technical data
At the end of this manual, there is a detailed
alphabetical index that will help you quickly
find the information you require.
OWNER’S
MANUAL
Mii
1SL012720BF
Inglés
1SL012720BF (08.16)
Mii Inglés (08.16)
SEAT recommends
SEAT GENUINE OIL
SEAT recommends
Castrol EDGE Professional
